Huntington Bancshares - 10-K annual report 2017

Huntington Bancshares - 10-K annual report 2017

What is the market capitalization of a company?

DISCLAIMER

Contact

Links

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

_______________________________________________

FORM 10-K

_______________________________________________

(Mark One)



x	Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017



¨	Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Commission File Number 1-34073

_______________________________________________

Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

_______________________________________________



Maryland		31-0724920
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)		(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

41 S. High Street, Columbus, Ohio		43287
(Address of principal executive offices)		(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (614) 480-8300

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:



Title of class		Name of exchange on which registered
8.50% Series A non-voting, perpetual convertible preferred stock		NASDAQ
5.875% Series C Non-Cumulative, perpetual preferred stock		NASDAQ
6.250% Series D Non-Cumulative, perpetual preferred stock		NASDAQ
Common Stock—Par Value $0.01 per Share		NASDAQ

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Title of class

Floating Rate Series B Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock

Depositary Shares (each representing a 1/40th interest in a share of Floating Rate Series B Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Exchange Act. x Yes ¨ No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. ¨ Yes x No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. x Yes ¨ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). x Yes ¨ No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, or emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company”, and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):



Large accelerated filer	x	Accelerated filer	¨

Non-accelerated filer	¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
		Smaller reporting company	¨
		Emerging growth company	¨

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act) ¨ Yes x No

The aggregate market value of voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2017, determined by using a per share closing price of $13.52, as quoted by NASDAQ on that date, was $14,498,375,048. As of January 31, 2018, there were 1,072,026,681 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.01 outstanding.

Documents Incorporated By Reference

Part III of this Form 10-K incorporates by reference certain information from the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2018 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting.

Table of Contents

HUNTINGTON BANCSHARES INCORPORATED

INDEX




Part I.
Item 1.	Business	6
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	19
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	28
Item 2.	Properties	28
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	29
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	29
Part II.
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	30
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	32
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	34
	Introduction	34
	Executive Overview	34
	Discussion of Results of Operations	37
	Risk Management and Capital:	44
	Credit Risk	46
	Market Risk	58
	Liquidity Risk	59
	Operational Risk	64
	Compliance Risk	65
	Capital	65
	Business Segment Discussion	68
	Results for the Fourth Quarter	72
	Additional Disclosures	80
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	85
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	85
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	164
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	164
Item 9B.	Other Information	164

Table of Contents

Glossary of Acronyms and Terms

The following listing provides a comprehensive reference of common acronyms and terms used throughout the document:



ABL	Asset Based Lending
ABS	Asset-Backed Securities
ACL	Allowance for Credit Losses
AFS	Available-for-Sale
ALCO	Asset-Liability Management Committee
ALLL	Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
AML	Anti-Money Laundering
ANPR	Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
AOCI	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
ASC	Accounting Standards Codification
ATM	Automated Teller Machine
AULC	Allowance for Unfunded Loan Commitments
Bank Secrecy Act	Financial Recordkeeping and Reporting of Currency and Foreign Transactions Act of 1970
BHC	Bank Holding Company
BHC Act	Bank Holding Company Act of 1956
C&I	Commercial and Industrial
CCAR	Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review
CDO	Collateralized Debt Obligation
CDs	Certificates of Deposit
CET1	Common equity tier 1 on a transitional Basel III basis
CFPB	Consumer Financial Protection Bureau
CISA	Cybersecurity Information Sharing Act
CMO	Collateralized Mortgage Obligations
CRA	Community Reinvestment Act
CRE	Commercial Real Estate
DIF	Deposit Insurance Fund
Dodd-Frank Act	Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act
EPS	Earnings Per Share
EVE	Economic Value of Equity
FASB	Financial Accounting Standard Board
FCRA	Fair Credit Reporting Act
FDIA	Federal Deposit Insurance Act
FDIC	Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
FHA	Federal Housing Administration
FHC	Financial Holding Company
FHLB	Federal Home Loan Bank
FICO	Fair Isaac Corporation
FinCEN	Financial Crimes Enforcement Network
FINRA	Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.
FirstMerit	FirstMerit Corporation
FRB	Federal Reserve Bank
FTE	Fully-Taxable Equivalent
FTP	Funds Transfer Pricing
GAAP	Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States of America
GSE	Government Sponsored Enterprise
HMDA	Home Mortgage Disclosure Act
HTM	Held-to-Maturity
IRS	Internal Revenue Service

Table of Contents



LCR	Liquidity Coverage Ratio
LGD	Loss Given Default
LIBOR	London Interbank Offered Rate
LIHTC	Low Income Housing Tax Credit
LTD	Long Term Debt
LTV	Loan to Value
MBS	Mortgage-Backed Securities
MD&A	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
MSA	Metropolitan Statistical Area
MSR	Mortgage Servicing Rights
NAICS	North American Industry Classification System
NALs	Nonaccrual Loans
NCO	Net Charge-off
NII	Noninterest Income
NIM	Net Interest Margin
NPAs	Nonperforming Assets
OCC	Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
OCI	Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
OCR	Optimal Customer Relationship
OFAC	Office of Foreign Assets Control
OLEM	Other Loans Especially Mentioned
OREO	Other Real Estate Owned
OTTI	Other-Than-Temporary Impairment
Patriot Act	Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001
PD	Probability Of Default
Plan	Huntington Bancshares Retirement Plan
Problem Loans	Includes nonaccrual loans and leases (Table 12), accruing loans and leases past due 90 days or more (Table 13), troubled debt restructured loans (Table 15), and criticized commercial loans (credit quality indicators section of Footnote 4).
RBHPCG	Regional Banking and The Huntington Private Client Group
REIT	Real Estate Investment Trust
Riegle-Neal Act	The Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994
ROC	Risk Oversight Committee
RWA	Risk-Weighted Assets
SAB	Staff Accounting Bulletin
SAD	Special Assets Division
SBA	Small Business Administration
SEC	Securities and Exchange Commission
SERP	Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
SRIP	Supplemental Retirement Income Plan
TCJA	H.R. 1, Originally known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act
TDR	Troubled Debt Restructured loan
U.S. Basel III	Refers to the final rule issued by the FRB and OCC and published in the Federal Register on October 11, 2013
U.S. Treasury	U.S. Department of the Treasury
UCS	Uniform Classification System
UPB	Unpaid Principal Balance
USDA	U.S. Department of Agriculture
VA	U.S. Department of Veteran Affairs
VIE	Variable Interest Entity
XBRL	eXtensible Business Reporting Language

Table of Contents

Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

PART I

When we refer to "Huntington", "we", "our", "us", and "the Company" in this report, we mean Huntington Bancshares Incorporated and our consolidated subsidiaries, unless the context indicates that we refer only to the parent company, Huntington Bancshares Incorporated. When we refer to the "Bank" in this report, we mean our only bank subsidiary, The Huntington National Bank, and its subsidiaries.

Item 1: Business

We are a multi-state diversified regional bank holding company organized under Maryland law in 1966 and headquartered in Columbus, Ohio. We have 15,770 average full-time equivalent employees. Through the Bank, we have over 150 years of serving the financial needs of our customers. Through our subsidiaries, we provide full-service commercial, small business, consumer banking services, mortgage banking services, automobile financing, recreational vehicle and marine financing, equipment leasing, investment management, trust services, brokerage services, insurance programs, and other financial products and services. The Bank, organized in 1866, is our only bank subsidiary. At December 31, 2017, the Bank had 10 private client group offices and 956 branches as follows:



	• 458 branches in Ohio		• 37 branches in Illinois
	• 303 branches in Michigan		• 31 branches in Wisconsin
	• 50 branches in Pennsylvania		• 25 branches in West Virginia
	• 42 branches in Indiana		• 10 branches in Kentucky

Select financial services and other activities are also conducted in various other states. International banking services are available through the headquarters office in Columbus, Ohio. Our foreign banking activities, in total or with any individual country, are not significant.

Our business segments are based on our internally-aligned segment leadership structure, which is how we monitor results and assess performance. For each of our four business segments, we expect the combination of our business model and exceptional service to provide a competitive advantage that supports revenue and earnings growth. Our business model emphasizes the delivery of a complete set of banking products and services offered by larger banks, but distinguished by local delivery and customer service.

A key strategic emphasis has been for our business segments to operate in cooperation to provide products and services to our customers and to build stronger and more profitable relationships using our OCR sales and service process. The objectives of OCR are to:

•Use a consultative sales approach to provide solutions that are specific to each customer.

•Leverage each business segment in terms of its products and expertise to benefit customers.

•Develop prospects who may want to have multiple products and services as part of their relationship with us.

Following is a description of our four business segments and a Treasury / Other function:

•

Consumer and Business Banking: The Consumer and Business Banking segment provides a wide array of financial products and services to consumer and small business customers including but not limited to checking accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts, certificates of deposit, investments, consumer loans, credit cards and small business loans. Other financial services available to consumer and small business customers include mortgages, insurance, interest rate risk protection, foreign exchange, and treasury management. Huntington serves customers through our network of branches in Ohio, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Michigan, Pennsylvania, West Virginia, and Wisconsin. In addition to our extensive branch network, customers can access Huntington through online banking, mobile banking, telephone banking and ATMs.

We have a "Fair Play" banking philosophy; providing differentiated products and services, built on a strong foundation of customer advocacy. Our brand resonates with consumers and businesses; earning us new customers and deeper relationships with current customers.

Business Banking is a dynamic part of our business and we are committed to being the bank of choice for businesses in our markets. Business Banking is defined as serving companies with revenues up to $20 million. Huntington continues to develop products and services that are designed specifically to meet the needs of small business and look for ways to help companies find solutions to their financing needs.

Home Lending, an operating unit of Consumer and Business Banking, originates consumer loans and mortgages for customers who are generally located in our primary banking markets. Consumer and mortgage lending products are

Table of Contents

primarily distributed through the Consumer and Business Banking and Regional Banking and The Huntington Private Client Group segments, as well as through commissioned loan originators. Home Lending earns interest on portfolio loans and loans held-for-sale, earns fee income from the origination and servicing of mortgage loans, and recognizes gains or losses from the sale of mortgage loans. Home Lending supports the origination of mortgage loans across all segments.

•

Commercial Banking: Through a relationship banking model, this segment provides a wide array of products and services to the middle market, large corporate, real estate and government public sector customers located primarily within our geographic footprint. The segment is divided into six business units: Middle Market, Specialty Banking, Asset Finance, Capital Markets/ Institutional Corporate Banking, Commercial Real Estate and Treasury Management.

Middle Market primarily focuses on providing banking solutions to companies with annual revenues of $20 million to $500 million. Through a relationship management approach, various products, capabilities and solutions are seamlessly delivered in a client centric way.

Specialty Banking offers tailored products and services to select industries that have a foothold in the Midwest. Each team is comprised of industry experts with a dynamic understanding of the market and industry. Many of these industries are experiencing tremendous change, which creates opportunities for Huntington to leverage our expertise and help clients navigate, adapt, and succeed.

Asset Finance is a combination of our Huntington Equipment Finance, Huntington Public Capital^®, Technology and Healthcare Equipment Leasing, and Lender Finance divisions that focus on providing financing solutions against these respective asset classes.

Capital Markets/Institutional Corporate Banking has three distinct product offerings: 1) corporate risk management services, 2) institutional sales, trading, and underwriting, 3) institutional corporate banking. The Capital Markets Group offers a full suite of risk management tools including commodities, foreign exchange, and interest rate hedging services. The Institutional Sales, Trading & Underwriting team provides access to capital and investment solutions for both municipal and corporate institutions. Institutional Corporate Banking works with larger, often more complex companies with revenues greater than $500 million. These entities, many of which are publicly traded, require a different and customized approach to their banking needs.

The Commercial Real Estate team serves real estate developers, REITs, and other customers with lending needs that are secured by commercial properties. Most of these customers are located within our footprint. Within Commercial Real Estate, Huntington Community Development focuses on improving the quality of life for our communities and the residents of low-to moderate-income neighborhoods by developing and delivering innovative products and services to support affordable housing and neighborhood stabilization.

Treasury Management teams help businesses manage their working capital programs and reduce expenses. Our liquidity solutions help customers save and invest wisely, while our payables and receivables capabilities help them manage purchases and the receipt of payments for goods and services. All of this is provided while helping customers take a sophisticated approach to managing their overhead, inventory, equipment, and labor.

•

Vehicle Finance: Our products and services include providing financing to consumers for the purchase of automobiles, light-duty trucks, recreational vehicles and marine craft at franchised and other select dealerships, and providing financing to franchised dealerships for the acquisition of new and used inventory. Products and services are delivered through highly specialized relationship-focused bankers and product partners. Huntington creates well-defined relationship plans which identify needs where solutions are developed and customer commitments are obtained.

The Vehicle Finance team services automobile dealerships, its owners, and consumers buying automobiles through these franchised dealerships. Huntington has provided new and used automobile financing and dealer services throughout the Midwest since the early 1950s. This consistency in the market and our focus on working with strong dealerships has allowed us to expand into select markets outside of the Midwest and to actively deepen relationships while building a strong reputation. With the acquisition of FirstMerit, Huntington also provides financing for the purchase by consumers of recreational vehicles and marine craft on an indirect basis through a series of dealerships.

•

Regional Banking and The Huntington Private Client Group: Regional Banking and The Huntington Private Client Group is closely aligned with our regional banking markets. A fundamental point of differentiation is our commitment to be actively engaged within our local markets - building connections with community and business leaders and offering a uniquely personal experience delivered by colleagues working within those markets.

The core business of The Huntington Private Client Group is The Huntington Private Bank, which consists of Private Banking, Wealth & Investment Management, and Retirement Plan Services. The Huntington Private Bank provides high net-worth customers with deposit, lending (including specialized lending options), and banking services. The Huntington Private Bank also delivers wealth management and legacy planning through investment and portfolio management, fiduciary administration, and trust services. This group also provides retirement plan services to corporate

Table of Contents

businesses. The Huntington Private Client Group also provides corporate trust services and institutional and mutual fund custody services.

The Treasury / Other function includes technology and operations, other unallocated assets, liabilities, revenue, and expense.

The financial results for each of these business segments are included in Note 24 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and are discussed in the Business Segment Discussion of our MD&A.

Competition

We compete with other banks and financial services companies such as savings and loans, credit unions, and finance and trust companies, as well as mortgage banking companies, automobile and equipment financing companies (including captive automobile finance companies), insurance companies, mutual funds, investment advisors, and brokerage firms, both within and outside of our primary market areas. FinTech startups are also providing nontraditional, but increasingly strong, competition for our borrowers, depositors, and other customers.

We compete for loans primarily on the basis of a combination of value and service by building customer relationships as a result of addressing our customers’ entire suite of banking needs, demonstrating expertise, and providing convenience to our customers. We also consider the competitive pricing pressures in each of our markets.

We compete for deposits similarly on a basis of a combination of value and service and by providing convenience through a banking network of branches and ATMs within our markets and our website at www.huntington.com. We also employ customer friendly practices, such as our 24-Hour Grace^® account feature, which gives customers an additional business day to cover overdrafts to their consumer account without being charged overdraft fees.

The table below shows our competitive ranking and market share based on deposits of FDIC-insured institutions as of June 30, 2017, in the top 10 metropolitan statistical areas (MSA) in which we compete:



MSA	Rank	Deposits (in millions)		Market Share
Columbus, OH	1	$	22,332	34	%
Cleveland, OH	2	9,273		14
Detroit, MI	5	7,358		6
Akron, OH	1	3,864		29
Indianapolis, IN	4	3,285		7
Cincinnati, OH	4	2,623		2
Pittsburgh, PA	9	2,978		2
Chicago, IL	19	2,324		1
Toledo, OH	1	2,535		24
Grand Rapids, MI	2	2,367		11
Source: FDIC.gov, based on June 30, 2017 survey.

Many of our nonfinancial institution competitors have fewer regulatory constraints, broader geographic service areas, greater capital, and, in some cases, lower cost structures. In addition, competition for quality customers has intensified as a result of changes in regulation, advances in technology and product delivery systems, consolidation among financial service providers, and bank failures.

Financial Technology Companies, or FinTechs, continue to emerge in key areas of banking. In response, we are monitoring activity in marketplace lending along with businesses engaged in money transfer, investment advice, and money management tools. Our strategy involves assessing the marketplace and determining our near term plan, while developing a longer term approach to effectively service our existing customers and attract new customers. This includes evaluating which products we develop in-house, as well as evaluating partnership options, where applicable.

Regulatory Matters

Regulatory Environment

Table of Contents

Banking statutes, regulations and policies are continually under review by Congress, state legislatures and federal and state regulatory agencies. In addition to laws and regulations, state and federal bank regulatory agencies may issue policy statements, interpretive letters and similar written guidance applicable to Huntington and its subsidiaries. Any change in the statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to us, including changes in their interpretation or implementation, could have a material effect on our business or organization.

Both the scope of the laws and regulations and the intensity of the supervision to which we are subject have increased in recent years in response to the financial crisis, as well as other factors such as technological and market changes. Regulatory enforcement and fines have also increased across the banking and financial services sector. Many of these changes have occurred as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act and its implementing regulations, most of which are now in place. President Trump has issued an executive order that sets forth principles for the reform of the federal financial regulatory framework, and the Republican majority in Congress has also suggested an agenda for financial regulatory change. It is too early to assess whether there will be any major changes in the regulatory environment or merely a rebalancing of the post financial crisis framework. The Company expects that its business will remain subject to extensive regulation and supervision.

We are also subject to the disclosure and regulatory requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, both as administered by the SEC, as well as the rules of Nasdaq that apply to companies with securities listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market.

The following discussion describes certain elements of the comprehensive regulatory framework applicable to us. This discussion is not intended to describe all laws and regulations applicable to Huntington, the Bank and Huntington’s other subsidiaries.

Huntington as a Bank Holding Company

Huntington is registered as a BHC with the Federal Reserve under the BHC Act and qualifies for and has elected to become a FHC under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999. As a FHC, Huntington is permitted to engage in, and be affiliated with companies engaging in, a broader range of activities than those permitted for a BHC. BHCs are generally restricted to engaging in the business of banking, managing or controlling banks and certain other activities determined by the Federal Reserve to be closely related to banking. FHCs may also engage in activities that are considered to be financial in nature, as well as those incidental or complementary to financial activities, including underwriting, dealing and making markets in securities and making merchant banking investments in non-financial companies. Huntington and the Bank must each remain “well-capitalized” and “well managed” in order for Huntington to maintain its status as a FHC. In addition, the Bank must receive a CRA rating of at least “Satisfactory” at its most recent examination for Huntington to engage in the full range of activities permissible for FHCs.

Huntington is subject to primary supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve, which serves as the primary regulator of our consolidated organization. The primary regulators of our non-bank subsidiaries directly regulate the activities of those subsidiaries, with the Federal Reserve exercising a supervisory role. Such non-bank subsidiaries include, for example, broker-dealers registered with the SEC and investment advisers registered with the SEC with respect to their investment advisory activities.

The Bank as a National Bank

The Bank is a national banking association chartered under the laws of the United States. As a national bank, the activities of the Bank are limited to those specifically authorized under the National Bank Act and OCC regulations. The Bank is subject to comprehensive primary supervision, regulation and examination by the OCC. As a member of the DIF, the Bank is also subject to regulation and examination by the FDIC.

Supervision, Examination and Enforcement

A principal objective of the U.S. bank regulatory regime is to protect depositors and customers, the DIF, the U.S. banking and financial system, and financial markets as a whole by ensuring the financial safety and soundness of BHCs and banks, including Huntington and the Bank. Bank regulators regularly examine the operations of BHCs and banks. In addition, BHCs and banks are subject to periodic reporting and filing requirements.

The Federal Reserve, OCC and FDIC have broad supervisory and enforcement authority with regard to BHCs and banks, including the power to conduct examinations and investigations, impose nonpublic supervisory agreements, issue cease and desist orders, impose fines and other civil and criminal penalties, terminate deposit insurance and appoint a conservator or receiver. In addition, Huntington, the Bank and other Huntington subsidiaries are subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the CFPB, which is the primary administrator of most federal consumer financial statutes and Huntington’s primary consumer financial regulator. Supervision and examinations are confidential, and the outcomes of these actions may not be made public.

Bank regulators have various remedies available if they determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity or other aspects of a banking organization’s operations are unsatisfactory. The regulators may also take action if they determine that the banking organization or its management is violating or has violated any law or

Table of Contents

regulation. The regulators have the power to, among other things, prohibit unsafe or unsound practices, require affirmative actions to correct any violation or practice, issue administrative orders that can be judicially enforced, direct increases in capital, direct the sale of subsidiaries or other assets, limit dividends and distributions, restrict growth, assess civil monetary penalties, remove officers and directors, and terminate deposit insurance.

Engaging in unsafe or unsound practices or failing to comply with applicable laws, regulations and supervisory agreements could subject the Company, its subsidiaries and their respective officers, directors and institution-affiliated parties to the remedies described above and other sanctions. In addition, the FDIC may terminate a bank’s depository insurance upon a finding that the bank’s financial condition is unsafe or unsound or that the bank has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or has violated an applicable rule, regulation, order or condition enacted or imposed by the bank’s regulatory agency.

Bank Acquisitions by Huntington

BHCs, such as Huntington, must obtain prior approval of the Federal Reserve in connection with any acquisition that results in the BHC owning or controlling 5% or more of any class of voting securities of a bank or another BHC.

Acquisitions of Ownership of the Company

Acquisitions of Huntington’s voting stock above certain thresholds are subject to prior regulatory notice or approval under federal banking laws, including the BHC Act and the Change in Bank Control Act of 1978. Under the Change in Bank Control Act, a person or entity generally must provide prior notice to the Federal Reserve before acquiring the power to vote 10% or more of our outstanding common stock. Investors should be aware of these requirements when acquiring shares in our stock.

Interstate Banking

Under the Riegle-Neal Act, a BHC may acquire banks in states other than its home state, subject to any state requirement that the bank has been organized and operating for a minimum period of time, not to exceed five years, and the requirement that the BHC not control, prior to or following the proposed acquisition, more than 10% of the total amount of deposits of insured depository institutions nationwide or, unless the acquisition is the BHC’s initial entry into the state, more than 30% of such deposits in the state (or such lesser or greater amount set by the state). The Riegle-Neal Act also authorizes banks to merge across state lines, thereby creating interstate branches. A national bank, such as the Bank, with the approval of the OCC may open a branch in any state if the law of that state would permit a state bank chartered in that state to establish the branch.

Regulatory Capital Requirements

Huntington and the Bank are subject to certain risk-based capital and leverage ratio requirements under the U.S. Basel III capital rules adopted by the Federal Reserve, for Huntington, and by the OCC, for the Bank. These rules implement the Basel III international regulatory capital standards in the United States, as well as certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. These quantitative calculations are minimums, and the Federal Reserve and OCC may determine that a banking organization, based on its size, complexity or risk profile, must maintain a higher level of capital in order to operate in a safe and sound manner.

Under the U.S. Basel III capital rules, Huntington’s and the Bank’s assets, exposures and certain off-balance sheet items are subject to risk weights used to determine the institutions’ risk-weighted assets. These risk-weighted assets are used to calculate the following minimum capital ratios for Huntington and the Bank:


•	Tier 1 Leverage Ratio, equal to the ratio of Tier 1 capital to quarterly average assets (net of goodwill, certain other intangible assets and certain other deductions).

•

CET1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio, equal to the ratio of CET1 capital to risk-weighted assets. CET1 capital primarily includes common shareholders’ equity subject to certain regulatory adjustments and deductions, including with respect to goodwill, intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets and AOCI. Certain of these adjustments and deductions were subject to phase-in periods that began on January 1, 2015 and ended on January 1, 2018. Together with the FDIC, the Federal Reserve and OCC have issued proposed rules that would simplify the capital treatment of certain capital deductions and adjustments, and the final phase-in period for these capital deductions and adjustments has been indefinitely delayed.


•	Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio, equal to the ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets. Tier 1 capital is primarily comprised of CET1 capital, perpetual preferred stock and certain qualifying capital instruments.


•	Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio, equal to the ratio of total capital, including CET1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital, to risk-weighted assets. Tier 2 capital primarily includes qualifying subordinated debt and qualifying ALLL. Tier 2 capital also includes, among other things, certain trust preferred securities.

The total minimum regulatory capital ratios and well-capitalized minimum ratios are reflected on the following page. The Federal Reserve has not yet revised the well-capitalized standard for BHCs to reflect the higher capital requirements imposed under the U.S. Basel III capital rules. For purposes of the Federal Reserve’s Regulation Y, including determining whether a BHC meets the requirements to be an FHC, BHCs, such as Huntington, must maintain a Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 6.0% or greater and a Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 10.0% or greater. If the Federal Reserve were to apply the same or a very similar

Table of Contents

well-capitalized standard to BHCs as that applicable to the Bank, Huntington’s capital ratios as of December 31, 2017 would exceed such revised well-capitalized standard. The Federal Reserve may require BHCs, including Huntington, to maintain capital ratios substantially in excess of mandated minimum levels, depending upon general economic conditions and a BHC’s particular condition, risk profile and growth plans.

In addition to meeting the minimum capital requirements, under the U.S. Basel III capital rules Huntington and the Bank must also maintain the required Capital Conservation Buffer to avoid becoming subject to restrictions on capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments to management. The Capital Conservation Buffer is calculated as a ratio of CET1 capital to risk-weighted assets, and it effectively increases the required minimum risk-based capital ratios. The Capital Conservation Buffer requirement is being phased in over a three-year period that began on January 1, 2016. When the phase-in period is complete on January 1, 2019, the Capital Conservation Buffer will be 2.5%. Throughout 2017, the required Capital Conservation Buffer was 1.25%, and the required Capital Conservation Buffer throughout 2018 will be 1.875%. The Tier 1 Leverage Ratio is not impacted by the Capital Conservation Buffer, and a banking institution may be considered well-capitalized while remaining out of compliance with the Capital Conservation Buffer.

The table below summarizes the capital requirements that Huntington and the Bank must satisfy to avoid limitations on capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments (i.e., the required minimum capital ratios plus the Capital Conservation Buffer) during the remaining transition period for the Capital Conservation Buffer:



	Minimum Basel III Regulatory Capital Ratio Plus Capital Conservation Buffer
	January 1, 2017		January 1, 2018		January 1, 2019
CET 1 risk-based capital ratio	5.75	%	6.375	%	7.0	%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio	7.25		7.875		8.5
Total risk-based capital ratio	9.25		9.875		10.5

The following table presents the minimum regulatory capital ratios, minimum ratio plus capital conservation buffer, and well capitalized minimums compared with Huntington’s and the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios as of December 31, 2017, calculated using the regulatory capital methodology applicable during 2017.



		Minimum Regulatory Capital Ratio		Minimum Ratio + Capital Conservation Buffer (1)		Well-Capitalized Minimums (2)		At December 31, 2017
(dollar amounts in billions)		Minimum Regulatory Capital Ratio		Minimum Ratio + Capital Conservation Buffer (1)		Well-Capitalized Minimums (2)		Actual
Ratios:
Tier 1 leverage ratio	Consolidated	4.00	%	N/A		N/A		9.09	%
	Bank	4.00		N/A		5.00	%	9.70
CET 1 risk-based capital ratio	Consolidated	4.50		5.75	%	N/A		10.01
	Bank	4.50		5.75		6.50		11.02
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio	Consolidated	6.00		7.25		6.00		11.34
	Bank	6.00		7.25		8.00		12.10
Total risk-based capital ratio	Consolidated	8.00		9.25		10.00		13.39
	Bank	8.00		9.25		10.00		14.33


(1)	Reflects the capital conservation buffer of 1.25% applicable during 2017. Huntington and the Bank already meet the Capital Conservation Buffer at the fully phased-in level of 2.5%


(2)	Reflects the well-capitalized standard applicable to Huntington and the well-capitalized standard applicable to the Bank under Federal Reserve Regulation Y.

Huntington has the ability to provide additional capital to the Bank to maintain the Bank’s risk-based capital ratios at levels which would be considered well-capitalized.

As of December 31, 2017, Huntington’s and the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios were above the well-capitalized standards and met the then-applicable Capital Conservation Buffer and the Capital Conservation Buffer on a fully phased-in basis. Based on current estimates, we believe that Huntington and the Bank will continue to exceed all applicable well-capitalized regulatory capital requirements and the Capital Conservation Buffer, on a fully phased-in basis.

Table of Contents

Liquidity Requirements

BHCs with total consolidated assets of $250 billion or more are subject to a minimum LCR, and BHCs with at least $50 billion but less than $250 billion in total consolidated assets, including Huntington, are subject to a less stringent modified version of the LCR. The LCR requires Huntington to meet certain liquidity measures by holding an adequate amount of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets, such as Treasury securities and other sovereign debt, to cover its projected net cash outflows over a 30 calendar-day stress scenario window. Because the LCR assigns less severe outflow assumptions to certain types of customer deposits, banks’ demand for and the cost of these deposits may increase. Additionally, the LCR has increased the demand for direct U.S. government and U.S. government-guaranteed debt that, while high quality, generally carry lower yields than other securities BHCs hold in their investment portfolios. Congress is considering a bill that would require the U.S. federal bank regulatory agencies to amend the LCR to treat certain investment grade municipal securities as high-quality liquid assets. It is too early to tell whether this bill will become law.

In addition, in May 2016, the federal bank regulatory agencies proposed a Net Stable Funding Ratio rule, which would require large financial firms to meet certain net stable funding measures by funding themselves with adequate amounts of medium- and long-term funding. If finalized as proposed, Huntington would be subject to a less stringent modified version of the Net Stable Funding Ratio.

Enhanced Prudential Standards

Under the Dodd-Frank Act, BHCs with consolidated assets of more than $50 billion, such as Huntington, are subject to certain enhanced prudential standards. As a result, Huntington is subject to more stringent standards, including liquidity and capital requirements, leverage limits, stress testing, resolution planning and risk management standards, than those applicable to smaller institutions. Rules to implement two other enhanced prudential standards—single-counterparty credit limits and early remediation requirements—are still under consideration by the Federal Reserve. Congress is considering a bill that, following an 18-month period, would exempt BHCs with consolidated assets between $100 billion and $250 billion, such as Huntington, from most enhanced prudential standards and would allow the Federal Reserve either to determine that some or all of these standards should be applied to some or all such BHCs or to subject such BHCs to less stringent versions of these standards. It is too early to tell whether this bill will become law and, if so, whether and how the Federal Reserve would exercise its authority.

Capital Planning

Huntington is required to submit a capital plan annually to the Federal Reserve for supervisory review in connection with its annual CCAR process. Huntington is required to include within its capital plan an assessment of the expected uses and sources of capital and a description of all planned capital actions over the nine-quarter planning horizon, a detailed description of the process for assessing capital adequacy, its capital policy, and a discussion of any expected changes to its business plan that are likely to have a material impact on its capital adequacy.

The Federal Reserve expects BHCs subject to CCAR, such as Huntington, to have sufficient capital to withstand a highly adverse operating environment and to be able to continue operations, maintain ready access to funding, meet obligations to creditors and counterparties, and serve as credit intermediaries. In addition, the Federal Reserve evaluates the planned capital actions of these BHCs, including planned capital distributions such as dividend payments or stock repurchases. This involves a quantitative assessment of capital based on supervisory-run stress tests that assess the ability to maintain capital levels above certain minimum ratios, after taking all capital actions included in a BHC’s capital plan, under baseline and stressful conditions throughout the nine-quarter planning horizon. As part of CCAR, the Federal Reserve evaluates whether BHCs have sufficient capital to continue operations throughout times of economic and financial market stress and whether they have robust, forward-looking capital planning processes that account for their unique risks. We generally may pay dividends and repurchase stock only in accordance with a capital plan that has been reviewed by the Federal Reserve and as to which the Federal Reserve has not objected. In addition, we are generally prohibited from making a capital distribution unless, after giving effect to the distribution, we will meet all minimum regulatory capital ratios.

Under revised CCAR rules that became effective on March 6, 2017, the Federal Reserve is no longer allowed to object to the capital plan of a large and non-complex BHC, such as Huntington, on a qualitative, as opposed to quantitative, basis. Instead, the Federal Reserve may evaluate the strength of Huntington’s qualitative capital planning process through the regular supervisory process and targeted horizontal reviews of particular aspects of capital planning.

Huntington submitted its 2017 capital plan to the Federal Reserve in April 2017. The Federal Reserve did not object to Huntington’s 2017 capital plan. Huntington is required and intends to submit to the Federal Reserve its capital plan for 2018 by no later than April 5, 2018. There can be no assurance that the Federal Reserve will respond favorably to Huntington’s 2018 capital plan, capital actions or stress test results.

Table of Contents

Stress Testing

Huntington is subject to annual supervisory stress tests. These supervisory stress tests are forward-looking quantitative evaluations of the impact of stressful economic and financial market conditions on Huntington's capital. Huntington also must conduct semi-annual company-run stress tests, the results of which are filed with the Federal Reserve and publicly disclosed. The Bank is also required to conduct annual company-run stress tests. The objective of the annual company-run stress test is to ensure that covered institutions have robust, forward-looking capital planning processes that account for their unique risks and to help ensure that covered institutions have sufficient capital to continue operations throughout times of economic and financial stress. The results of these annual stress tests must be publicly disclosed.

Congress is considering a bill that would exempt BHCs with consolidated assets between $100 billion and $250 billion, such as Huntington, from company-run stress testing requirements as part of the exemption from enhanced prudential standards described above and allow the federal bank regulatory agencies to decrease the number of stress scenarios involved in the supervisory and company-run stress tests and to decrease the frequency of these stress tests. It is too early to tell whether this bill will become law and, if so, whether and how the federal bank regulatory agencies would exercise their authority in amending the stress test requirements.

Restrictions on Dividends

Huntington is a legal entity separate and distinct from its banking and non-banking subsidiaries. Since our consolidated net income consists largely of net income of Huntington’s subsidiaries, our ability to pay dividends and repurchase shares depends upon our receipt of dividends from these subsidiaries. Under federal law, there are various limitations on the extent to which the Bank can declare and pay dividends to Huntington, including those related to regulatory capital requirements, general regulatory oversight to prevent unsafe or unsound practices and federal banking law requirements concerning the payment of dividends out of net profits, surplus and available earnings. Certain contractual restrictions also may limit the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to Huntington. No assurances can be given that the Bank will, in any circumstances, pay dividends to Huntington.

Huntington’s ability to declare and pay dividends to our shareholders is similarly limited by federal banking law and Federal Reserve regulations and policy. As discussed in the Capital Planning section above, a BHC may pay dividends and repurchase stock only in accordance with a capital plan that has been reviewed by the Federal Reserve and as to which the Federal Reserve has not objected.

Huntington and the Bank must maintain the applicable CET1 Capital Conservation Buffer to avoid becoming subject to restrictions on capital distributions, including dividends. When fully phased in on January 1, 2019, the Capital Conservation Buffer will be 2.5%. For more information on the Capital Conservation Buffer, see the Regulatory Capital Requirements section above.

Federal Reserve policy provides that a BHC should not pay dividends unless (1) the BHC’s net income over the last four quarters (net of dividends paid) is sufficient to fully fund the dividends, (2) the prospective rate of earnings retention appears consistent with the capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition of the BHC and its subsidiaries and (3) the BHC will continue to meet minimum required capital adequacy ratios. Accordingly, a BHC should not pay cash dividends that can only be funded in ways that weaken the BHC’s financial health, such as by borrowing. The policy also provides that a BHC should inform the Federal Reserve reasonably in advance of declaring or paying a dividend that exceeds earnings for the period for which the dividend is being paid or that could result in a material adverse change to the BHC’s capital structure. BHCs also are required to consult with the Federal Reserve before increasing dividends or redeeming or repurchasing capital instruments. Additionally, the Federal Reserve could prohibit or limit the payment of dividends by a BHC if it determines that payment of the dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.

Volcker Rule

Under the Volcker Rule, we are prohibited from (1) engaging in short-term proprietary trading for our own account and (2) having certain ownership interest in and relationships with hedge funds or private equity funds (covered funds). The Volcker Rule regulations contain exemptions for market-making, hedging, underwriting, trading in U.S. government and agency obligations and also permit certain ownership interests in certain types of covered funds to be retained. They also permit the offering and sponsoring of covered funds under certain conditions. The Volcker Rule regulations impose significant compliance and reporting obligations on banking entities, such as us. We have put in place the compliance programs required by the Volcker Rule and have either divested or received extensions for any holdings in illiquid covered funds.

The five federal agencies implementing the Volcker Rule regulations have approved an interim final rule to permit banking entities to retain interests in certain collateralized debt obligations backed primarily by trust preferred securities if certain qualifications are met. In addition, the agencies released a non-exclusive list of issuers that meet the requirements of the interim final rule. As of December 31, 2017, we had investments in two different pools of trust preferred securities. Both of our pools are included in the list of non-exclusive issuers. We have analyzed the pools and believe that we will continue to be able to own these investments under the final Volcker Rule regulations as well.

Table of Contents

Recovery and Resolution Planning

As a BHC with assets of $50 billion or more, Huntington is required to submit annually to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC a resolution plan for the orderly resolution of Huntington and its significant legal entities under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or other applicable insolvency laws in a rapid and orderly fashion in the event of future material financial distress or failure. If the Federal Reserve and the FDIC jointly determine that the resolution plan is not credible and the deficiencies are not cured in a timely manner, they may jointly impose on us more stringent capital, leverage or liquidity requirements or restrictions on our growth, activities or operations. If we were to fail to address the deficiencies in our resolution plan when required, we could eventually be required to divest certain assets or operations. Huntington submitted its resolution plan to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC on December 21, 2017. In addition, the Bank is required to periodically to file a separate resolution plan with the FDIC. The public versions of the resolution plans previously submitted by Huntington and the Bank are available on the FDIC’s website and, in the case of Huntington’s resolution plans, also on the Federal Reserve’s website.

Under OCC guidelines that establish enforceable standards for recovery planning for insured national banks with average total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more, the Bank must develop and maintain a recovery plan that is appropriate for its individual size, risk profile, activities, and complexity, including the complexity of its organizational and legal entity structure. OCC examiners will assess the appropriateness and adequacy of a covered bank’s ongoing recovery planning process as part of the agency’s regular supervisory activities. The Bank is required to comply with this recovery planning requirement by July 1, 2018.

Source of Strength

Huntington is required to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to the Bank and, under appropriate conditions, to commit resources to support the Bank. This support may be required by the Federal Reserve at times when we might otherwise determine not to provide it or when doing so is not otherwise in the interests of Huntington or our shareholders or creditors. The Federal Reserve may require a BHC to make capital injections into a troubled subsidiary bank and may charge the BHC with engaging in unsafe and unsound practices if the BHC fails to commit resources to such a subsidiary bank or if it undertakes actions that the Federal Reserve believes might jeopardize the BHC’s ability to commit resources to such subsidiary bank.

Under these requirements, Huntington may in the future be required to provide financial assistance to the Bank should it experience financial distress. Capital loans by Huntington to the Bank would be subordinate in right of payment to deposits and certain other debts of the Bank. In the event of Huntington’s bankruptcy, any commitment by Huntington to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of the Bank would be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.

FDIC as Receiver or Conservator of Huntington

Upon the insolvency of an insured depository institution, such as the Bank, the FDIC may be appointed as the conservator or receiver of the institution. Under the Orderly Liquidation Authority, upon the insolvency of a BHC, such as Huntington, the FDIC may be appointed as conservator or receiver of the BHC, if certain findings are made by the FDIC, the Federal Reserve and the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the President. Acting as a conservator or receiver, the FDIC would have broad powers to transfer any assets or liabilities of the institution without the approval of the institution’s creditors.

Depositor Preference

The FDIA provides that, in the event of the liquidation or other resolution of an insured depository institution, including the Bank, the claims of depositors of the institution (including the claims of the FDIC as subrogee of insured depositors) and certain claims for administrative expenses of the FDIC as a receiver would have priority over other general unsecured claims against the institution. If the Bank were to fail, insured and uninsured depositors, along with the FDIC, would have priority in payment ahead of unsecured, non-deposit creditors, including Huntington, with respect to any extensions of credit they have made to such insured depository institution.

Transactions between a Bank and its Affiliates

Federal banking laws and regulations impose qualitative standards and quantitative limitations upon certain transactions between a bank and its affiliates, including between a bank and its holding company and companies that the BHC may be deemed to control for these purposes. Transactions covered by these provisions must be on arm’s-length terms, and cannot exceed certain amounts which are determined with reference to the bank’s regulatory capital. Moreover, if the transaction is a loan or other extension of credit, it must be secured by collateral in an amount and quality expressly prescribed by statute, and if the affiliate is unable to pledge sufficient collateral, the BHC may be required to provide it. The Dodd-Frank Act expanded the coverage and scope of these regulations, including by applying them to the credit exposure arising under derivative transactions, repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and lending transactions. Federal banking laws also place similar restrictions on loans and other extensions of credit by FDIC-insured banks, such as the Bank, and their subsidiaries to their directors, executive officers and principal shareholders.

Table of Contents

Lending Standards and Guidance

The federal bank regulatory agencies have adopted uniform regulations prescribing standards for extensions of credit that are secured by liens or interests in real estate or made for the purpose of financing permanent improvements to real estate. Under these regulations, all insured depository institutions, such as the Bank, must adopt and maintain written policies establishing appropriate limits and standards for extensions of credit that are secured by liens or interests in real estate or are made for the purpose of financing permanent improvements to real estate. These policies must establish loan portfolio diversification standards, prudent underwriting standards (including loan-to-value limits) that are clear and measurable, loan administration procedures, and documentation, approval and reporting requirements. The real estate lending policies must reflect consideration of the federal bank regulatory agencies’ Interagency Guidelines for Real Estate Lending Policies.

Heightened Governance and Risk Management Standards

The OCC has published guidelines to update expectations for the governance and risk management practices of certain large financial institutions, including the Bank. The guidelines require covered institutions to establish and adhere to a written governance framework in order to manage and control their risk-taking activities. In addition, the guidelines provide standards for the institutions’ boards of directors to oversee the risk governance framework. As discussed in the Risk Management and Capital section of the MDA, the Bank currently has a written governance framework and associated controls.

Anti-Money Laundering

The Bank Secrecy Act and the Patriot Act contain anti-money laundering and financial transparency provisions intended to detect, and prevent the use of the U.S. financial system for, money laundering and terrorist financing activities. The Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the Patriot Act, requires depository institutions and their holding companies to undertake activities including maintaining an AML program, verifying the identity of clients, monitoring for and reporting suspicious transactions, reporting on cash transactions exceeding specified thresholds, and responding to requests for information by regulatory authorities and law enforcement agencies. The Bank is subject to the Bank Secrecy Act and, therefore, is required to provide its employees with AML training, designate an AML compliance officer and undergo an annual, independent audit to assess the effectiveness of its AML program. The Bank has implemented policies, procedures and internal controls that are designed to comply with these AML requirements. In May 2016, FinCEN, which is a unit of the Treasury Department that drafts regulations implementing the Patriot Act and other AML legislation, issued final rules governing enhanced customer due diligence. The rules impose several new obligations on covered financial institutions with respect to their “legal entity customers,” including corporations, limited liability companies and other similar entities. For each such customer that opens an account (including an existing customer opening a new account), the covered financial institution must identify and verify the customer’s “beneficial owners,” who are specifically defined in the rules. The rules contain an exemption for insurance premium financing transactions, but cash refunds issued in connection with such transactions are not exempt, thus requiring verification of beneficial ownership before cash refunds may be issued to borrowers. Bank regulators are focusing their examinations on AML compliance, and we will continue to monitor and augment, where necessary, our AML compliance programs. The federal banking agencies are required, when reviewing bank and BHC acquisition or merger applications, to take into account the effectiveness of the AML activities of the applicant.

OFAC Regulation

OFAC is responsible for administering economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals and others, as defined by various Executive Orders and in various legislation. OFAC-administered sanctions take many different forms. For example, sanctions may include: (1) restrictions on trade with or investment in a sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from and exports to a sanctioned country and prohibitions on U.S. persons engaging in financial transactions relating to, making investments in, or providing investment-related advice or assistance to, a sanctioned country; and (2) a blocking of assets in which the government or “specially designated nationals” of the sanctioned country have an interest, by prohibiting transfers of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction, including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons. OFAC also publishes lists of persons, organizations, and countries suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts, known as Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons. Blocked assets, for example property and bank deposits, cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences.

Data Privacy

Federal and state law contains extensive consumer privacy protection provisions. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act requires financial institutions to periodically disclose their privacy policies and practices relating to sharing such information and enables retail customers to opt out of our ability to share information with unaffiliated third parties under certain circumstances. Other federal and state laws and regulations impact our ability to share certain information with affiliates and non-affiliates for marketing and/or non-marketing purposes, or to contact customers with marketing offers. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act also requires financial institutions to implement a comprehensive information security program that includes administrative, technical and physical safeguards to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer records and information. These security and privacy

Table of Contents

policies and procedures for the protection of personal and confidential information are in effect across all businesses and geographic locations. Federal law also makes it a criminal offense, except in limited circumstances, to obtain or attempt to obtain customer information of a financial nature by fraudulent or deceptive means.

Like other lenders, the Bank and other of our subsidiaries use credit bureau data in their underwriting activities. Use of such data is regulated under the FCRA, and the FCRA also regulates reporting information to credit bureaus, prescreening individuals for credit offers, sharing of information between affiliates, and using affiliate data for marketing purposes. Similar state laws may impose additional requirements on us and our subsidiaries.

FDIC Insurance

The DIF provides insurance coverage for certain deposits, up to a standard maximum deposit insurance amount of $250,000 per depositor and is funded through assessments on insured depository institutions, based on the risk each institution poses to the DIF. The Bank accepts customer deposits that are insured by the DIF and therefore must pay insurance premiums. The FDIC may increase the Bank’s insurance premiums based on various factors, including the FDIC’s assessment of its risk profile. Currently, banks with $10 billion or more in total assets, such as the Bank, must pay an assessment surcharge. These banks will be required to pay this surcharge until the earlier of the quarter in which the FDIC’s reserve ratio reaches or exceeds 1.35% or December 31, 2018. Additionally, on December 22, 2017, the TCJA was enacted, which among other things, disallows the deduction of FDIC insurance premiums for tax purposes effective January 1, 2018, where previously FDIC insurance premiums were fully deductible for tax purposes.

The FDIC recently issued a rule that requires large insured depository institutions, including the Bank, to enhance their deposit account recordkeeping and related information technology system capabilities to facilitate prompt payment of insured deposits if such an institution were to fail. We must comply with these new requirements by April 1, 2020.

Compensation

Our compensation practices are subject to oversight by the Federal Reserve and, with respect to some of our subsidiaries and employees, by other financial regulatory bodies. The scope and content of compensation regulation in the financial industry are continuing to develop, and we expect that these regulations and resulting market practices will continue to evolve over a number of years.

The federal bank regulatory agencies have issued joint guidance on executive compensation designed to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations, such as Huntington and the Bank, do not encourage imprudent risk taking and are consistent with the safety and soundness of the organization. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the federal bank regulatory agencies and the SEC to issue regulations or guidelines requiring covered financial institutions, including Huntington and the Bank, to prohibit incentive-based payment arrangements that encourage inappropriate risks by providing compensation that is excessive or that could lead to material financial loss to the institution. A proposed rule was issued in 2016. Also pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, in 2015, the SEC proposed rules that would direct stock exchanges to require listed companies to implement clawback policies to recover incentive-based compensation from current or former executive officers in the event of certain financial restatements and would also require companies to disclose their clawback policies and their actions under those policies. Huntington continues to evaluate the proposed rules, both of which are subject to further rulemaking procedures.

Cybersecurity

The CISA is intended to improve cybersecurity in the United States by enhanced sharing of information about security threats among the U.S. government and private sector entities, including financial institutions. The CISA also authorizes companies to monitor their own systems notwithstanding any other provision of law, and allows companies to carry out defensive measures on their own systems from cyber-attacks. The law includes liability protections for companies that share cyber threat information with third parties so long as such sharing activity is conducted in accordance with CISA.

In October 2016, the federal bank regulatory agencies issued an ANPR regarding enhanced cyber risk management standards which would apply to a wide range of large financial institutions and their third-party service providers, including us and the Bank. The proposed standards would expand existing cybersecurity regulations and guidance to focus on cyber risk governance and management; management of internal and external dependencies; and incident response, cyber resilience and situational awareness. In addition, the proposal contemplates more stringent standards for institutions with systems that are critical to the financial sector.

Community Reinvestment Act

The CRA is intended to encourage banks to help meet the credit needs of their service areas, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and soundness practices. The relevant federal bank regulatory agency, the OCC in the

Table of Contents

Bank’s case, examines each bank and assigns it a public CRA rating. A bank’s record of fair lending compliance is part of the resulting CRA examination report.

The CRA requires the relevant federal bank regulatory agency to consider a bank’s CRA assessment when considering the bank’s application to conduct certain mergers or acquisitions or to open or relocate a branch office. The Federal Reserve also must consider the CRA record of each subsidiary bank of a BHC in connection with any acquisition or merger application filed by the BHC. An unsatisfactory CRA record could substantially delay or result in the denial of an approval or application by Huntington or the Bank.

The Bank received a CRA rating of "Outstanding" at its most recent examination.

Transaction Account Reserves

Federal Reserve rules require depository institutions to maintain reserves against their transaction accounts, primarily negotiable order of withdrawal (NOW) and regular checking accounts. For 2017, the first $16 million of covered balances are exempt from the reserve requirement, aggregate balances between $16 million and $122.3 million are subject to a 3% reserve requirement and aggregate balances above $122.3 million are subject to a 10% reserve requirement. These reserve requirements are subject to annual adjustment by the Federal Reserve. The Bank is in compliance with these requirements.

Debit Interchange Fees

We are subject to a statutory requirement that interchange fees for electronic debit transactions that are paid to or charged by payment card issuers, including the Bank, be reasonable and proportional to the cost incurred by the issuer. Interchange fees for electronic debit transactions are limited to 21 cents plus .05% of the transaction, plus an additional one cent per transaction fraud adjustment. These fees impose requirements regarding routing and exclusivity of electronic debit transactions, and generally require that debit cards be usable in at least two unaffiliated networks.

Consumer Protection Regulation and Supervision

We are subject to supervision and regulation by the CFPB with respect to federal consumer protection laws. We are also subject to certain state consumer protection laws, and under the Dodd-Frank Act, state attorneys general and other state officials are empowered to enforce certain federal consumer protection laws and regulations. State authorities have recently increased their focus on and enforcement of consumer protection rules. These federal and state consumer protection laws apply to a broad range of our activities and to various aspects of our business and include laws relating to interest rates, fair lending, disclosures of credit terms and estimated transaction costs to consumer borrowers, debt collection practices, the use of and the provision of information to consumer reporting agencies, and the prohibition of unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices in connection with the offer, sale or provision of consumer financial products and services.

The CFPB has promulgated many mortgage-related final rules since it was established under the Dodd-Frank Act, including rules related to the ability to repay and qualified mortgage standards, mortgage servicing standards, loan originator compensation standards, high-cost mortgage requirements, HMDA requirements and appraisal and escrow standards for higher priced mortgages. Most of the provisions of these mortgage-related final rules are currently effective. In addition, several proposed revisions to mortgage-related rules are pending finalization. The mortgage-related final rules issued by the CFPB have materially restructured the origination, servicing and securitization of residential mortgages in the United States. These rules have impacted, and will continue to impact, the business practices of mortgage lenders, including the Company. For example, under the CFPB’s Ability to Repay and Qualified Mortgage rule, before making a mortgage loan, a lender must establish that a borrower has the ability to repay the mortgage. “Qualified mortgages”, as defined in the rule, are presumed to comply with this requirement and, as a result, present less litigation risk to lenders. For a loan to qualify as a qualified mortgage, the loan must satisfy certain limits on terms and conditions, pricing and a maximum debt-to-income ratio. Loans eligible for purchase, guarantee or insurance by a government agency or government-sponsored enterprise are exempt from some of these requirements. Satisfying the qualified mortgage standards, ensuring correct calculations are made for individual loans, recordkeeping and monitoring, as well as understanding the effect of the qualified mortgage standards on CRA obligations, impose significant new compliance obligations on, and involve compliance costs for, mortgage lenders, including the Company.

Federal regulators have promulgated a number of other rules governing the provision of credit to consumer borrowers. For example, the CFPB has issued guidance under the Equal Credit Opportunity Act for indirect automobile lenders that have a policy that permits dealers who originate automobile loans to increase the interest rate charged to a consumer and that compensates the dealer with a share of the increased interest revenue. These and other CFPB regulations involve compliance costs for automobile lenders, including the Company.

Federal regulators also have issued regulations that make it more difficult for financial institutions to collect debts owed to them. For example, in 2015, the Federal Communications Commission issued an order interpreting the Telephone Consumer Protection Act that affected the ability to financial institutions like the Company to place telephone calls to borrowers using automated dialing devices, which has increased both the cost of collection and the potential exposure of the Company to lawsuits

Table of Contents

for non-compliance with the Act. The CFPB also has indicated an interest in issuing other regulations that would restrict debt collection activities.

Available Information

We are subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with the Exchange Act, we file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. This information may be read and copied at the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet web site that contains reports, proxy statements, and other information about issuers, like us, who file electronically with the SEC. The address of the site is http://www.sec.gov. The reports and other information, including any related amendments, filed by us with, or furnished by us to, the SEC are also available free of charge at our Internet web site as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The address of the site is http://www.huntington.com. Except as specifically incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K, information on those web sites is not part of this report. You also should be able to inspect reports, proxy statements, and other information about us at the offices of the Nasdaq National Market at 33 Whitehall Street, New York, New York 10004.

Table of Contents

Item 1A: Risk Factors

We, like other financial companies, are subject to a number of risks that may adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations, many of which are outside of our direct control. Among these risks are:


•	Credit risk, which is the risk of loss due to loan and lease customers or other counterparties not being able to meet their financial obligations under agreed upon terms;


•	Market risk, which occurs when fluctuations in interest rates impact earnings and capital. Financial impacts are realized through changes in the interest rates of balance sheet assets and liabilities (net interest margin) or directly through valuation changes of capitalized MSR and/or trading assets (noninterest income);

•

Liquidity risk, which is the risk to current or anticipated earnings or capital arising from an inability to meet obligations when they come due. Liquidity risk includes the inability to access funding sources or manage fluctuations in funding levels. Liquidity risk also results from the failure to recognize or address changes in market conditions that affect our ability to liquidate assets quickly and with minimal loss in value;

•

Operational and Legal risk, which is the risk of loss arising from inadequate or failed internal processes or systems, human errors or misconduct, or adverse external events. Operational losses result from internal fraud; external fraud, inadequate or inappropriate employment practices and workplace safety, failure to meet professional obligations involving customers, products, and business practices, damage to physical assets, business disruption and systems failures, and failures in execution, delivery, and process management. Legal risk includes, but is not limited to, exposure to orders, fines, penalties, or punitive damages resulting from litigation, as well as regulatory actions;


•	Compliance risk, which exposes us to money penalties, enforcement actions or other sanctions as a result of non-conformance with laws, rules, and regulations that apply to the financial services industry;


•	Strategic risk, which is defined as risk to current or anticipated earnings, capital, or enterprise value arising from adverse business decisions, improper implementation of business decisions or lack of responsiveness to industry / market changes; and


•	Reputation risk, which is the risk that negative publicity regarding an institution's business practices, whether true or not, will cause a decline in the customer base, costly litigation, or revenue reductions.

In addition to the other information included or incorporated by reference into this report, readers should carefully consider that the following important factors, among others, could negatively impact our business, future results of operations, and future cash flows materially.

Credit Risks:

Our ACL level may prove to not be adequate or be negatively affected by credit risk exposures which could adversely affect our net income and capital.

Our business depends on the creditworthiness of our customers. Our ACL of $778 million at December 31, 2017, represented Management’s estimate of probable losses inherent in our loan and lease portfolio (ALLL) as well as our unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit (AULC). We regularly review our ACL for appropriateness. In doing so, we consider economic conditions and trends, collateral values, and credit quality indicators, such as past charge-off experience, levels of past due loans, and NPAs. There is no certainty that our ACL will be appropriate over time to cover losses in the portfolio because of unanticipated adverse changes in the economy, market conditions, or events adversely affecting specific customers, industries, or markets. If the credit quality of our customer base materially decreases, if the risk profile of a market, industry, or group of customers changes materially, or if the ACL is not appropriate, our net income and capital could be materially adversely affected, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, regulatory review of risk ratings and loan and lease losses may impact the level of the ACL and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Weakness in economic conditions could adversely affect our business.

Our performance could be negatively affected to the extent there is deterioration in business and economic conditions which have direct or indirect material adverse impacts on us, our customers, and our counterparties. These conditions could result in one or more of the following:


•	A decrease in the demand for loans and other products and services offered by us;


•	A decrease in customer savings generally and in the demand for savings and investment products offered by us; and


•	An increase in the number of customers and counterparties who become delinquent, file for protection under bankruptcy laws, or default on their loans or other obligations to us.

An increase in the number of delinquencies, bankruptcies, or defaults could result in a higher level of NPAs, NCOs, provision for credit losses, and valuation adjustments on loans held for sale. The markets we serve are dependent on industrial and manufacturing businesses and, thus, are particularly vulnerable to adverse changes in economic conditions affecting these sectors.

Table of Contents

Market Risks:

Changes in interest rates could reduce our net interest income, reduce transactional income, and negatively impact the value of our loans, securities, and other assets. This could have an adverse impact on our cash flows, financial condition, results of operations, and capital.

Our results of operations depend substantially on net interest income, which is the difference between interest earned on interest earning assets (such as investments and loans) and interest paid on interest bearing liabilities (such as deposits and borrowings). Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including governmental monetary policies and domestic and international economic and political conditions. Conditions such as inflation, deflation, recession, unemployment, money supply, and other factors beyond our control may also affect interest rates. In addition, the Federal Reserve has stated its intention to end its quantitative easing program and has begun to reduce the size of its balance sheet by selling securities, which might also affect interest rates. If our interest earning assets mature or reprice faster than interest bearing liabilities in a declining interest rate environment, net interest income could be materially adversely impacted. Likewise, if interest bearing liabilities mature or reprice more quickly than interest earning assets in a rising interest rate environment, net interest income could be adversely impacted.

Changes in interest rates can affect the value of loans, securities, assets under management, and other assets, including mortgage and nonmortgage servicing rights. An increase in interest rates that adversely affects the ability of borrowers to pay the principal or interest on loans and leases may lead to an increase in NPAs and a reduction of income recognized, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows. When we place a loan on nonaccrual status, we reverse any accrued but unpaid interest receivable, which decreases interest income. However, we continue to incur interest expense as a cost of funding NALs without any corresponding interest income. In addition, transactional income, including trust income, brokerage income, and gain on sales of loans can vary significantly from period-to-period based on a number of factors, including the interest rate environment. A decline in interest rates along with a flattening yield curve limits our ability to reprice deposits given the current historically low level of interest rates and could result in declining net interest margins if longer duration assets reprice faster than deposits.

Rising interest rates reduce the value of our fixed-rate securities. Any unrealized loss from these portfolios impacts OCI, shareholders’ equity, and the Tangible Common Equity ratio. Any realized loss from these portfolios impacts regulatory capital ratios. In a rising interest rate environment, pension and other post-retirement obligations somewhat mitigate negative OCI impacts from securities and financial instruments. For more information, refer to “Market Risk” of the MD&A.

Certain investment securities, notably mortgage-backed securities, are very sensitive to rising and falling rates. Generally, when rates rise, prepayments of principal and interest will decrease and the duration of mortgage-backed securities will increase. Conversely, when rates fall, prepayments of principal and interest will increase and the duration of mortgage-backed securities will decrease. In either case, interest rates have a significant impact on the value of mortgage-backed securities.

MSR fair values are sensitive to movements in interest rates, as expected future net servicing income depends on the projected outstanding principal balances of the underlying loans, which can be reduced by prepayments. Prepayments usually increase when mortgage interest rates decline and decrease when mortgage interest rates rise.

In addition to volatility associated with interest rates, the Company also has exposure to equity markets related to the investments within the benefit plans and other income from client based transactions.

Industry competition may have an adverse effect on our success.

Our profitability depends on our ability to compete successfully. We operate in a highly competitive environment, and we expect competition to intensify. Certain of our competitors are larger and have more resources than we do, enabling them to be more aggressive than us in competing for loans and deposits. In our market areas, we face competition from other banks and financial service companies that offer similar services. Some of our non-bank competitors are not subject to the same extensive regulations we are and, therefore, may have greater flexibility in competing for business. Technological advances have made it possible for our non-bank competitors to offer products and services that traditionally were banking products and for financial institutions and other companies to provide electronic and internet-based financial solutions, including online deposit accounts, electronic payment processing and marketplace lending, without having a physical presence where their customers are located. Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including customer convenience, quality of service by investing in new products and services, electronic platforms, personal contacts, pricing, and range of products. If we are unable to successfully compete for new customers and retain our current customers, our business, financial condition, or results of operations may be adversely affected. In particular, if we experience an outflow of deposits as a result of our customers seeking investments with higher yields or greater financial stability, or a desire to do business with our competitors, we may be forced to rely more heavily on borrowings and other sources of funding to operate our business and meet withdrawal demands, thereby adversely affecting our net interest margin. For more information, refer to “Competition” section of Item 1: Business.

Uncertainty about the future of LIBOR may adversely affect our business.

On July 27, 2017, the Chief Executive of the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced that it intends to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR to the administrator of LIBOR after

Table of Contents

2021. The announcement indicates that the continuation of LIBOR on the current basis cannot and will not be guaranteed after 2021. It is impossible to predict whether and to what extent banks will continue to provide LIBOR submissions to the administrator of LIBOR or whether any additional reforms to LIBOR may be enacted in the United Kingdom or elsewhere. At this time, no consensus exists as to what rate or rates may become accepted alternatives to LIBOR and it is impossible to predict the effect of any such alternatives on the value of LIBOR-based securities and variable rate loans, including Huntington’s Series B preferred stock, certain of Huntington’s junior subordinated debentures, certain of the Bank’s senior notes, or other securities or financial arrangements, given LIBOR’s role in determining market interest rates globally. Uncertainty as to the nature of alternative reference rates and as to potential changes or other reforms to LIBOR may adversely affect LIBOR rates and other interest rates. In the event that a published LIBOR rate is unavailable after 2021, the dividend rate on Huntington’s Series B preferred stock and the interest rate on Huntington’s and the Bank’s debentures and notes, which are currently based on the LIBOR rate, will be determined as set forth in the offering documents, and the value of such securities may be adversely affected. Currently, the manner and impact of this transition and related developments, as well as the effect of these developments on our funding costs, investment and trading securities portfolios and business, is uncertain.

Liquidity Risks:

Changes in either Huntington’s financial condition or in the general banking industry could result in a loss of depositor confidence.

Liquidity is the ability to meet cash flow needs on a timely basis at a reasonable cost. The Bank uses its liquidity to extend credit and to repay liabilities as they become due or as demanded by customers. The board of directors establishes liquidity policies, including contingency funding plans, and limits and management establishes operating guidelines for liquidity.

Our primary source of liquidity is our large supply of deposits from consumer and commercial customers. The continued availability of this supply depends on customer willingness to maintain deposit balances with banks in general and us in particular. The availability of deposits can also be impacted by regulatory changes (e.g. changes in FDIC insurance, the LCR, etc.), changes in the financial condition of Huntington, other banks or the banking industry in general, and other events which can impact the perceived safety or economic benefits of bank deposits. While we make significant efforts to consider and plan for hypothetical disruptions in our deposit funding, market related, geopolitical, or other events could impact the liquidity derived from deposits.

We are a holding company and depend on dividends by our subsidiaries for most of our funds.

Huntington is an entity separate and distinct from the Bank. The Bank conducts most of our operations and Huntington depends upon dividends from the Bank to service Huntington's debt and to pay dividends to Huntington's shareholders. The availability of dividends from the Bank is limited by various statutes and regulations. It is possible, depending upon the financial condition including liquidity and capital adequacy of the Bank and other factors, that the OCC could limit the payment of dividends or other payments to Huntington by the Bank. In addition, the payment of dividends by our other subsidiaries is also subject to the laws of the subsidiary’s state of incorporation, and regulatory capital and liquidity requirements applicable to such subsidiaries. In the event that the Bank was unable to pay dividends to us, we in turn would likely have to reduce or stop paying dividends on our Preferred and Common Stock. Our failure to pay dividends on our Preferred and Common Stock could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our Common Stock. Additional information regarding dividend restrictions is provided in Item 1. Regulatory Matters.

If we lose access to capital markets, we may not be able to meet the cash flow requirements of our depositors, creditors, and borrowers, or have the operating cash needed to fund corporate expansion and other corporate activities.

Wholesale funding sources include securitization, federal funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements, non-core deposits, and long-term debt. The Bank is also a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Cincinnati, which provides members access to funding through advances collateralized with mortgage-related assets. We maintain a portfolio of highly-rated, marketable securities that is available as a source of liquidity.

Capital markets disruptions can directly impact the liquidity of Huntington and the Bank. The inability to access capital markets funding sources as needed could adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and level of regulatory-qualifying capital. We may, from time-to-time, consider using our existing liquidity position to opportunistically retire outstanding securities in privately negotiated or open market transactions.

Table of Contents

A reduction in our credit rating could adversely affect our ability to raise funds including capital, and/or the holders of our securities.

The credit rating agencies regularly evaluate Huntington and the Bank, and credit ratings are based on a number of factors, including our financial strength and ability to generate earnings, as well as factors not entirely within our control, including conditions affecting the financial services industry, the economy, and changes in rating methodologies. There can be no assurance that we will maintain our current credit ratings. A downgrade of the credit ratings of Huntington or the Bank could adversely affect our access to liquidity and capital, and could significantly increase our cost of funds, trigger additional collateral or funding requirements, and decrease the number of investors and counterparties willing to lend to us or purchase our securities. This could affect our growth, profitability and financial condition, including liquidity.

Operational and Legal Risks:

Our operational or security systems or infrastructure, or those of third parties, could fail or be breached, which could disrupt our business and adversely impact our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition, as well as cause legal or reputational harm.

The potential for operational risk exposure exists throughout our business and, as a result of our interactions with, and reliance on, third parties, is not limited to our own internal operational functions. Our operational and security systems and infrastructure, including our computer systems, data management, and internal processes, as well as those of third parties, are integral to our performance. We rely on our employees and third parties in our day-to-day and ongoing operations, who may, as a result of human error, misconduct, malfeasance or failure, or breach of our or of third-party systems or infrastructure, expose us to risk. For example, our ability to conduct business may be adversely affected by any significant disruptions to us or to third parties with whom we interact or upon whom we rely. In addition, our ability to implement backup systems and other safeguards with respect to third-party systems is more limited than with respect to our own systems. Our financial, accounting, data processing, backup or other operating or security systems and infrastructure may fail to operate properly or become disabled or damaged as a result of a number of factors, including events that are wholly or partially beyond our control, which could adversely affect our ability to process transactions or provide services. Such events may include sudden increases in customer transaction volume; electrical, telecommunications or other major physical infrastructure outages; natural disasters such as earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes and floods; disease pandemics; cyber-attacks; and events arising from local or larger scale political or social matters, including wars and terrorist acts. In addition, we may need to take our systems offline if they become infected with malware or a computer virus or as a result of another form of cyber-attack. In the event that backup systems are utilized, they may not process data as quickly as our primary systems and some data might not have been saved to backup systems, potentially resulting in a temporary or permanent loss of such data. We frequently update our systems to support our operations and growth and to remain compliant with all applicable laws, rules and regulations. This updating entails significant costs and creates risks associated with implementing new systems and integrating them with existing ones, including business interruptions. Implementation and testing of controls related to our computer systems, security monitoring and retaining and training personnel required to operate our systems also entail significant costs. Operational risk exposures could adversely impact our operations, liquidity and financial condition, as well as cause reputational harm. In addition, we may not have adequate insurance coverage to compensate for losses from a major interruption.

We face security risks, including denial of service attacks, hacking, social engineering attacks targeting our colleagues and customers, malware intrusion or data corruption attempts, and identity theft that could result in the disclosure of confidential information, adversely affect our business or reputation, and create significant legal and financial exposure.

Our computer systems and network infrastructure and those of third parties, on which we are highly dependent, are subject to security risks and could be susceptible to cyber-attacks, such as denial of service attacks, hacking, terrorist activities or identity theft. Our business relies on the secure processing, transmission, storage and retrieval of confidential, proprietary and other information in our computer and data management systems and networks, and in the computer and data management systems and networks of third parties. In addition, to access our network, products and services, our customers and other third parties may use personal mobile devices or computing devices that are outside of our network environment and are subject to their own cybersecurity risks.

We, our customers, regulators and other third parties, including other financial services institutions and companies engaged in data processing, have been subject to, and are likely to continue to be the target of, cyber-attacks. These cyber-attacks include computer viruses, malicious or destructive code, phishing attacks, denial of service or information, ransomware, improper access by employees or vendors, attacks on personal email of employees, ransom demands to not expose security vulnerabilities in our systems or the systems of third parties or other security breaches that could result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of confidential, proprietary and other information of ours, our employees, our customers or of third parties, damage our systems or otherwise materially disrupt our or our customers’ or other third parties’ network access or business operations. As cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend significant additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our protective measures or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities or incidents. Despite efforts to ensure the integrity of our systems and implement controls, processes, policies and other protective measures, we may not be able to anticipate all security breaches, nor may we be able to implement guaranteed preventive measures against such security breaches. Cyber threats

Table of Contents

are rapidly evolving and we may not be able to anticipate or prevent all such attacks and could be held liable for any security breach or loss.

Cybersecurity risks for banking organizations have significantly increased in recent years in part because of the proliferation of new technologies, and the use of the internet and telecommunications technologies to conduct financial transactions. For example, cybersecurity risks may increase in the future as we continue to increase our mobile-payment and other internet-based product offerings and expand our internal usage of web-based products and applications. In addition, cybersecurity risks have significantly increased in recent years in part due to the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime affiliates, terrorist organizations, hostile foreign governments, disgruntled employees or vendors, activists and other external parties, including those involved in corporate espionage. Even the most advanced internal control environment may be vulnerable to compromise. Targeted social engineering attacks and "spear phishing" attacks are becoming more sophisticated and are extremely difficult to prevent. In such an attack, an attacker will attempt to fraudulently induce colleagues, customers or other users of our systems to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to its data or that of its clients. Persistent attackers may succeed in penetrating defenses given enough resources, time, and motive. The techniques used by cyber criminals change frequently, may not be recognized until launched and may not be recognized until well after a breach has occurred. The risk of a security breach caused by a cyber-attack at a vendor or by unauthorized vendor access has also increased in recent years. Additionally, the existence of cyber-attacks or security breaches at third-party vendors with access to our data may not be disclosed to us in a timely manner.

We also face indirect technology, cybersecurity and operational risks relating to the customers, clients and other third parties with whom we do business or upon whom we rely to facilitate or enable our business activities, including, for example, financial counterparties, regulators and providers of critical infrastructure such as internet access and electrical power. As a result of increasing consolidation, interdependence and complexity of financial entities and technology systems, a technology failure, cyber-attack or other information or security breach that significantly degrades, deletes or compromises the systems or data of one or more financial entities could have a material impact on counterparties or other market participants, including us. This consolidation, interconnectivity and complexity increases the risk of operational failure, on both individual and industry-wide bases, as disparate systems need to be integrated, often on an accelerated basis. Any third-party technology failure, cyber-attack or other information or security breach, termination or constraint could, among other things, adversely affect our ability to effect transactions, service our clients, manage our exposure to risk or expand our business.

Cyber-attacks or other information or security breaches, whether directed at us or third parties, may result in a material loss or have material consequences. Furthermore, the public perception that a cyber-attack on our systems has been successful, whether or not this perception is correct, may damage our reputation with customers and third parties with whom we do business. Hacking of personal information and identity theft risks, in particular, could cause serious reputational harm. A successful penetration or circumvention of system security could cause us serious negative consequences, including our loss of customers and business opportunities, costs associated with maintaining business relationships after an attack or breach; significant business disruption to our operations and business, misappropriation, exposure, or destruction of our confidential information, intellectual property, funds, and/or those of our customers; or damage to our or our customers’ and/or third parties’ computers or systems, and could result in a violation of applicable privacy laws and other laws, litigation exposure, regulatory fines, penalties or intervention, loss of confidence in our security measures, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensatory costs, additional compliance costs, and could adversely impact our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition. In addition, we may not have adequate insurance coverage to compensate for losses from a cybersecurity event.

The resolution of significant pending litigation, if unfavorable, could have an adverse effect on our results of operations for a particular period.

We face legal risks in our businesses, and the volume of claims and amount of damages and penalties claimed in litigation and regulatory proceedings against financial institutions remain high. Substantial legal liability against us could have material adverse financial effects or cause significant reputational harm to us, which in turn could seriously harm our business prospects. It is possible that the ultimate resolution of these matters, if unfavorable, may be material to the results of operations for a particular reporting period.

Note 21 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements updates the status of certain litigation.

We face significant operational risks which could lead to financial loss, expensive litigation, and loss of confidence by our customers, regulators, and capital markets.

We are exposed to many types of operational risks, including the risk of fraud or theft by colleagues or outsiders, unauthorized transactions by colleagues or outsiders, operational errors by colleagues, business disruption, and system failures. Huntington executes against a significant number of controls, a large percent of which are manual and dependent on adequate execution by colleagues and third-party service providers. There is inherent risk that unknown single points of failure through the execution chain could give rise to material loss through inadvertent errors or malicious attack. These operational risks could lead to financial loss, expensive litigation, and loss of confidence by our customers, regulators, and the capital markets.

Table of Contents

Moreover, negative public opinion can result from our actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including clients, products and business practices; corporate governance; acquisitions; and from actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to those activities. Negative public opinion can adversely affect our ability to attract and retain customers and can also expose us to litigation and regulatory action.

Relative to acquisitions, we incur risks and challenges associated with the integration of employees, accounting systems, and technology platforms from acquired businesses and institutions in a timely and efficient manner, and we cannot guarantee that we will be successful in retaining existing customer relationships or achieving anticipated operating efficiencies expected from such acquisitions. Acquisitions may be subject to the receipt of approvals from certain governmental authorities, including the Federal Reserve, the OCC, and the United States Department of Justice, as well as the approval of our shareholders and the shareholders of companies that we seek to acquire. These approvals for acquisitions may not be received, may take longer than expected, or may impose conditions that are not presently anticipated or that could have an adverse effect on the combined company following the acquisitions. Subject to requisite regulatory approvals, future business acquisitions may result in the issuance and payment of additional shares of stock, which would dilute current shareholders’ ownership interests. Additionally, acquisitions may involve the payment of a premium over book and market values. Therefore, dilution of our tangible book value and net income per common share could occur in connection with any future transaction.

Failure to maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting could impair our ability to accurately and timely report our financial results or prevent fraud, resulting in loss of investor confidence and adversely affecting our business and our stock price.

Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary to provide reliable financial reports and prevent fraud. We are subject to regulation that focuses on effective internal controls and procedures. Such controls and procedures are modified, supplemented, and changed from time-to-time as necessitated by our growth and in reaction to external events and developments. Any failure to maintain an effective internal control environment could impact our ability to report our financial results on an accurate and timely basis, which could result in regulatory actions, loss of investor confidence, and an adverse impact on our business and our stock price.

We rely on quantitative models to measure risks and to estimate certain financial values.

Quantitative models may be used to help manage certain aspects of our business and to assist with certain business decisions, including estimating probable loan losses, measuring the fair value of financial instruments when reliable market prices are unavailable, estimating the effects of changing interest rates and other market measures on our financial condition and results of operations, managing risk, and for capital planning purposes (including during the CCAR capital planning and capital adequacy process). Our measurement methodologies rely on many assumptions, historical analyses, and correlations. These assumptions may not capture or fully incorporate conditions leading to losses, particularly in times of market distress, and the historical correlations on which we rely may no longer be relevant. Additionally, as businesses and markets evolve, our measurements may not accurately reflect this evolution. Even if the underlying assumptions and historical correlations used in our models are adequate, our models may be deficient due to errors in computer code, inaccurate data, misuse of data, or the use of a model for a purpose outside the scope of the model’s design.

All models have certain limitations. Reliance on models presents the risk that our business decisions based on information incorporated from models will be adversely affected due to incorrect, missing, or misleading information. In addition, our models may not capture or fully express the risks we face, may suggest that we have sufficient capitalization when we do not, or may lead us to misjudge the business and economic environment in which we will operate. If our models fail to produce reliable results on an ongoing basis, we may not make appropriate risk management, capital planning, or other business or financial decisions. Strategies that we employ to manage and govern the risks associated with our use of models may not be effective or fully reliable. Also, information that we provide to the public or regulators based on poorly designed models could be inaccurate or misleading.

Banking regulators continue to focus on the models used by banks and bank holding companies in their businesses. Some of our decisions that the regulators evaluate, including distributions to our shareholders, could be affected adversely due to their perception that the quality of the models used to generate the relevant information is insufficient.

We rely on third parties to provide key components of our business infrastructure.

We rely on third-party service providers to leverage subject matter expertise and industry best practice, provide enhanced products and services, and reduce costs. Although there are benefits in entering into third-party relationships with vendors and others, there are risks associated with such activities. When entering a third-party relationship, the risks associated with that activity are not passed to the third-party but remain our responsibility. The Technology Committee of the board of directors provides oversight related to the overall risk management process associated with third-party relationships. Management is accountable for the review and evaluation of all new and existing third-party relationships. Management is responsible for ensuring that adequate controls are in place to protect us and our customers from the risks associated with vendor relationships.

Increased risk could occur based on poor planning, oversight, control, and inferior performance or service on the part of the third-party, and may result in legal costs or loss of business. While we have implemented a vendor management program to actively

Table of Contents

manage the risks associated with the use of third-party service providers, any problems caused by third-party service providers could adversely affect our ability to deliver products and services to our customers and to conduct our business. Replacing a third-party service provider could also take a long period of time and result in increased expenses.

Changes in accounting policies, standards, and interpretations could affect how we report our financial condition and results of operations.

The FASB, regulatory agencies, and other bodies that establish accounting standards periodically change the financial accounting and reporting standards governing the preparation of our financial statements. Additionally, those bodies that establish and interpret the accounting standards (such as the FASB, SEC, and banking regulators) may change prior interpretations or positions on how these standards should be applied. In June 2016, the FASB issued a new current expected credit loss rule, which will require banks to record, at the time of origination, credit losses expected throughout the life of the asset portfolio on loans and held-to-maturity securities, as opposed to the current practice of recording losses when it is probable that a loss event has occurred. Changes in accounting policies, standards and interpretations can be difficult to predict and can materially affect how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations.

For further discussion, see Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Impairment of goodwill could require charges to earnings, which could result in a negative impact on our results of operations.

Our goodwill could become impaired in the future. If goodwill were to become impaired, it could limit the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to Huntington, adversely impacting Huntington liquidity and ability to pay dividends or repay debt. The most significant assumptions affecting our goodwill impairment evaluation are variables including the market price of our Common Stock, projections of earnings, the discount rates used in the income approach to fair value, and the control premium above our current stock price that an acquirer would pay to obtain control of us. We are required to test goodwill for impairment at least annually or when impairment indicators are present. If an impairment determination is made in a future reporting period, our earnings and book value of goodwill will be reduced by the amount of the impairment. If an impairment loss is recorded, it will have little or no impact on the tangible book value of our Common Stock, or our regulatory capital levels, but such an impairment loss could significantly reduce the Bank’s earnings and thereby restrict the Bank's ability to make dividend payments to us without prior regulatory approval, because Federal Reserve policy states the bank holding company dividends should be paid from current earnings. At December 31, 2017, the book value of our goodwill was $2.0 billion, substantially all of which was recorded at the Bank. Any such write down of goodwill or other acquisition related intangibles will reduce Huntington’s earnings, as well.

Negative publicity could damage our reputation and could significantly harm our business.

Our ability to attract and retain customers, clients, investors, and highly-skilled management and employees is affected by our reputation. Public perception of the financial services industry in general was damaged as a result of the credit crisis that started in 2008. We face increased public and regulatory scrutiny resulting from the credit crisis and economic downturn. Significant harm to our reputation can also arise from other sources, including employee misconduct, actual or perceived unethical behavior, conflicts of interest, litigation, GSE or regulatory actions, failing to deliver minimum or required standards of service and quality, failing to address customer and agency complaints, compliance failures, unauthorized release of confidential information due to cyber-attacks or otherwise, and the activities of our clients, customers and counterparties, including vendors. Actions by the financial service industry generally or by institutions or individuals in the industry can adversely affect our reputation, indirectly by association. All of these could adversely affect our growth, results of operation and financial condition.

We depend on our executive officers and key personnel to continue the implementation of our long-term business strategy and could be harmed by the loss of their services.

We believe that our continued growth and future success will depend in large part on the skills of our management team and our ability to motivate and retain these individuals and other key personnel. The loss of service of one or more of our executive officers or key personnel could reduce our ability to successfully implement our long-term business strategy, our business could suffer and the value of our stock could be materially adversely affected. Leadership changes will occur from time to time and we cannot predict whether significant resignations will occur or whether we will be able to recruit additional qualified personnel. We believe our management team possesses valuable knowledge about the banking industry and that their knowledge and relationships would be very difficult to replicate. Our success also depends on the experience of our branch managers and lending officers and on their relationships with the customers and communities they serve. The loss of these key personnel could negatively impact our banking operations. The loss of key personnel, or the inability to recruit and retain qualified personnel in the future, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.

Table of Contents

Compliance Risks:

We operate in a highly regulated industry and the laws and regulations that govern our operations, corporate governance, executive compensation and financial accounting, or reporting, including changes in them, or our failure to comply with them, may adversely affect us.

The banking industry is highly regulated. We are subject to supervision, regulation and examination by various federal and state regulators, including the Federal Reserve, OCC, SEC, CFPB, FDIC, FINRA, and various state regulatory agencies. The statutory and regulatory framework that governs us is generally intended to protect depositors and customers, the DIF, the U.S. banking and financial system, and financial markets as a whole-not to protect shareholders. These laws and regulations, among other matters, prescribe minimum capital requirements, impose limitations on our business activities (including foreclosure and collection practices), limit the dividend or distributions that we can pay, restrict the ability of institutions to guarantee our debt and impose certain specific accounting requirements that may be more restrictive and may result in greater or earlier charges to earnings or reductions in our capital than accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Compliance with laws and regulations can be difficult and costly and changes to laws and regulations often impose additional compliance costs. Both the scope of the laws and regulations and the intensity of the supervision to which we are subject have increased in recent years in response to the financial crisis, as well as other factors such as technological and market changes. Such regulation and supervision may increase our costs and limit our ability to pursue business opportunities. Further, our failure to comply with these laws and regulations, even if the failure was inadvertent or reflects a difference in interpretation, could subject us to restrictions on our business activities, fines and other penalties, any of which could adversely affect our results of operations, capital base and the price of our securities. Further, any new laws, rules and regulations could make compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise adversely affect our business and financial condition.

Bank regulations regarding capital and liquidity, including the annual CCAR assessment process and the U.S. Basel III capital and liquidity standards, could require higher levels of capital and liquidity. Among other things, these regulations could impact our ability to pay common stock dividends, repurchase common stock, attract cost-effective sources of deposits, or require the retention of higher amounts of low yielding securities.

The Federal Reserve administers CCAR, an annual forward-looking quantitative assessment of Huntington’s capital adequacy and planned capital distributions and a review of the strength of Huntington’s practices to assess capital needs. We generally may pay dividends and repurchase stock only in accordance with a capital plan that has been reviewed by the Federal Reserve and as to which the Federal Reserve has not objected. The Federal Reserve also makes a quantitative assessment of capital based on supervisory-run stress tests that assess the ability to maintain capital levels above each minimum regulatory capital ratio after making all capital actions included in Huntington’s capital plan, under baseline and stressful conditions throughout a nine-quarter planning horizon. The Bank also must submit a capital plan to the OCC. There can be no assurance that the Federal Reserve or OCC will respond favorably to our capital plans, planned capital actions or stress test results, and the Federal Reserve, OCC, or other regulatory capital requirements may limit or otherwise restrict how we utilize our capital, including common stock dividends and stock repurchases.

We are also required to maintain minimum capital ratios and the Federal Reserve and OCC may determine that Huntington and/or the Bank, based on size, complexity or risk profile, must maintain capital ratios above these minimums in order to operate in a safe and sound manner. In the event we are required to raise capital to maintain required minimum capital and leverage ratios or ratios above the required applicable minimums, we may be forced to do so in when market conditions are undesirable or on terms that are less favorable to us than we would otherwise require. Furthermore, in order to prevent becoming subject to restrictions on our ability to distribute capital or make certain discretionary bonus payments to management, we must maintain a Capital Conservation Buffer (of 1.875% in 2018), which is in addition to our required minimum capital ratios.

We are also subject to a modified LCR requirement that requires Huntington to maintain an adequate amount of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets, such as Treasury securities and other sovereign debt, to cover projected net cash outflows over a 30 calendar-day stress scenario window. Because the LCR assigns less severe outflow assumptions to certain types of customer deposits, banks’ demand for and the cost of these deposits may increase. Additionally, the LCR has increased the demand for direct U.S. government and U.S. government-guaranteed debt that, while high quality, generally carry lower yields than other securities BHCs hold in their investment portfolios.

For more information regarding CCAR, stress testing and capital and liquidity requirements, refer to Item 1. Regulatory Matters.

If our regulators deem it appropriate, they can take regulatory actions that could result in a material adverse impact on our financial results, ability to compete for new business, or preclude mergers or acquisitions. In addition, regulatory actions could constrain our ability to fund our liquidity needs or pay dividends. Any of these actions could increase the cost of our services.

We are subject to the supervision and regulation of various state and federal regulators, including the OCC, Federal Reserve, FDIC, SEC, CFPB, FINRA, and various state regulatory agencies. As such, we are subject to a wide variety of laws and regulations, many of which are discussed in Item 1. Regulatory Matters. As part of their supervisory process, which includes periodic examinations and continuous monitoring, the regulators have the authority to impose restrictions or conditions on our activities and the manner in which we manage the organization. Such actions could negatively impact us in a variety of ways, including charging monetary fines,

Table of Contents

impacting our ability to pay dividends, precluding mergers or acquisitions, limiting our ability to offer certain products or services, or imposing additional capital requirements.

Under the supervision of the CFPB, our Consumer and Business Banking products and services are subject to heightened regulatory oversight and scrutiny with respect to compliance under consumer laws and regulations. We may face a greater number or wider scope of investigations, enforcement actions, and litigation in the future related to consumer practices, thereby increasing costs associated with responding to or defending such actions. Also, federal and state regulators have been increasingly focused on sales practices of branch personnel, including taking regulatory action against other financial institutions. In addition, increased regulatory inquiries and investigations, as well as any additional legislative or regulatory developments affecting our consumer businesses, and any required changes to our business operations resulting from these developments, could result in significant loss of revenue, require remuneration to our customers, trigger fines or penalties, limit the products or services we offer, require us to increase our prices and, therefore, reduce demand for our products, impose additional compliance costs on us, increase the cost of collection, cause harm to our reputation, or otherwise adversely affect our consumer businesses.

In addition, we are allowed to conduct certain activities that are financial in nature by virtue of Huntington’s status as an FHC, as discussed in more detail in Item 1. Regulatory Matters. If Huntington or the Bank cease to meet the requirements necessary for Huntington to continue to qualify as an FHC, the Federal Reserve may impose upon us corrective capital and managerial requirements, and may place limitations on our ability to conduct all of the business activities that we conduct as a FHC. If the failure to meet these standards persists, we could be required to divest our Bank, or cease all activities other than those activities that may be conducted by a BHC but not an FHC.

Legislative and regulatory actions taken now or in the future that impact the financial industry may materially adversely affect us by increasing our costs, adding complexity in doing business, impeding the efficiency of our internal business processes, negatively impacting the recoverability of certain of our recorded assets, requiring us to increase our regulatory capital, limiting our ability to pursue business opportunities, and otherwise resulting in a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operation, liquidity, or stock price.

Both the scope of the laws and regulations and the intensity of the supervision to which we are subject have increased in recent years, in response to the financial crisis as well as other factors such as technological and market changes. Regulatory enforcement and fines have also increased across the banking and financial services sector. Compliance with these laws and regulations have resulted in and will continue to result in additional costs, which could be significant, and may have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, if we do not appropriately comply with current or future legislation and regulations, especially those that apply to our consumer operations, which has been an area of heightened focus, we may be subject to fines, penalties or judgments, or material regulatory restrictions on our businesses, which could adversely affect operations and, in turn, financial results.

We may become subject to more stringent regulatory requirements and activity restrictions if the Federal Reserve and FDIC determine that our resolution plan is not credible.

Huntington is required to submit annually to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC a resolution plan for its orderly resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. If the Federal Reserve and the FDIC jointly determine that our resolution plan is not credible, we could become subjected to more stringent capital, leverage or liquidity requirements or restrictions, or restrictions on our growth, activities or operations. If we were to fail to address deficiencies in our resolution plan when required, we could eventually be required to divest certain assets or operations in ways that could negatively impact its operations and strategy.

For more information regarding resolution planning requirements, refer to Item 1: Business - Regulatory Matters.

Noncompliance with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations could cause us material financial loss.

There is also increased scrutiny of compliance with the rules enforced by the OFAC. If our policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient or the policies, procedures and systems of the financial institutions that we have already acquired or may acquire in the future are deficient, we would be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions such as restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain planned business activities, including acquisition plans, which would negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could also have serious reputational consequences for us.

Table of Contents

For more information regarding the Bank Secrecy Act, Patriot Act, anti-money laundering requirements and OFAC-administered sanctions, refer to Item 1: Business - Regulatory Matters.

Cybersecurity and data privacy are areas of heightened legislative and regulatory focus.

As cybersecurity and data privacy risks for banking organizations and the broader financial system have significantly increased in recent years, cybersecurity and data privacy issues have become the subject of increasing legislative and regulatory focus. The federal bank regulatory agencies have proposed enhanced cyber risk management standards, which would apply to a wide range of large financial institutions and their third-party service providers, including us and the Bank, and would focus on cyber risk governance and management, management of internal and external dependencies, and incident response, cyber resilience and situational awareness. Several states have also proposed or adopted cybersecurity legislation and regulations, which require, among other things, notification to affected individuals when there has been a security breach of their personal data.

We receive, maintain and store non-public personal information of our customers and counterparties, including, but not limited to, personally identifiable information and personal financial information. The sharing, use, disclosure and protection of this information are governed by federal and state law. Both personally identifiable information and personal financial information is increasingly subject to legislation and regulation, the intent of which is to protect the privacy of personal information that is collected and handled.

We may become subject to new legislation or regulation concerning cybersecurity or the privacy of personally identifiable information and personal financial information or of any other information we may store or maintain. We could be adversely affected if new legislation or regulations are adopted or if existing legislation or regulations are modified such that we are required to alter our systems or require changes to our business practices or privacy policies. If cybersecurity, data privacy, data protection, data transfer or data retention laws are implemented, interpreted or applied in a manner inconsistent with our current practices, we may be subject to fines, litigation or regulatory enforcement actions or ordered to change our business practices, policies or systems in a manner that adversely impacts our operating results.

Item 1B: Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2: Properties

Our headquarters, as well as the Bank’s, is located in the Huntington Center, a thirty seven story office building located in Columbus, Ohio. Of the building’s total office space available, we lease approximately 22%. The lease term expires in 2030, with six five-year renewal options for up to 30 years but with no purchase option. The Bank has an indirect minority equity interest of 18.4% in the building.

Table of Contents

Our other major properties consist of the following:




Description	Location	Own	Lease
13 story office building, located adjacent to the Huntington Center	Columbus, Ohio	ü
12 story office building, located adjacent to the Huntington Center	Columbus, Ohio	ü
A portion of 200 Public Square Building	Cleveland, Ohio		ü
12 story office building	Youngstown, Ohio	ü
10 story office building	Warren, Ohio		ü
10 story office building	Toledo, Ohio	ü
A portion of the Grant Building	Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania		ü
18 story office building	Charleston, West Virginia		ü
3 story office building	Holland, Michigan		ü
2 building office complex	Troy, Michigan		ü
Data processing and operations center (Easton)	Columbus, Ohio	ü
Data processing and operations center (Parma)	Cleveland, Ohio		ü
8 story office building	Indianapolis, Indiana	ü
A portion of Huntington Center at 525 Vine	Cincinnati, OH		ü
A portion of 222 LaSalle St.	Chicago, IL		ü
A portion of Two Towne Square	Southfield, MI		ü
7 story office building (ground lease / own building)	Akron, OH	ü
27 story office building	Akron, OH	ü
Operations Center	Akron, OH		ü
12 story office building	Saginaw, MI		ü
2 building office complex (ground lease / own building)	Flint, MI	ü
4 story office building	Melrose Park, IL		ü
Gateway Center building - operations center	Columbus, OH	ü

Item 3: Legal Proceedings

Information required by this item is set forth in Note 21 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under the caption "Litigation" and is incorporated into this Item by reference.

Item 4: Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5: Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The common stock of Huntington Bancshares Incorporated is traded on the NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol “HBAN”. The stock is listed as “HuntgBcshr” or “HuntBanc” in most newspapers. As of January 31, 2018, we had 30,059 shareholders of record.

Information regarding the high and low sale prices of our common stock and cash dividends declared on such shares, as required by this Item, is set forth in Tables 37 and 39 Selected Quarterly Income Statement Data and is incorporated into this Item by reference. Information regarding restrictions on dividends, as required by this Item, is set forth in Item 1: Business - Regulatory Matters and in Note 22 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and incorporated into this Item by reference.

The following graph shows the changes, over the five-year period, in the value of $100 invested in (i) shares of Huntington’s Common Stock; (ii) the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index (the S&P 500 Index) and (iii) Keefe, Bruyette & Woods Bank Index, for the period December 31, 2012, through December 31, 2017. The KBW Bank Index is a market capitalization-weighted bank stock index published by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods. The index is composed of the largest banking companies and includes all money center banks and regional banks, including Huntington. An investment of $100 on December 31, 2012, and the reinvestment of all dividends, are assumed. The plotted points represent the cumulative total return on the last trading day of the fiscal year indicated.



	2012	2013	2014	2015	2016	2017
HBAN	$100	$155	$172	$185	$227	$257
S&P 500	$100	$132	$150	$153	$171	$208
KBW Bank Index	$100	$138	$151	$151	$195	$231

For information regarding securities authorized for issuance under Huntington's equity compensation plans, see Part III, Item 12.

The following table provides information regarding Huntington’s purchases of its Common Stock during the three-month period ended December 31, 2017.




Period	Total Number of Shares Purchased	Average Price Paid Per Share		Maximum Number of Shares (or Approximate Dollar Value) that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs
October 1, 2017 to October 31, 2017	702,100	$	13.88	$	175,036,965
November 1, 2017 to November 30, 2017	5,349,756	13.58		102,298,891
December 1, 2017 to December 31, 2017	3,732,985	14.62		47,659,625
Total	9,784,841	$	14.00	$	47,659,625

Table of Contents

On June 28, 2017, Huntington was notified by the Federal Reserve that it had no objection to Huntington's proposed capital actions included in Huntington's capital plan submitted in the 2017 CCAR. These actions included a 38% increase in quarterly dividend per common share to $0.11, starting in the fourth quarter of 2017, the repurchase of up to $308 million of common stock over the next four quarters (July 1, 2017 through June 30, 2018), subject to authorization by the Board of Directors, and maintaining dividends on the outstanding classes of preferred stock and trust preferred securities.

Table of Contents



Item 6: Selected Financial Data

Table 1 - Selected Annual Income Statement Data (1)
(dollar amounts in millions, except per share amounts)	Year Ended December 31,
	2017			2016			2015			2014			2013
Interest income	$	3,433		$	2,632		$	2,115		$	1,976		$	1,861
Interest expense	431			263			164			139			156
Net interest income	3,002			2,369			1,951			1,837			1,705
Provision for credit losses	201			191			100			81			90
Net interest income after provision for credit losses	2,801			2,178			1,851			1,756			1,615
Noninterest income	1,307			1,150			1,039			979			1,012
Noninterest expense	2,714			2,408			1,976			1,882			1,758
Income before income taxes	1,394			920			914			853			869
Provision for income taxes	208			208			221			221			227
Net income	1,186			712			693			632			642
Dividends on preferred shares	76			65			32			32			32
Net income applicable to common shares	$	1,110		$	647		$	661		$	600		$	610
Net income per common share—basic	$	1.02		$	0.72		$	0.82		$	0.73		$	0.73
Net income per common share—diluted	1.00			0.70			0.81			0.72			0.72
Cash dividends declared per common share	0.35			0.29			0.25			0.21			0.19
Balance sheet highlights
Total assets (period end)	$	104,185		$	99,714		$	71,018		$	66,283		$	59,454
Total long-term debt (period end)	9,206			8,309			7,042			4,321			2,445
Total shareholders’ equity (period end)	10,814			10,308			6,595			6,328			6,090
Average total assets	101,021			83,054			68,560			62,483			56,289
Average total long-term debt	8,862			8,048			5,585			3,479			1,661
Average total shareholders’ equity	10,611			8,391			6,536			6,270			5,915
Key ratios and statistics
Margin analysis—as a % of average earnings assets
Interest income(2)	3.77		%	3.50		%	3.41		%	3.47		%	3.66		%
Interest expense	0.47			0.34			0.26			0.24			0.30
Net interest margin(2)	3.30		%	3.16		%	3.15		%	3.23		%	3.36		%
Return on average total assets	1.17		%	0.86		%	1.01		%	1.01		%	1.14		%
Return on average common shareholders’ equity	11.6			8.6			10.7			10.2			11.0
Return on average tangible common shareholders’ equity(3), (7)	15.7			10.7			12.4			11.8			12.7
Efficiency ratio(4)	60.9			66.8			64.5			65.1			62.6
Dividend payout ratio	34.3			40.3			30.5			28.8			26.0
Average shareholders’ equity to average assets	10.50			10.10			9.53			10.03			10.51
Effective tax rate	14.9			22.6			24.2			25.9			26.2
Non-regulatory capital
Tangible common equity to tangible assets (period end) (5), (7)	7.34			7.16			7.82			8.17			8.82
Tangible equity to tangible assets (period end)(6), (7)	8.39			8.26			8.37			8.76			9.48
Tier 1 common risk-based capital ratio (period end)(7), (8)	N.A.			N.A.			N.A.			10.23			10.90
Tier 1 leverage ratio (period end)(8)	N.A.			N.A.			N.A.			9.74			10.67
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio (period end)(8)	N.A.			N.A.			N.A.			11.50			12.28
Total risk-based capital ratio (period end)(8)	N.A.			N.A.			N.A.			13.56			14.57
Capital under current regulatory standards (Basel III)
CET 1 risk-based capital ratio	10.01		%	9.56		%	9.79		%	N.A.			N.A.
Tier 1 leverage ratio (period end)	9.09			8.70			8.79			N.A.			N.A.
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio (period end)	11.34			10.92			10.53			N.A.			N.A.
Total risk-based capital ratio (period end)	13.39			13.05			12.64			N.A.			N.A.
Other data
Full-time equivalent employees (average)	15,770			13,858			12,243			11,873			11,964
Domestic banking offices (period end)	966			1,115			777			729			711

Table of Contents


(1)	Comparisons for presented periods are impacted by a number of factors. Refer to the "Significant Items" in the Discussion of Results of Operations for additional discussion regarding these key factors.


(2)	On an FTE basis assuming a 35% tax rate.


(3)	Net income applicable to common shares excluding expense for amortization of intangibles for the period divided by average tangible shareholders’ equity. Average tangible shareholders’ equity equals average total shareholders’ equity less average intangible assets and goodwill. Expense for amortization of intangibles and average intangible assets are net of deferred tax.


(4)	Noninterest expense less amortization of intangibles divided by the sum of FTE net interest income and noninterest income excluding securities gains. (Non-GAAP)


(5)	Tangible common equity (total common equity less goodwill and other intangible assets) divided by tangible assets (total assets less goodwill and other intangible assets). Other intangible assets are net of deferred tax. (Non-GAAP)


(6)	Tangible equity (total equity less goodwill and other intangible assets) divided by tangible assets (total assets less goodwill and other intangible assets). Other intangible assets are net of deferred tax.

(7)

Tier 1 common equity, tangible equity, tangible common equity, and tangible assets are non-GAAP financial measures. Additionally, any ratios utilizing these financial measures are also non-GAAP. These financial measures have been included as they are considered to be critical metrics with which to analyze and evaluate financial condition and capital strength. Other companies may calculate these financial measures differently.


(8)	In accordance with applicable regulatory reporting guidance, we are not required to retrospectively update historical filings for newly adopted accounting principles. Therefore, regulatory capital data, tier 1 capital, tier 1 common equity, and risk-weighted assets have not been updated for the adoption of ASU 2014-01.


N.A.	On January 1, 2015, we became subject to the Basel III capital requirements and the standardized approach for calculating risk-weighted assets in accordance with subpart D of the final capital rule.

Table of Contents

Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

INTRODUCTION

This MD&A provides information we believe necessary for understanding our financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. The MD&A should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, and other information contained in this report. The forward-looking statements in this section and other parts of this report involve assumptions, risks, uncertainties, and other factors, including statements regarding our plans, objectives, goals, strategies, and financial performance. Our actual results could differ materially from the results anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of factors set forth under the caption "Forward-Looking Statements" and those set forth in Item 1A.

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

2017 Financial Performance Review

In 2017, we reported net income of $1.2 billion, a 67% increase from the prior year. Earnings per common share on a diluted basis for the year was $1.00, up 43% from the prior year. Reported net income was impacted by the FirstMerit acquisition with related expenses totaling $152 million pre-tax, or $0.09 per common share and federal tax reform-related tax benefit totaling $123 million, or $0.11 per common share.

Fully-taxable equivalent net interest income was $3.1 billion, up $0.6 billion, or 27%. This reflected the impact of 21% average earning asset growth, 24% average interest-bearing liability growth, and a 14 basis point increase in the NIM to 3.30%. The average earning asset growth included a $10.4 billion, or 18%, increase in average loans and leases and a $6.1 billion, or 34%, increase in average securities, both of which were affected by the full year impact of the FirstMerit acquisition. The net interest margin expansion reflected a 27 basis point positive impact from the mix and yield on earning assets and a 3 basis point increase in the benefit from noninterest-bearing funding, partially offset by a 16 basis point increase in funding costs.

The provision for credit losses was $201 million, up $10 million, or 5%. The increase in provision expense over the prior year was primarily the result of loan growth.

Noninterest income was $1.3 billion, up $157 million, or 14%, from the prior year reflecting the full year impact of the First Merit acquisition. Card and payment processing income increased $37 million, or 22%, due to higher credit and debit card related income and underlying customer growth. Trust and investment management services increased $33 million, or 27%, and service charges on deposit accounts increased $29 million, or 9%, reflecting the benefit of continued new customer acquisition. Other income increased $28 million, or 18%, primarily reflecting increases in servicing income, mezzanine lending, loan syndication fees and commitment fees. Capital markets fees increased $16 million, or 27%, reflecting our ongoing strategic focus on expanding the business. Bank owned life insurance increased $9 million, or 16%. Gain on sale of loans increased $9 million, or 19%, as a result of continued expansion of our SBA lending business during 2017 which more than offset gains in the prior year from our balance sheet optimization strategy and the auto securitization completed in the 2016 fourth quarter. These increases were partially offset by a $4 million decline in net securities gains and a $3 million decline in insurance income.

Noninterest expense was $2.7 billion, up $306 million, or 13%. Reported noninterest expense was impacted by FirstMerit acquisition-related expenses totaling $154 million. Personnel costs increased $175 million, or 13%, primarily reflecting the full year impact of the addition of colleagues from FirstMerit. Net occupancy expense increased $59 million, or 39%, primarily reflecting $52 million of acquisition-related expense. Other expense increased $47 million, or 26%, reflecting the full impact of the FirstMerit acquisition. Amortization of intangibles increased $26 million, or 87%, reflecting the full year impact of FirstMerit related intangibles. Deposit and other insurance expense increased $24 million, or 44%, reflecting the larger assessment base. Partially offsetting these increases, professional services decreased $36 million, or 34% reflecting a reduction in legal and consultation fees partially attributable to acquisition-related expense.

On December 22, 2017, the TCJA was enacted, which among other things, reduced the federal income tax rate for C Corporations from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018. A $123 million tax benefit related to the TCJA was recorded in the 2017 fourth quarter and full-year results, which was primarily attributable to the revaluation of net deferred tax liabilities at the lower statutory federal income tax rate. The provision for income taxes was $208 million and remained unchanged from the prior year. The effective tax rates for 2017 and 2016 were 14.9% and 22.6%, respectively. The 2017 full-year results for income taxes and effective tax rate reflect the tax benefit associated with the TCJA. In addition, 2017 and 2016 include the benefits from tax-exempt income, tax-advantaged investments, general business credits, investments in qualified affordable housing projects, excess tax deductions for stock-based compensation, and capital losses. (This section should be read in conjunction with Note 1 and Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

Table of Contents

The tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio was 7.34%, up 18 basis points. The regulatory Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) risk-based capital ratio was 10.01%, up 45 basis points. The regulatory Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio was 11.34%, up 42 basis points. All capital ratios were impacted by positive earnings including the one-time tax benefit (see Significant Items) which resulted in a favorable impact to the ratios, partially offset by loan growth and the repurchase of $260 million of common stock at an average cost of $13.38 per share during 2017, including $137 million of common stock at an average cost of $14.00 per share during the 2017 fourth quarter. There were 19.4 million common shares repurchased during 2017.

Business Overview

General

Our general business objectives are: (1) grow net interest income and fee income, (2) deliver positive operating leverage, (3) increase primary relationships across all business segments, (4) continue to strengthen risk management, and (5) maintain capital and liquidity positions consistent with our risk appetite.

Economy

We enter 2018 with optimism, fueled by both the improving macroeconomic environment and the continued execution of our core strategies to drive organic growth. The operating environment appears poised for further improvement given strong labor markets, the enactment of federal tax reform, and outlook for additional interest rate hikes by the Federal Reserve. Sentiment remains healthy among both our consumer and business customers. Commercial loan growth was particularly encouraging during the final few weeks of the year, and our commercial pipelines remain good as we start the new year. Consumer loan growth remained steady all year.

Legislative and Regulatory

A comprehensive discussion of legislative and regulatory matters affecting us can be found in the Regulatory Matters section included in Item 1 of this Form 10-K.

Table of Contents



Table 2 - Selected Annual Income Statements (1)
(dollar amounts in millions, except per share amounts)
	Year Ended December 31,
				Change from 2016							Change from 2015
	2017			Amount			Percent		2016		Amount			Percent		2015
Interest income	$	3,433		$	801		30	%	$	2,632	$	517		24	%	$	2,115
Interest expense	431			168			64		263		99			60		164
Net interest income	3,002			633			27		2,369		418			21		1,951
Provision for credit losses	201			10			5		191		91			91		100
Net interest income after provision for credit losses	2,801			623			29		2,178		327			18		1,851
Service charges on deposit accounts	353			29			9		324		44			16		280
Cards and payment processing income	206			37			22		169		26			18		143
Trust and investment management services	156			33			27		123		7			6		116
Mortgage banking income	131			3			2		128		16			14		112
Insurance income	81			(3		)	(4	)	84		3			4		81
Capital markets fees	76			16			27		60		6			11		54
Bank owned life insurance income	67			9			16		58		6			12		52
Gain on sale of loans	56			9			19		47		14			42		33
Securities gains (losses)	(4		)	(4		)	(100	)	—		(1		)	(100	)	1
Other income	185			28			18		157		(10		)	(6	)	167
Total noninterest income	1,307			157			14		1,150		111			11		1,039
Personnel costs	1,524			175			13		1,349		227			20		1,122
Outside data processing and other services	313			8			3		305		74			32		231
Net occupancy	212			59			39		153		31			25		122
Equipment	171			6			4		165		40			32		125
Deposit and other insurance expense	78			24			44		54		9			20		45
Professional services	69			(36		)	(34	)	105		55			110		50
Marketing	60			(3		)	(5	)	63		11			21		52
Amortization of intangibles	56			26			87		30		2			7		28
Other expense	231			47			26		184		(17		)	(8	)	201
Total noninterest expense	2,714			306			13		2,408		432			22		1,976
Income before income taxes	1,394			474			52		920		6			1		914
Provision for income taxes	208			—			—		208		(13		)	(6	)	221
Net income	1,186			474			67		712		19			3		693
Dividends on preferred shares	76			11			17		65		33			103		32
Net income applicable to common shares	$	1,110		$	463		72	%	$	647	$	(14	)	(2	)%	$	661
Average common shares—basic (000)	1,084,686			180,248			20	%	904,438		101,026			13	%	803,412
Average common shares—diluted	1,136,186			217,396			24		918,790		101,661			12		817,129
Per common share:
Net income—basic	$	1.02		$	0.30		42	%	$	0.72	$	(0.10	)	(12	)%	$	0.82
Net income—diluted	1.00			0.30			43		0.70		(0.11		)	(14	)	0.81
Cash dividends declared	0.35			0.06			21		0.29		0.04			16		0.25
Revenue—FTE
Net interest income	$	3,002		$	633		27	%	$	2,369	$	418		21	%	$	1,951
FTE adjustment	50			7			16		43		11			34		32
Net interest income⁽²⁾	3,052			640			27		2,412		429			22		1,983
Noninterest income	1,307			157			14		1,150		111			11		1,039
Total revenue⁽²⁾	$	4,359		$	797		22	%	$	3,562	$	540		18	%	$	3,022


(1)	Comparisons for presented periods are impacted by a number of factors. Refer to “Significant Items” in the Discussion of Results of Operations.


(2)	On a fully-taxable equivalent (FTE) basis assuming a 35% tax rate.

Table of Contents

DISCUSSION OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This section provides a review of financial performance from a consolidated perspective. It also includes a “Significant Items” section that summarizes key issues important for a complete understanding of performance trends. Key consolidated balance sheet and income statement trends are discussed. All earnings per share data are reported on a diluted basis. For additional insight on financial performance, please read this section in conjunction with the “Business Segment Discussion.”

Significant Items

Earnings comparisons among the three years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 were impacted by a number of Significant Items summarized below.


1.	Mergers and Acquisitions. Significant events relating to mergers and acquisitions, and the impacts of those events on our reported results, were as follows:


•	During 2017, $154 million of noninterest expense and $2 million of noninterest income was recorded related to the acquisition of FirstMerit. This resulted in a negative impact of $0.09 per common share in 2017.


•	During 2016, $282 million of noninterest expense and $1 million of noninterest income was recorded related to the acquisition of FirstMerit. This resulted in a negative impact of $0.20 per common share in 2016.

•

During 2015, $9 million of noninterest expense was recorded related to the acquisition of Macquarie Equipment Finance, Inc., which was rebranded Huntington Technology Finance. Also during 2015, $4 million of noninterest expense and $3 million of noninterest income was recorded related to the sale of Huntington Asset Advisors, Inc., Huntington Asset Services, Inc., and Unified Financial Services, Inc. This resulted in a net negative impact of $0.01 per common share in 2015.


2.	Federal tax reform-related tax benefit. Significant events relating to federal tax reform-related tax benefits, and the impacts of those events on our reported results, were as follows:


•	During 2017, $123 million of federal tax reform-related tax benefit was recorded as provision for income taxes. This resulted in a positive impact of $0.11 per common share in 2017.


3.	Litigation Reserve. Significant events relating to our litigation reserve, and the impacts of those events on our reported results, were as follows:


•	During 2016, a $42 million reduction to litigation reserves was recorded as other noninterest expense. This resulted in a positive impact of $0.03 per common share in 2016.


•	During 2015, $38 million of net additions to litigation reserves were recorded as other noninterest expense. This resulted in a negative impact of $0.03 per common share in 2015.


4.	Franchise Repositioning Related Expense. Significant events relating to franchise repositioning, and the impacts of those events on our reported results, were as follows:


•	During 2015, $8 million of franchise repositioning related expense was recorded as non-interest expense. This resulted in a negative impact of $0.01 per common share in 2015.

Table of Contents

The following table reflects the earnings impact of the above-mentioned Significant Items for periods affected by this Results of Operations discussion:



Table 3 - Significant Items Influencing Earnings Performance Comparison
(dollar amounts in millions, except per share amounts)	2017						2016						2015
(dollar amounts in millions, except per share amounts)	Amount			EPS (1)			Amount			EPS (1)			Amount			EPS (1)
Net income	$	1,186					$	712					$	693
Earnings per share, after-tax				$	1.00					$	0.70					$	0.81

Significant items—favorable (unfavorable) impact:	Earnings			EPS			Earnings			EPS			Earnings			EPS

Federal tax reform-related tax benefit	$	—					$	—					$	—
Tax impact	123						—						—
Federal tax reform-related tax benefit, after-tax	$	123		$	0.11		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—

Mergers and acquisitions, net expenses	$	(152	)				$	(282	)				$	(9	)
Tax impact	53						95						3
Mergers and acquisitions, after-tax	$	(99	)	$	(0.09	)	$	(187	)	$	(0.20	)	$	(6	)	$	(0.01	)

Litigation reserves	$	—					$	42					$	(38	)
Tax impact	—						(15		)				13
Litigation reserves, after-tax	$	—		$	—		$	27		$	0.03		$	(25	)	$	(0.03	)

Franchise repositioning related expense	$	—					$	—					$	(8	)
Tax impact	—						—						3
Franchise repositioning related expense, after-tax	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	(5	)	$	(0.01	)


(1)	Based upon the annual average outstanding diluted common shares.

Net Interest Income / Average Balance Sheet

Our primary source of revenue is net interest income, which is the difference between interest income from earning assets (primarily loans, securities, and direct financing leases), and interest expense of funding sources (primarily interest-bearing deposits and borrowings). Earning asset balances and related funding sources, as well as changes in the levels of interest rates, impact net interest income. The difference between the average yield on earning assets and the average rate paid for interest-bearing liabilities is the net interest spread. Noninterest-bearing sources of funds, such as demand deposits and shareholders’ equity, also support earning assets. The impact of the noninterest-bearing sources of funds, often referred to as “free” funds, is captured in the net interest margin, which is calculated as net interest income divided by average earning assets. Both the net interest margin and net interest spread are presented on a fully-taxable equivalent basis, which means that tax-free interest income has been adjusted to a pretax equivalent income, assuming a 35% tax rate.

The following table shows changes in fully-taxable equivalent interest income, interest expense, and net interest income due to volume and rate variances for major categories of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities:



Table 4 - Change in Net Interest Income Due to Changes in Average Volume and Interest Rates (1)
	2017								2016
(dollar amounts in millions)	Increase (Decrease) From Previous Year Due To								Increase (Decrease) From Previous Year Due To
Fully-taxable equivalent basis (2)	Volume			Yield/ Rate		Total			Volume		Yield/ Rate			Total
Loans and leases	$	423		$	234	$	657		$	332	$	88		$	420
Investment securities	157			6		163			105		(8		)	97
Other earning assets	(14		)	2		(12		)	12		(1		)	11
Total interest income from earning assets	566			242		808			449		79			528
Deposits	29			49		78			16		5			21
Short-term borrowings	7			13		20			—		3			3
Long-term debt	17			53		70			42		33			75
Total interest expense of interest-bearing liabilities	53			115		168			58		41			99
Net interest income	$	513		$	127	$	640		$	391	$	38		$	429


(1)	The change in interest rates due to both rate and volume has been allocated between the factors in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.


(2)	Calculated assuming a 35% tax rate.

Table of Contents



Table 5 - Consolidated Average Balance Sheet and Net Interest Margin Analysis
(dollar amounts in millions)	Average Balances
				Change from 2016								Change from 2015
Fully-taxable equivalent basis (1)	2017			Amount			Percent		2016			Amount			Percent		2015
Assets
Interest-bearing deposits in banks	$	99		$	(1	)	(1	)%	$	100		$	10		11	%	$	90
Securities:
Trading account securities	102			35			52		67			21			46		46
Available-for-sale and other securities:
Taxable	12,487			3,209			35		9,278			1,279			16		7,999
Tax-exempt	3,181			465			17		2,716			641			31		2,075
Total available-for-sale and other securities	15,668			3,674			31		11,994			1,920			19		10,074
Held-to-maturity securities—taxable	8,108			2,415			42		5,693			2,180			62		3,513
Total securities	23,878			6,124			34		17,754			4,121			30		13,633
Loans held for sale	555			(499		)	(47	)	1,054			400			61		654
Loans and leases: (2)
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	27,749			4,065			17		23,684			3,950			20		19,734
Commercial real estate:
Construction	1,198			110			10		1,088			71			7		1,017
Commercial	6,010			1,091			22		4,919			709			17		4,210
Commercial real estate	7,208			1,201			20		6,007			780			15		5,227
Total commercial	34,957			5,266			18		29,691			4,730			19		24,961
Consumer:
Automobile loans and leases	11,519			979			9		10,540			1,780			20		8,760
Home equity	9,994			936			10		9,058			564			7		8,494
Residential mortgage	8,245			1,515			23		6,730			780			13		5,950
RV and marine finance	2,155			1,462			211		693			693			100		—
Other consumer	1,021			279			38		742			261			54		481
Total consumer	32,934			5,171			19		27,763			4,078			17		23,685
Total loans and leases	67,891			10,437			18		57,454			8,808			18		48,646
Allowance for loan and lease losses	(667		)	(53		)	9		(614		)	(8		)	1		(606		)
Net loans and leases	67,224			10,384			18		56,840			8,800			18		48,040
Total earning assets	92,423			16,061			21		76,362			13,339			21		63,023
Cash and due from banks	1,453			233			19		1,220			(3		)	—		1,223
Intangible assets	2,366			1,007			74		1,359			656			93		703
All other assets	5,446			719			15		4,727			510			12		4,217
Total assets	$	101,021		$	17,967		22	%	$	83,054		$	14,494		21	%	$	68,560
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Deposits:
Demand deposits—noninterest-bearing	$	21,699		$	2,654		14	%	$	19,045		$	2,703		17	%	$	16,342
Demand deposits—interest-bearing	17,580			6,595			60		10,985			4,412			67		6,573
Total demand deposits	39,279			9,249			31		30,030			7,115			31		22,915
Money market deposits	19,735			666			3		19,069			(314		)	(2	)	19,383
Savings and other domestic deposits	11,697			3,716			47		7,981			2,761			53		5,220
Core certificates of deposit	2,119			(181		)	(8	)	2,300			(303		)	(12	)	2,603
Total core deposits	72,830			13,450			23		59,380			9,259			18		50,121
Other domestic time deposits of $250,000 or more	445			37			9		408			152			59		256
Brokered time deposits and negotiable CDs	3,675			176			5		3,499			746			27		2,753
Deposits in foreign offices	—			(204		)	(100	)	204			(298		)	(59	)	502
Total deposits	76,950			13,459			21		63,491			9,859			18		53,632
Short-term borrowings	2,923			1,393			91		1,530			184			14		1,346
Long-term debt	8,862			814			10		8,048			2,463			44		5,585
Total interest-bearing liabilities	67,036			13,012			24		54,024			9,803			22		44,221
All other liabilities	1,675			81			5		1,594			133			9		1,461
Shareholders’ equity	10,611			2,220			26		8,391			1,855			28		6,536
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	101,021		$	17,967		22	%	$	83,054		$	14,494		21	%	$	68,560


(1)	FTE yields are calculated assuming a 35% tax rate.


(2)	For purposes of this analysis, nonaccrual loans are reflected in the average balances of loans.


(3)	Yield/rates and amounts include the effects of hedge and risk management activities associated with the respective asset and liability categories.

Table of Contents



Table 5 - Consolidated Average Balance Sheet and Net Interest Margin Analysis (Continued)
(dollar amounts in millions)
	Interest Income / Expense						Average Rate (2)
Fully-taxable equivalent basis (1)	2017		2016		2015		2017		2016		2015
Assets
Interest-bearing deposits in banks	$	2	$	—	$	—	1.56	%	0.44	%	0.10	%
Securities:
Trading account securities	—		—		—		0.18		0.42		1.06
Available-for-sale and other securities:
Taxable	303		222		202		2.43		2.39		2.53
Tax-exempt	118		91		65		3.71		3.35		3.11
Total available-for-sale and other securities	421		313		267		2.69		2.61		2.65
Held-to-maturity securities—taxable	193		138		87		2.38		2.43		2.47
Total securities	614		451		354		2.57		2.54		2.60
Loans held for sale	21		35		24		3.75		3.27		3.64
Loans and leases: (2)
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	1,142		879		700		4.12		3.71		3.55
Commercial real estate:
Construction	52		40		37		4.36		3.72		3.63
Commercial	240		176		147		4.00		3.57		3.48
Commercial real estate	292		216		184		4.06		3.60		3.51
Total commercial	1,434		1,095		884		4.11		3.69		3.54
Consumer:
Automobile loans and leases	412		351		282		3.58		3.32		3.22
Home equity	463		381		340		4.63		4.21		4.01
Residential mortgage	301		244		221		3.65		3.63		3.71
RV and marine finance	118		39		—		5.46		5.67		—
Other consumer	118		79		42		11.53		10.62		8.71
Total consumer	1,412		1,094		885		4.28		3.94		3.74
Total loans and leases	2,846		2,189		1,769		4.19		3.81		3.64
Total earning assets	$	3,483	$	2,675	$	2,147	3.77	%	3.50	%	3.41	%
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Deposits:
Demand deposits—noninterest-bearing	$	—	$	—	$	—	—	%	—	%	—	%
Demand deposits—interest-bearing	38		11		4		0.21		0.10		0.07
Total demand deposits	38		11		4		0.10		0.04		0.02
Money market deposits	66		46		43		0.33		0.24		0.22
Savings and other domestic deposits	24		15		7		0.21		0.19		0.14
Core certificates of deposit	13		13		21		0.60		0.56		0.79
Total core deposits	141		85		75		0.27		0.21		0.22
Other domestic time deposits of $250,000 or more	2		2		1		0.52		0.40		0.42
Brokered time deposits and negotiable CDs	37		15		5		1.00		0.43		0.17
Deposits in foreign offices	—		—		1		—		0.13		0.13
Total deposits	180		102		82		0.33		0.23		0.22
Short-term borrowings	25		5		2		0.86		0.34		0.12
Long-term debt	226		156		80		2.56		1.93		1.43
Total interest-bearing liabilities	431		263		164		0.64		0.48		0.37
Net interest income	$	3,052	$	2,412	$	1,983

Net interest rate spread							3.13		3.02		3.04
Impact of noninterest-bearing funds on margin							0.17		0.14		0.11
Net interest margin							3.30	%	3.16	%	3.15	%


(1)	FTE yields are calculated assuming a 35% tax rate.


(2)	For purposes of this analysis, nonaccrual loans are reflected in the average balances of loans.


(3)	Yield/rates and amounts include the effects of hedge and risk management activities associated with the respective asset and liability categories.

Table of Contents

2017 versus 2016

Fully-taxable equivalent (FTE) net interest income for 2017 increased $640 million, or 27%, from 2016. This reflected the impact of 21% average earning asset growth, a 14 basis point increase in the NIM to 3.30%, partially offset by 24% average interest-bearing liability growth. Average earning asset growth included a $10.4 billion, or 18%, increase in average loans and leases and a $6.1 billion, or 34%, increase in average securities. The NIM expansion reflected a 27 basis point positive impact from the mix and yield on earning assets and a 3 basis point increase in the benefit from noninterest-bearing funding, partially offset by a 16 basis point increase in funding costs.

Average earning assets for 2017 increased $16.1 billion, or 21%, from the prior year, primarily reflecting the full year impact of the FirstMerit acquisition. Average loans and leases increased $10.4 billion, or 18%, including a $4.1 billion, or 17%, increase in average C&I loans and leases primarily driven by an increase in commercial middle market and specialty banking, a $1.5 billion, or 23%, increase in residential mortgage loans reflecting the benefit of the ongoing expansion of the home lending business, a $1.5 billion or 211%, increase in RV and marine finance loans reflecting the success of the well-managed expansion of the acquired business into 17 new states over the past year and a $1.0 billion, or 9%, increase in automobile loans reflecting continued strength in new and used automobile originations across our 23-state auto finance lending footprint. Average securities increased $6.1 billion, or 34%, which included $2.9 billion of direct purchase municipal instruments in our commercial banking segment, up from $2.1 billion in the year-ago period.

Average total deposits for 2017 increased $13.5 billion, or 21%, from the prior year, while average total core deposits increased $13.5 billion, or 23%, including a $9.2 billion, or 31%, increase in average demand deposits and a $3.7 billion, or 47%, increase in average savings and other domestic deposits. Average total interest-bearing liabilities increased $13.0 billion, or 24%, from the prior year. These increases primarily reflect the full year impact of the FirstMerit acquisition. Average long-term borrowings increased $0.8 billion, or 10%, reflecting the issuance of $1.7 billion and maturity of $0.8 billion of senior debt during 2017.

2016 versus 2015

Fully-taxable equivalent net interest income for 2016 increased $429 million, or 22%, from 2015. This reflected the impact of 21% earning asset growth, a 1 basis point increase in the NIM to 3.16%, partially offset by 22% interest-bearing liability growth. Average earning asset growth included $4.1 billion, or 30%, increase in average securities, a $4.0 billion, or 20% increase in average C&I loans and leases, and a $1.8 billion, or 20% increase in average automobile loans. The NIM expansion reflected a 9 basis point positive impact from the mix and yield on earning assets and a 3 basis point increase in the benefit from noninterest-bearing funding, partially offset by an 11 basis point increase in funding costs.

Average earning assets for 2016 increased $13.3 billion, or 21%, from the prior year, primarily reflecting the impact of the FirstMerit acquisition, as well as the reinvestment of cash flows and additional investment in LCR Level 1 qualifying securities. Average securities increased $4.1 billion, or 30%, which included $2.1 billion of direct purchase municipal instruments in our commercial banking segment, up from $1.7 billion in the year-ago period. Average C&I loans and leases increased $4.0 billion, or 20%, which reflected organic growth in equipment finance leases, automobile dealer floorplan lending, and corporate banking. Average automobile loans increased $1.8 billion, or 20% reflecting continued strength in new and used automobile originations, while maintaining our underwriting consistency and discipline. The increase was partially offset by the $1.5 billion auto loan securitization during the 2016 fourth quarter.

Average noninterest-bearing demand deposits increased $2.7 billion, or 17%, from the prior year, while average total interest-bearing liabilities increased $9.8 billion, or 22%. Average interest-bearing demand deposits increased $4.4 billion, or 67%. Savings and other domestic deposits increased $2.8 billion, or 53%, reflecting continued banker focus across all segments on obtaining our customers' full deposit relationship. Average long-term debt increased $2.4 billion, or 44%, reflecting the issuance of $2.0 billion of senior debt during 2016, as well as $0.5 billion of subordinate debt assumed during the FirstMerit acquisition.

Provision for Credit Losses

(This section should be read in conjunction with the Credit Risk section.)

The provision for credit losses is the expense necessary to maintain the ALLL and the AULC at levels appropriate to absorb our estimate of credit losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio and the portfolio of unfunded loan commitments and letters-of-credit.

The provision for credit losses in 2017 was $201 million, up $10 million, or 5%, from 2016. The increase in provision expense over the prior year was primarily the result of loan growth.

The provision for credit losses in 2016 was $191 million, up $91 million, or 91%, from 2015. The higher provision expense was due to several factors, including the migration of the acquired loan portfolio to the originated portfolio, which requires a reserve build, portfolio growth and continued transitioning of the FirstMerit portfolio to our reserve methodology. NCOs represented 19 basis points of average loans and leases, consistent with 2015, and below our long-term target of 35 to 55 basis points.

Table of Contents

Noninterest Income

The following table reflects noninterest income for the past three years:



Table 6 - Noninterest Income
	Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)				Change from 2016							Change from 2015
	2017			Amount			Percent		2016		Amount			Percent		2015
Service charges on deposit accounts	$	353		$	29		9	%	$	324	$	44		16	%	$	280
Cards and payment processing income	206			37			22		169		26			18		143
Trust and investment management services	156			33			27		123		7			6		116
Mortgage banking income	131			3			2		128		16			14		112
Insurance income	81			(3		)	(4	)	84		3			4		81
Capital markets fees	76			16			27		60		6			11		54
Bank owned life insurance income	67			9			16		58		6			12		52
Gain on sale of loans	56			9			19		47		14			42		33
Securities gains (losses)	(4		)	(4		)	(100	)	—		(1		)	(100	)	1
Other income	185			28			18		157		(10		)	(6	)	167
Total noninterest income	$	1,307		$	157		14	%	$	1,150	$	111		11	%	$	1,039

2017 versus 2016

Noninterest income for 2017 increased $157 million, or 14%, from the prior year, reflecting the full year impact of the FirstMerit acquisition. Card and payment processing income increased $37 million, or 22%, due to higher credit and debit card related income and underlying customer growth. Trust and investment management services increased $33 million, or 27%, and service charges on deposit accounts increased $29 million, or 9%, reflecting market growth and ongoing customer acquisition. Other income increased $28 million, or 18%, primarily reflecting increases in servicing income, mezzanine lending, loan syndication fees and commitment fees. Capital markets fees increased $16 million, or 27%, reflecting our ongoing strategic focus on expanding the business. Bank owned life insurance increased $9 million, or 16%. Gain on sale of loans increased $9 million, or 19%, as a result of continued expansion of our SBA lending business during 2017 which more than offset gains in the prior year from our balance sheet optimization strategy and the auto securitization completed in the 2016 fourth quarter. These increases were partially offset by a $4 million decline in securities gains and a $3 million decline in insurance income.

2016 versus 2015

Noninterest income for 2016 increased $111 million, or 11%, from the prior year, reflecting the impact of the FirstMerit acquisition. Service charges on deposit accounts increased $44 million, or 16%, reflecting the benefit of continued new customer acquisition. Card and payment processing income increased $26 million, or 18%, due to higher credit and debit card related income and underlying customer growth. Mortgage banking income increased $16 million, or 15%, reflecting a 24% increase in mortgage origination volume. Gain on sale of loans increased $14 million, or 43%, reflecting an increase of $6 million in SBA loan sales gains. In addition, there was a $7 million gain on non-relationship C&I and CRE loan sales, which was related to the balance sheet optimization strategy completed in the 2016 fourth quarter.

Table of Contents



Noninterest Expense
(This section should be read in conjunction with Significant Items section.)

The following table reflects noninterest expense for the past three years:

Table 7 - Noninterest Expense
	Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)			Change from 2016							Change from 2015
	2017		Amount			Percent		2016		Amount			Percent		2015
Personnel costs	$	1,524	$	175		13	%	$	1,349	$	227		20	%	$	1,122
Outside data processing and other services	313		8			3		305		74			32		231
Net occupancy	212		59			39		153		31			25		122
Equipment	171		6			4		165		40			32		125
Deposit and other insurance expense	78		24			44		54		9			20		45
Professional services	69		(36		)	(34	)	105		55			110		50
Marketing	60		(3		)	(5	)	63		11			21		52
Amortization of intangibles	56		26			87		30		2			7		28
Other expense	231		47			26		184		(17		)	(8	)	201
Total noninterest expense	$	2,714	$	306		13	%	$	2,408	$	432		22	%	$	1,976
Number of employees (average full-time equivalent)	15,770		1,912			14	%	13,858		1,615			13	%	12,243



Impact of Significant Items:
	Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017		2016		2015
Personnel costs	$	42	$	76	$	5
Outside data processing and other services	24		46		4
Net occupancy	52		15		5
Equipment	16		25		—
Professional services	10		58		5
Marketing	1		5		—
Other expense	9		14		39
Total impact of significant items on noninterest expense	$	154	$	239	$	58



Adjusted Noninterest Expense (See Non-GAAP Financial Measures in the Additional Disclosures section):
	Year Ended December 31,
			Change from 2016						Change from 2015
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017		Amount		Percent		2016		Amount		Percent		2015
Personnel costs	$	1,482	$	209	16	%	$	1,273	$	156	14	%	$	1,117
Outside data processing and other services	289		30		12		259		32		14		227
Net occupancy	160		22		16		138		21		18		117
Equipment	155		15		11		140		15		12		125
Deposit and other insurance expense	78		24		44		54		9		20		45
Professional services	59		12		26		47		2		4		45
Marketing	59		1		2		58		6		12		52
Amortization of intangibles	56		26		87		30		2		7		28
Other expense	222		52		31		170		8		5		162
Total adjusted noninterest expense (Non-GAAP)	$	2,560	$	391	18	%	$	2,169	$	251	13	%	$	1,918

Table of Contents

2017 versus 2016

Reported noninterest expense for 2017 increased $306 million, or 13%, from the prior year, reflecting the full year impact of the First Merit acquisition. Personnel costs increased $175 million, or 13%, primarily reflecting the full year impact of the addition of colleagues from FirstMerit. Net occupancy expense increased $59 million, or 39%, primarily reflecting $52 million of acquisition-related expense. Other expense increased $47 million, or 26%, reflecting the full impact of FirstMerit. Amortization of intangibles increased $26 million, or 87%, reflecting the full year impact of amortizing FirstMerit related intangibles. Deposit and other insurance expense increased $24 million, or 44%, reflecting the increase in the assessment base. Partially offsetting these increases, professional services decreased $36 million, or 34% reflecting a reduction in legal and consultation fees partially attributable to acquisition-related expense.

2016 versus 2015

Reported noninterest expense for 2016 increased $432 million, or 22%, from the prior year. Personnel costs increased $227 million, or 20%, reflecting an increase in the number of average full-time equivalent employees largely related to the in-store branch expansion and the addition of colleagues from FirstMerit. Outside data processing and other services increased $74 million, or 32%, reflecting $46 million of acquisition-related expense and ongoing technology investments. Professional services increased $55 million, or 110%, reflecting $58 million of acquisition-related expense. Equipment expense increased $40 million, or 32%, reflecting $25 million of acquisition-related expense. Net occupancy expense increased $31 million, or 25%, reflecting $15 million of acquisition-related expense. Partially offsetting these increases, other expense decreased $17 million, or 8% reflecting a $42 million reduction to litigation reserves which was predominately offset by a $40 million contribution in the 2016 fourth quarter to achieve the philanthropic plans related to FirstMerit.

Provision for Income Taxes

(This section should be read in conjunction with Note 1 and Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

2017 versus 2016

The provision for income taxes was $208 million for 2017 and 2016. Both years included the benefits from tax-exempt income, tax-advantaged investments, general business credits, investments in qualified affordable housing projects, excess tax deductions for stock-based compensation, and capital losses. 2017 also includes a $123 million tax benefit related to the federal tax reform enacted on December 22, 2017, which is primarily attributed to the revaluation of net deferred tax liabilities at the lower statutory federal income tax rate. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016 there was no valuation allowance on federal deferred taxes. In 2017 and 2016 there was essentially no change recorded in the provision for state income taxes, net of federal, for the portion of state deferred tax assets and state net operating loss carryforwards that are more likely than not to be realized. At December 31, 2017, we had a net federal deferred tax liability of $57 million and a net state deferred tax asset of $25 million.

We file income tax returns with the IRS and various state, city, and foreign jurisdictions. Federal income tax audits have been completed for tax years through 2009. The IRS is currently examining our 2010 and 2011 consolidated federal income tax returns. While the statute of limitations remains open for tax years 2012 through 2016, the IRS has advised that tax years 2012 through 2014 will not be audited, and plans to begin the examination of the 2015 federal income tax return during the 2018 first quarter. Various state and other jurisdictions remain open to examination, including Ohio, Kentucky, Indiana, Michigan, Pennsylvania, West Virginia, Wisconsin and Illinois.

2016 versus 2015

The provision for income taxes was $208 million for 2016 compared with a provision for income taxes of $221 million in 2015. Both years included the benefits from tax-exempt income, tax-advantaged investments, general business credits, investments in qualified affordable housing projects, and capital losses. As of December 31, 2016, there was no valuation allowance on federal deferred taxes. In 2015, a $69 million reduction in the 2015 provision for federal income taxes was recorded for the portion of federal capital loss carryforward deferred tax assets that are more likely than not to be realized. In 2016 and 2015, there was essentially no change recorded in the provision for state income taxes, net of federal taxes, for the portion of state deferred tax assets and state net operating loss carryforwards that are more likely than not to be realized.

RISK MANAGEMENT AND CAPITAL

Risk Governance

We use a multi-faceted approach to risk governance. It begins with the board of directors defining our risk appetite as aggregate moderate-to-low. This does not preclude engagement in select higher risk activities. Rather, the definition is intended to represent an aggregate view of where we want our overall risk to be managed.

Table of Contents

Three board committees primarily oversee implementation of this desired risk appetite and monitoring of our risk profile:

•

The Audit Committee oversees the integrity of the consolidated financial statements, including policies, procedures, and practices regarding the preparation of financial statements, the financial reporting process, disclosures, and internal control over financial reporting. The Audit Committee also provides assistance to the board in overseeing the internal audit division and the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence; compliance with our Financial Code of Ethics for the chief executive officer and senior financial officers; and compliance with corporate securities trading policies.

•

The Risk Oversight Committee (ROC) assists the board of directors in overseeing management of material risks, the approval and monitoring of the Company’s capital position and plan supporting our overall aggregate moderate-to-low risk profile, the risk governance structure, compliance with applicable laws and regulations, and determining adherence to the board’s stated risk appetite. The committee has oversight responsibility with respect to the full range of inherent risks: market, credit, liquidity, legal, compliance/regulatory, operational, strategic, and reputational. This committee also oversees our capital management and planning process, ensures that the amount and quality of capital are adequate in relation to expected and unexpected risks, and that our capital levels exceed “well-capitalized” requirements.

•

The Technology Committee assists the board of directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to all technology, cyber security, and third-party risk management strategies and plans. The committee is charged with evaluating Huntington’s capability to properly perform all technology functions necessary for its business plan, including projected growth, technology capacity, planning, operational execution, product development, and management capacity. The committee provides oversight of technology investments and plans to drive efficiency as well as to meet defined standards for risk, information security, and redundancy. The Committee oversees the allocation of technology costs and ensures that they are understood by the board of directors. The Technology Committee monitors and evaluates innovation and technology trends that may affect the Company’s strategic plans, including monitoring of overall industry trends. The Technology Committee reviews and provides oversight of the Company’s continuity and disaster recovery planning and preparedness.

The Audit and Risk Oversight Committees routinely hold executive sessions with our key officers engaged in accounting and risk management. On a periodic basis, the two committees meet in joint session to cover matters relevant to both, such as the construct and appropriateness of the ACL, which is reviewed quarterly. All directors have access to information provided to each committee and all scheduled meetings are open to all directors.

Further, through its Compensation Committee, the board of directors seeks to ensure its system of rewards is risk-sensitive and aligns the interests of management, creditors, and shareholders. We utilize a variety of compensation-related tools to induce appropriate behavior, including common stock ownership thresholds for the chief executive officer and certain members of senior management, a requirement to hold until retirement or exit from the Company, a portion of net shares received upon exercise of stock options or release of restricted stock awards (50% for executive officers and 25% for other award recipients), equity deferrals, recoupment provisions, and the right to terminate compensation plans at any time.

Management has implemented an Enterprise Risk Management and Risk Appetite Framework. Critically important is our self-assessment process, in which each business segment produces an analysis of its risks and the strength of its risk controls. The segment analyses are combined with assessments by our risk management organization of major risk sectors (e.g., credit, market, liquidity, operational, legal, compliance, reputational, and strategic) to produce an overall enterprise risk assessment. Outcomes of the process include a determination of the quality of the overall control process, the direction of risk, and our position compared to the defined risk appetite.

Management also utilizes a wide series of metrics (key risk indicators) to monitor risk positions throughout the Company. In general, a range for each metric is established, which allows the Company, in aggregate, to operate within an aggregate moderate-to-low risk profile. Deviations from the range will indicate if the risk being measured exceeds desired tolerance, which may then necessitate corrective action.

We also have four executive level committees to manage risk: ALCO, Credit Policy and Strategy, Risk Management, and Capital Management. Each committee focuses on specific categories of risk and is supported by a series of subcommittees that are tactical in nature. We believe this structure helps ensure appropriate escalation of issues and overall communication of strategies.

Huntington utilizes three lines of defense with regard to risk management: (1) business segments, (2) corporate risk management, and (3) internal audit and credit review. To induce greater ownership of risk within its business segments, segment risk officers have been embedded in the business to identify and monitor risk, elevate and remediate issues, establish controls, perform self-testing, and oversee the self-assessment process. Corporate Risk Management establishes policies, sets operating limits, reviews new or modified products/processes, ensures consistency and quality assurance within the segments, and produces the enterprise risk assessment. The Chief Risk Officer has significant input into the design and outcome of incentive compensation plans as they apply to risk. Internal Audit and Credit Review provide additional assurance that risk-related functions are operating as intended.

A comprehensive discussion of risk management and capital matters affecting us can be found in the Risk Governance section included in Item 1A and the Regulatory Matters section of Item 1 of this Form 10-K.

Table of Contents

Some of the more significant processes used to manage and control credit, market, liquidity, operational, and compliance risks are described in the following sections.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss if a counterparty is not able to meet the agreed upon terms of the financial obligation. The majority of our credit risk is associated with lending activities, as the acceptance and management of credit risk is central to profitable lending. We also have credit risk associated with our AFS and HTM securities portfolios (see Note 5 and Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements). We engage with other financial counterparties for a variety of purposes including investing, asset and liability management, mortgage banking, and trading activities. While there is credit risk associated with derivative activity, we believe this exposure is minimal. (see Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements)

We continue to focus on the identification, monitoring, and managing of our credit risk. In addition to the traditional credit risk mitigation strategies of credit policies and processes, market risk management activities, and portfolio diversification, we use quantitative measurement capabilities utilizing external data sources, enhanced modeling technology, and internal stress testing processes. Our portfolio management resources demonstrate our commitment to maintaining an aggregate moderate-to-low risk profile. In our efforts to continue to identify risk mitigation techniques, we have focused on product design features, origination policies, and solutions for delinquent or stressed borrowers.

The maximum level of credit exposure to individual credit borrowers is limited by policy guidelines based on the perceived risk of each borrower or related group of borrowers. All authority to grant commitments is delegated through the independent credit administration function and is closely monitored and regularly updated. Concentration risk is managed through limits on loan type, geography, industry, and loan quality factors. We focus predominantly on extending credit to retail and commercial customers with existing or expandable relationships within our primary banking markets, although we will consider lending opportunities outside our primary markets if we believe the associated risks are acceptable and aligned with strategic initiatives. Although we offer a broad set of products, we continue to develop new lending products and opportunities. Each of these new products and opportunities goes through a rigorous development and approval process prior to implementation to ensure our overall objective of maintaining an aggregate moderate-to-low risk portfolio profile.

The checks and balances in the credit process and the separation of the credit administration and risk management functions are designed to appropriately assess and sanction the level of credit risk being accepted, facilitate the early recognition of credit problems when they occur, and provide for effective problem asset management and resolution. For example, we do not extend additional credit to delinquent borrowers except in certain circumstances that substantially improve our overall repayment or collateral coverage position.

Loan and Lease Credit Exposure Mix

At December 31, 2017, our loans and leases totaled $70.1 billion, representing a $3.2 billion, or 5%, increase compared to $67.0 billion at December 31, 2016.

Total commercial loans and leases were $35.3 billion at December 31, 2017, and represented 51% of our total loan and lease credit exposure. Our commercial loan portfolio is diversified by product type, customer size, and geography within our footprint, and is comprised of the following (see Commercial Credit discussion):

C&I – C&I loans and leases are made to commercial customers for use in normal business operations to finance working capital needs, equipment purchases, or other projects. The majority of these borrowers are customers doing business within our geographic regions. C&I loans and leases are generally underwritten individually and secured with the assets of the company and/or the personal guarantee of the business owners. The financing of owner occupied facilities is considered a C&I loan even though there is improved real estate as collateral. This treatment is a result of the credit decision process, which focuses on cash flow from operations of the business to repay the debt. The operation, sale, rental, or refinancing of the real estate is not considered the primary repayment source for these types of loans. As we have expanded our C&I portfolio, we have developed a series of “vertical specialties” to ensure that new products or lending types are embedded within a structured, centralized Commercial Lending area with designated, experienced credit officers. These specialties are comprised of either targeted industries (for example, Healthcare, Food & Agribusiness, Energy, etc.) and/or lending disciplines (Equipment Finance, ABL, etc.), all of which requires a high degree of expertise and oversight to effectively mitigate and monitor risk. As such, we have dedicated colleagues and teams focused on bringing value added expertise to these specialty clients.

CRE – CRE loans consist of loans to developers and REITs supporting income-producing or for-sale commercial real estate properties. We mitigate our risk on these loans by requiring collateral values that exceed the loan amount and underwriting the loan with projected cash flow in excess of the debt service requirement. These loans are made to finance properties such as apartment buildings, office and industrial buildings, and retail shopping centers, and are repaid through cash flows related to the operation, sale, or refinance of the property. For loans secured by real estate, appropriate appraisals are obtained at origination and updated on an as needed basis in compliance with regulatory requirements.

Table of Contents

Construction CRE – Construction CRE loans are loans to developers, companies, or individuals used for the construction of a commercial or residential property for which repayment will be generated by the sale or permanent financing of the property. Our construction CRE portfolio primarily consists of retail, multi family, office, and warehouse project types. Generally, these loans are for construction projects that have been presold or preleased, or have secured permanent financing, as well as loans to real estate companies with significant equity invested in each project. These loans are underwritten and managed by a specialized real estate lending group that actively monitors the construction phase and manages the loan disbursements according to the predetermined construction schedule.

Total consumer loans and leases were $34.8 billion at December 31, 2017, and represented 49% of our total loan and lease credit exposure. The consumer portfolio is comprised primarily of automobile loans, home equity lines-of-credit, and residential mortgages (see Consumer Credit discussion).

Automobile – Automobile loans are comprised primarily of loans made through automotive dealerships and include exposure in selected states outside of our primary banking markets. The exposure outside of our primary banking markets represents 20% of the total exposure, with no individual state representing more than 5%. Applications are underwritten using an automated underwriting system that applies consistent policies and processes across the portfolio.

Home equity – Home equity lending includes both home equity loans and lines-of-credit. This type of lending, which is secured by a first-lien or junior-lien on the borrower’s residence, allows customers to borrow against the equity in their home or refinance existing mortgage debt. Products include closed-end loans which are generally fixed-rate with principal and interest payments, and variable-rate, interest-only lines-of-credit which do not require payment of principal during the 10-year revolving period. The home equity line of credit converts to a 20-year amortizing structure at the end of the revolving period. Applications are underwritten centrally in conjunction with an automated underwriting system. The home equity underwriting criteria is based on minimum credit scores, debt-to-income ratios, and LTV ratios, with current collateral valuations. The underwriting for the floating rate lines of credit also incorporates a stress analysis for a rising interest rate.

Residential mortgage – Residential mortgage loans represent loans to consumers for the purchase or refinance of a residence. These loans are generally financed over a 15-year to 30-year term, and in most cases, are extended to borrowers to finance their primary residence. Applications are underwritten centrally using consistent credit policies and processes. All residential mortgage loan decisions utilize a full appraisal for collateral valuation. Huntington has not originated or acquired residential mortgages that allow negative amortization or allow the borrower multiple payment options.

RV and marine finance – RV and marine finance loans are loans provided to consumers for the purpose of financing recreational vehicles and boats. Loans are originated on an indirect basis through a series of dealerships across 34 states. The loans are underwritten centrally using an application and decisioning system similar to automobile loans. The current portfolio includes 60% of the balances within our core footprint states.

Other consumer – Other consumer loans primarily consists of consumer loans not secured by real estate, including credit cards, personal unsecured loans, and overdraft balances. We originate these products within our established set of credit policies and guidelines.

The table below provides the composition of our total loan and lease portfolio:



Table 8 - Loan and Lease Portfolio Composition
	At December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017				2016				2015				2014				2013
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	$	28,107	40	%	$	28,059	42	%	$	20,560	41	%	$	19,033	40	%	$	17,594	41	%
Commercial real estate:
Construction	1,217		2		1,446		2		1,031		2		875		2		557		1
Commercial	6,008		9		5,855		9		4,237		8		4,322		9		4,293		10
Commercial real estate	7,225		11		7,301		11		5,268		10		5,197		11		4,850		11
Total commercial	35,332		51		35,360		53		25,828		51		24,230		51		22,444		52
Consumer:
Automobile	12,100		17		10,969		16		9,481		19		8,690		18		6,639		15
Home equity	10,099		14		10,106		15		8,471		17		8,491		18		8,336		19
Residential mortgage	9,026		13		7,725		12		5,998		12		5,831		12		5,321		12
RV and marine finance	2,438		3		1,846		3		—		—		—		—		—		—
Other consumer	1,122		2		956		1		563		1		414		1		380		2
Total consumer	34,785		49		31,602		47		24,513		49		23,426		49		20,676		48
Total loans and leases	$	70,117	100	%	$	66,962	100	%	$	50,341	100	%	$	47,656	100	%	$	43,120	100	%

Table of Contents

Our loan portfolio is composed of a managed mix of consumer and commercial credits. At the corporate level, we manage the overall credit exposure and portfolio composition in part via a credit concentration policy. The policy designates specific loan types, collateral types, and loan structures to be formally tracked and assigned maximum exposure limits as a percentage of capital. C&I lending by NAICS categories, specific limits for CRE project types, loans secured by residential real estate, shared national credit exposure, and designated high risk loan definitions represent examples of specifically tracked components of our concentration management process. There are no identified concentrations that exceed the assigned exposure limit. Our concentration management policy is approved by the ROC of the Board and is one of the strategies used to ensure a high quality, well diversified portfolio that is consistent with our overall objective of maintaining an aggregate moderate-to-low risk profile. Changes to existing concentration limits require the approval of the ROC prior to implementation, incorporating specific information relating to the potential impact on the overall portfolio composition and performance metrics.

The table below provides our total loan and lease portfolio segregated by industry type. The changes in industry composition from December 31, 2016 are consistent with the portfolio growth metrics.



Table 9 - Loan and Lease Portfolio by Industry Type
(dollar amounts in millions)	December 31, 2017				December 31, 2016
Commercial loans and leases:
Real estate and rental and leasing	$	7,378	11	%	$	7,545	11	%
Retail trade (1)	4,886		7		4,758		7
Manufacturing	4,791		7		4,937		7
Finance and insurance	3,044		4		2,010		3
Health care and social assistance	2,664		4		2,729		4
Wholesale trade	2,291		3		2,071		3
Accommodation and food services	1,617		2		1,678		3
Other services	1,296		2		1,223		2
Professional, scientific, and technical services	1,257		2		1,264		2
Transportation and warehousing	1,243		2		1,366		2
Construction	976		1		875		1
Mining, quarrying, and oil and gas extraction	694		1		668		1
Arts, entertainment, and recreation	593		1		556		1
Admin./Support/Waste Mgmt. and Remediation Services	561		1		429		1
Educational services	504		1		501		1
Information	467		1		473		1
Utilities	389		1		470		1
Public administration	255		—		272		—
Agriculture, forestry, fishing and hunting	172		—		151		—
Unclassified/Other	163		—		1,288		2
Management of companies and enterprises	91		—		96		—
Total commercial loans and leases by industry category	35,332		51	%	35,360		53	%
Automobile	12,100		17		10,969		16
Home Equity	10,099		14		10,106		15
Residential mortgage	9,026		13		7,725		12
RV and marine finance	2,438		3		1,846		3
Other consumer loans	1,122		2		956		1
Total loans and leases	$	70,117	100	%	$	66,962	100	%


(1)	Amounts include $3.2 billion of auto dealer services loans at both December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

Commercial Credit

The primary factors considered in commercial credit approvals are the financial strength of the borrower, assessment of the borrower’s management capabilities, cash flows from operations, industry sector trends, type and sufficiency of collateral, type of exposure, transaction structure, and the general economic outlook. While these are the primary factors considered, there are a number of other factors that may be considered in the decision process. We utilize centralized preview and loan approval committees, led by our credit officers. The risk rating (see next paragraph), size, and complexity of the credit determines the threshold for approval. For loans not requiring loan committee approval, with the exception of small business loans, credit officers who understand each local region and are experienced in the industries and loan structures of the requested credit exposure are involved in all loan decisions and

Table of Contents

have the primary credit authority. For small business loans, we utilize a centralized loan approval process for standard products and structures. In this centralized decision environment, certain individuals who understand each local region may make credit-extension decisions to preserve our commitment to the communities in which we operate. In addition to disciplined and consistent judgmental factors, a sophisticated credit scoring process is used as a primary evaluation tool in the determination of approving a loan within the centralized loan approval process.

In commercial lending, on-going credit management is dependent on the type and nature of the loan. We monitor all significant exposures on an on-going basis. All commercial credit extensions are assigned internal risk ratings reflecting the borrower’s PD and LGD. This two-dimensional rating methodology provides granularity in the portfolio management process. The PD is rated and applied at the borrower level. The LGD is rated and applied based on the specific type of credit extension and the quality and lien position associated with the underlying collateral. The internal risk ratings are assessed at origination and updated at each periodic monitoring event. There is also extensive macro portfolio management analysis on an on-going basis. We continually review and adjust our risk-rating criteria based on actual experience, which provides us with the current risk level in the portfolio and is the basis for determining an appropriate allowance for credit losses (ACL) amount for the commercial portfolio. A centralized portfolio management team monitors and reports on the performance of the entire commercial portfolio, including small business loans, to provide consistent oversight.

In addition to the initial credit analysis conducted during the approval process, our Credit Review group performs testing to provide an independent review and assessment of the quality and risk of new loan originations. This group is part of our Risk Management area and conducts portfolio reviews on a risk-based cycle to evaluate individual loans, validate risk ratings, and test the consistency of credit processes.

Our standardized loan grading system considers many components that directly correlate to loan quality and likelihood of repayment, one of which is guarantor support. On an annual basis, or more frequently if warranted, we consider, among other things, the guarantor’s reputation and creditworthiness, along with various key financial metrics such as liquidity and net worth, assuming such information is available. Our assessment of the guarantor’s credit strength, or lack thereof, is reflected in our risk ratings for such loans, which is directly tied to, and an integral component of, our ACL methodology. When a loan goes to impaired status, viable guarantor support is considered in the determination of a credit loss.

If our assessment of the guarantor’s credit strength yields an inherent capacity to perform, we will seek repayment from the guarantor as part of the collection process and have done so successfully.

Substantially all loans categorized as Classified (see Note 4 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements) are managed by SAD. SAD is a specialized group of credit professionals that handle the day-to-day management of workouts, commercial recoveries, and problem loan sales. Its responsibilities include developing and implementing action plans, assessing risk ratings, and determining the appropriateness of the allowance, the accrual status, and the ultimate collectability of the Classified loan portfolio.

C&I PORTFOLIO

We manage the risks inherent in the C&I portfolio through origination policies, a defined loan concentration policy with established limits, on-going loan level reviews and portfolio level reviews, recourse requirements, and continuous portfolio risk management activities. Our origination policies for the C&I portfolio include loan product-type specific policies such as LTV and debt service coverage ratios, as applicable.

The C&I portfolio continues to have solid origination activity while we maintain a focus on high quality originations. Problem loans had trended downward over the last several years, reflecting a combination of proactive risk identification and effective workout strategies implemented by the SAD department. We continue to maintain a proactive approach to identifying borrowers that may be facing financial difficulty in order to maximize the potential solutions. Subsequent to the origination of the loan, the Credit Review group provides an independent review and assessment of the quality of the underwriting and risk of new loan originations.

CRE PORTFOLIO

We manage the risks inherent in this portfolio specific to CRE lending, focusing on the quality of the developer and the specifics associated with each project. Generally, we: (1) limit our loans to 80% of the appraised value of the commercial real estate at origination, (2) require net operating cash flows to be 125% of required interest and principal payments, and (3) if the commercial real estate is non-owner occupied, require that at least 50% of the space of the project be pre-leased. We actively monitor both geographic and project-type concentrations and performance metrics of all CRE loan types, with a focus on loans identified as higher risk based on the risk rating methodology. Both macro-level and loan-level stress-test scenarios based on existing and forecast market conditions are part of the on-going portfolio management process for the CRE portfolio.

Dedicated real estate professionals originate and manage the portfolio. The portfolio is diversified by project type and loan size, and this diversification represents a significant portion of the credit risk management strategies employed for this portfolio. Subsequent to the origination of the loan, the Credit Review group provides an independent review and assessment of the quality of the underwriting and risk of new loan originations.

Appraisal values are obtained in conjunction with all originations and renewals, and on an as needed basis, in compliance with regulatory requirements and to ensure appropriate decisions regarding the on-going management of the portfolio reflect the changing

Table of Contents

market conditions. Appraisals are obtained from approved vendors and are reviewed by an internal appraisal review group comprised of certified appraisers to ensure the quality of the valuation used in the underwriting process. We continue to perform on-going portfolio level reviews within the CRE portfolio. These reviews generate action plans based on occupancy levels or sales volume associated with the projects being reviewed. This highly individualized process requires working closely with all of our borrowers, as well as an in-depth knowledge of CRE project lending and the market environment.

Consumer Credit

Consumer credit approvals are based on, among other factors, the financial strength and payment history of the borrower, type of exposure, and transaction structure. Consumer credit decisions are generally made in a centralized environment utilizing decision models. Importantly, certain individuals who understand each local region have the authority to make credit extension decisions to preserve our focus on the local communities in which we operate. Each credit extension is assigned a specific PD and LGD. The PD is generally based on the borrower’s most recent credit bureau score (FICO), which we update quarterly, providing an ongoing view of the borrowers PD. The LGD is related to the type of collateral associated with the credit extension, which typically does not change over the course of the loan term. This allows Huntington to maintain a current view of the customer for credit risk management and ACL purposes.

In consumer lending, credit risk is managed from a segment (i.e., loan type, collateral position, geography, etc.) and vintage performance analysis. All portfolio segments are continuously monitored for changes in delinquency trends and other asset quality indicators. We make extensive use of portfolio assessment models to continuously monitor the quality of the portfolio, which may result in changes to future origination strategies. The ongoing analysis and review process results in a determination of an appropriate ALLL amount for our consumer loan portfolio. The independent risk management group has a consumer process review component to ensure the effectiveness and efficiency of the consumer credit processes.

Collection actions by our customer assistance team are initiated as needed through a centrally managed collection and recovery function. We employ a series of collection methodologies designed to maintain a high level of effectiveness, while maximizing efficiency. In addition to the consumer loan portfolio, the customer assistance team is responsible for collection activity on all sold and securitized consumer loans and leases. Collection practices include a single contact point for the majority of the residential real estate secured portfolios.

AUTOMOBILE PORTFOLIO

Our strategy in the automobile portfolio continues to focus on high quality borrowers as measured by both FICO and internal custom scores, combined with appropriate LTVs, terms, and profitability. Our strategy and operational capabilities allow us to appropriately manage the origination quality across the entire portfolio, including our newer markets. Although increased origination volume and entering new markets can be associated with increased risk levels, we believe our disciplined strategy and operational processes significantly mitigate these risks.

We have continued to consistently execute our value proposition and take advantage of available market opportunities. Importantly, we have maintained our high credit quality standards while expanding the portfolio.

RESIDENTIAL REAL ESTATE SECURED PORTFOLIOS

The properties securing our residential mortgage and home equity portfolios are primarily located within our geographic footprint. Huntington continues to support our local markets with consistent underwriting across all residential secured products. The residential-secured portfolio originations continue to be of high quality, with the majority of the negative credit impact coming from loans originated in 2006 and earlier. Our portfolio management strategies associated with our Home Savers group allow us to focus on effectively helping our customers with appropriate solutions for their specific circumstances.

Huntington underwrites all residential mortgage applications centrally, with a focus on higher quality borrowers. We do not originate residential mortgages that allow negative amortization or allow the borrower multiple payment options and have incorporated regulatory requirements and guidance into our underwriting process. Residential mortgages are originated based on a completed full appraisal during the credit underwriting process. We update values in compliance with applicable regulations to facilitate our portfolio management, as well as our workout and loss mitigation functions.

We are subject to repurchase risk associated with residential mortgage loans sold in the secondary market. An appropriate level of reserve for representations and warranties related to residential mortgage loans sold has been established to address this repurchase risk inherent in the portfolio.

RV AND MARINE FINANCE PORTFOLIO

Our strategy in the RV and Marine portfolio focuses on high quality borrowers, combined with appropriate LTVs, terms, and profitability. Although entering new markets can be associated with increased risk levels, we believe our disciplined strategy and operational processes significantly mitigate these risks.

Table of Contents

Credit Quality

(This section should be read in conjunction with Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

We believe the most meaningful way to assess overall credit quality performance is through an analysis of credit quality performance ratios. This approach forms the basis of most of the discussion in the sections immediately following: NPAs and NALs, TDRs, ACL, and NCOs. In addition, we utilize delinquency rates, risk distribution and migration patterns, and product segmentation in the analysis of our credit quality performance.

Credit quality performance in 2017 reflected continued overall positive results with stable levels of delinquencies and a 19% decline in NPAs from the prior year. Total NCOs were $159 million or 0.23% of average total loans and leases, an increase from $109 million or 0.19% in the prior year. This was driven by an increase in losses in the Consumer portfolio, as expected based on portfolio growth. The ALLL to total loans and leases ratio increased by 4 basis points to 0.99% while the ACL to total loans and leases ratio increased by 1 basis point to 1.11%, reflecting the impact of the FirstMerit acquisition as acquired loans are recorded at fair value with no associated ALLL on the date of acquisition.

NPAs and NALs

NPAs consist of (1) NALs, which represent loans and leases no longer accruing interest, (2) OREO properties, and (3) other NPAs. Any loan in our portfolio may be placed on nonaccrual status prior to the policies described below when collection of principal or interest is in doubt. Also, when a borrower with discharged non-reaffirmed debt in a Chapter 7 bankruptcy is identified and the loan is determined to be collateral dependent, the loan is placed on nonaccrual status.

C&I and CRE loans (except for purchased credit impaired loans) are placed on nonaccrual status at 90-days past due, or earlier if repayment of principal and interest is in doubt. Of the $190 million of CRE and C&I-related NALs at December 31, 2017, $108 million, or 57%, represented loans that were less than 30-days past due, demonstrating our continued commitment to proactive credit risk management. With the exception of residential mortgage loans guaranteed by government organizations which continue to accrue interest, first lien loans secured by residential mortgage collateral are placed on nonaccrual status at 150-days past due. Junior-lien home equity loans are placed on nonaccrual status at the earlier of 120-days past due or when the related first-lien loan has been identified as nonaccrual. Automobile, RV and marine finance and other consumer loans are charged-off at 120-days past due.

When loans are placed on nonaccrual, accrued interest income is reversed with current year accruals charged to interest income and prior year amounts generally charged-off as a credit loss. When, in our judgment, the borrower’s ability to make required interest and principal payments has resumed and collectability is no longer in doubt, the loan or lease could be returned to accrual status.

The table reflects period-end NALs and NPAs detail for each of the last five years:



Table 10 - Nonaccrual Loans and Leases and Nonperforming Assets
	December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017			2016			2015			2014			2013
Nonaccrual loans and leases (NALs):
Commercial and industrial	$	161		$	234		$	175		$	72		$	57
Commercial real estate	29			20			29			48			73
Automobile	6			6			7			5			6
Residential mortgage	84			91			95			96			120
RV and marine finance	1			—			—			—			—
Home equity	68			72			66			79			66
Other consumer	—			—			—			—			—
Total nonaccrual loans and leases	349			423			372			300			322
Other real estate, net:
Residential	24			31			24			29			23
Commercial	9			20			3			6			4
Total other real estate, net	33			51			27			35			27
Other NPAs (1)	7			7			—			3			3
Total nonperforming assets	$	389		$	481		$	399		$	338		$	352

Nonaccrual loans and leases as a % of total loans and leases	0.50		%	0.63		%	0.74		%	0.63		%	0.75		%
NPA ratio (2)	0.55			0.72			0.79			0.71			0.82


(1)	Other nonperforming assets represent an investment security backed by a municipal bond for all periods presented.


(2)	Nonperforming assets divided by the sum of loans and leases, net other real estate owned, and other NPAs.

2017 versus 2016

Total NPAs decreased by $92 million, or 19%, compared with December 31, 2016 primarily as a result of a $73 million, or 31%, decline in C&I NALs and a $18 million, or 35%, decline in OREO. The C&I decline was a result of payoffs and return to accrual of

Table of Contents

large relationships that were identified as NAL in the fourth quarter of 2016. The OREO decline was a result of reductions in both Commercial and Residential OREO properties.

The following table reflects period-end accruing loans and leases 90 days or more past due for each of the last five years:



Table 11 - Accruing Past Due Loans and Leases
	December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017			2016			2015			2014			2013
Accruing loans and leases past due 90 days or more:
Commercial and industrial (1)	$	9		$	18		$	9		$	5		$	15
Commercial real estate (2)	3			17			10			19			39
Automobile	7			10			7			5			5
Residential mortgage (excluding loans guaranteed by the U.S. Government)	21			15			14			33			2
RV and marine finance	1			1			—			—			—
Home equity	18			12			9			12			14
Other consumer	5			4			1			1			1
Total, excl. loans guaranteed by the U.S. Government	64			77			50			75			76
Add: loans guaranteed by U.S. Government	51			52			56			55			88
Total accruing loans and leases past due 90 days or more, including loans guaranteed by the U.S. Government	$	115		$	129		$	106		$	130		$	164
Ratios:
Excluding loans guaranteed by the U.S. Government, as a percent of total loans and leases	0.09		%	0.12		%	0.10		%	0.16		%	0.18		%
Guaranteed by U.S. Government, as a percent of total loans and leases	0.07			0.08			0.11			0.12			0.20
Including loans guaranteed by the U.S. Government, as a percent of total loans and leases	0.16			0.19			0.21			0.27			0.38


(1)	Amounts include Huntington Technology Finance administrative lease delinquencies and accruing purchase impaired loans related to acquisitions.


(2)	Amounts include accruing purchase impaired loans related to acquisitions.

TDR Loans

TDRs are modified loans where a concession was provided to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties. TDRs can be classified as either accruing or nonaccruing loans. Nonaccruing TDRs are included in NALs whereas accruing TDRs are excluded from NALs, as it is probable that all contractual principal and interest due under the restructured terms will be collected. TDRs primarily reflect our loss mitigation efforts to proactively work with borrowers in financial difficulty or to comply with regulations regarding the treatment of certain bankruptcy filing and discharge situations. Acquired, non-purchased credit impaired loans are only considered for TDR reporting for modifications made subsequent to acquisition. Over the past five quarters, the accruing component of the total TDR balance has been between 80% and 84% indicating there is no identified credit loss and the borrowers continue to make their monthly payments. In fact, over 75% of the $489 million of accruing TDRs secured by residential real estate (Residential mortgage and Home equity in Table 12) are current on their required payments. There is very limited migration from the accruing to non-accruing components, and virtually all of the charge-offs come from the non-accruing TDR balances.

Table of Contents

The following table presents our accruing and nonaccruing TDRs at period-end for each of the past five years:



Table 12 - Accruing and Nonaccruing Troubled Debt Restructured Loans
(dollar amounts in millions)	December 31,
	2017		2016		2015		2014		2013
TDRs—accruing:
Commercial and industrial	$	300	$	210	$	236	$	117	$	84
Commercial real estate	78		77		115		177		205
Automobile	30		26		25		26		31
Home equity	265		270		199		252		188
Residential mortgage	224		243		265		265		305
RV and marine finance	1		—		—		—		—
Other consumer	8		4		4		4		1
Total TDRs—accruing	906		830		844		841		814
TDRs—nonaccruing:
Commercial and industrial	82		107		57		21		7
Commercial real estate	15		5		17		25		24
Automobile	4		5		6		5		6
Home equity	28		28		21		27		21
Residential mortgage	55		59		72		69		83
RV and marine finance	—		—		—		—		—
Other consumer	—		—		—		—		—
Total TDRs—nonaccruing	184		204		173		147		141
Total TDRs	$	1,090	$	1,034	$	1,017	$	988	$	955

Our strategy is to structure TDRs in a manner that avoids new concessions subsequent to the initial TDR terms. However, there are times when subsequent modifications are required, such as when the modified loan matures. Often the loans are performing in accordance with the TDR terms, and a new note is originated with similar modified terms. These loans are subjected to the normal underwriting standards and processes for other similar credit extensions, both new and existing. If the loan is not performing in accordance with the existing TDR terms, typically an individualized approach to repayment is established. In accordance with GAAP, the refinanced note is evaluated to determine if it is considered a new loan or a continuation of the prior loan. A new loan is considered for removal of the TDR designation. A continuation of the prior note requires the continuation of the TDR designation, and because the refinanced note constitutes a new or amended debt instrument, it is included as a new TDR and a restructured TDR removal during the period.

The types of concessions granted for existing TDRs are consistent with those granted on new TDRs and include interest rate reductions, amortization or maturity date changes beyond what the collateral supports, and principal forgiveness based on the borrower’s specific needs at a point in time. Our policy does not limit the number of times a loan may be modified. A loan may be modified multiple times if it is considered to be in the best interest of both the borrower and us.

Commercial loans are not automatically considered to be accruing TDRs upon the granting of a new concession. If the loan is in accruing status and no loss is expected based on the modified terms, the modified TDR remains in accruing status. For loans that are on nonaccrual status before the modification, collection of both principal and interest must not be in doubt, and the borrower must be able to exhibit sufficient cash flows for at least a six-month period of time to service the debt in order to return to accruing status. This six-month period could extend before or after the restructure date.

Any granted change in terms or conditions that are not readily available in the market for that borrower, requires the designation as a TDR. There are no provisions for the removal of the TDR designation based on payment activity for consumer loans. A loan may be returned to accrual status when all contractually due interest and principal has been paid and the borrower demonstrates the financial capacity to continue to pay as agreed, with the risk of loss diminished.

ACL

Our total credit reserve is comprised of two different components, both of which in our judgment are appropriate to absorb credit losses inherent in our loan and lease portfolio: the ALLL and the AULC. Combined, these reserves comprise the total ACL. Our ACL methodology committee is responsible for developing the methodology, assumptions and estimates used in the calculation, as well as determining the appropriateness of the ACL. The ALLL represents the estimate of losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the reported date. Additions to the ALLL result from recording provision expense for loan losses or increased risk levels resulting from loan risk-rating downgrades, while reductions reflect charge-offs (net of recoveries), decreased risk levels resulting from loan risk-rating upgrades, or the sale of loans. The AULC is determined by applying the same quantitative reserve determination process to the

Table of Contents

unfunded portion of the loan exposures adjusted by an applicable funding expectation. (see Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements).

Loans originated for investment are stated at their principal amount outstanding adjusted for partial charge-offs, and net deferred loan fees and costs. Acquired loans are those purchased in the FirstMerit acquisition and are recorded at estimated fair value at the acquisition date with no carryover of the related ALLL. The difference between acquired contractual balance and estimated fair value at acquisition date was recorded as a purchase premium or discount. The acquired loan portfolio will show a continuous decline as a result of payments, payoffs, charge-offs or other disposition, unless Huntington acquires additional loans in the future.

Our ACL evaluation process includes the on-going assessment of credit quality metrics, and a comparison of certain ACL benchmarks to current performance. While the total ACL balance increased year over year, all of the relevant benchmarks remain strong.

Table of Contents

The following table reflects activity in the ALLL and AULC for each of the last five years:



Table 13 - Summary of Allowance for Credit Losses
(dollar amounts in millions)	Year Ended December 31,
	2017			2016			2015			2014			2013
ALLL, beginning of year	$	638		$	598		$	605		$	648		$	769
Loan and lease charge-offs
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	(68		)	(77		)	(80		)	(77		)	(46		)
Commercial real estate:
Construction	2			(2		)	(2		)	(6		)	(10		)
Commercial	(6		)	(14		)	(16		)	(19		)	(61		)
Commercial real estate	(4		)	(16		)	(18		)	(25		)	(71		)
Total commercial	(72		)	(93		)	(98		)	(102		)	(117		)
Consumer:
Automobile	(64		)	(50		)	(36		)	(30		)	(24		)
Home equity	(20		)	(26		)	(36		)	(54		)	(98		)
Residential mortgage	(11		)	(11		)	(16		)	(26		)	(34		)
RV and marine finance	(13		)	(3		)	—			—			—
Other consumer	(72		)	(44		)	(32		)	(35		)	(34		)
Total consumer	(180		)	(134		)	(120		)	(145		)	(190		)
Total charge-offs	(252		)	(227		)	(218		)	(247		)	(307		)
Recoveries of loan and lease charge-offs
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	26			32			52			45			30
Commercial real estate:
Construction	3			4			3			4			3
Commercial	12			38			31			30			42
Total commercial real estate	15			42			34			34			45
Total commercial	41			74			86			79			75
Consumer:
Automobile	22			18			16			13			13
Home equity	15			17			16			18			16
Residential mortgage	5			5			6			6			7
RV and marine finance	3			—			—			—			—
Other consumer	7			4			6			6			7
Total consumer	52			44			44			43			43
Total recoveries	93			118			130			122			118
Net loan and lease charge-offs	(159		)	(109		)	(88		)	(125		)	(189		)
Provision for loan and lease losses	212			169			89			83			68
Allowance for assets sold and securitized or transferred to loans held for sale	—			(20		)	(8		)	(1		)	—
ALLL, end of year	691			638			598			605			648
AULC, beginning of year	98			72			61			63			41
(Reduction in) Provision for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit losses	(11		)	22			11			(2		)	22
AULC recorded at acquisition	—			4			—			—			—
AULC, end of year	87			98			72			61			63
ACL, end of year	$	778		$	736		$	670		$	666		$	711

Table of Contents

The table below reflects the allocation of our ACL among our various loan categories during each of the past five years:



Table 14 - Allocation of Allowance for Credit Losses (1)
(dollar amounts in millions)	December 31,
	2017				2016				2015				2014				2013
ACL
Commercial
Commercial and industrial	$	377	40	%	$	356	42	%	$	299	41	%	$	287	40	%	$	266	41	%
Commercial real estate	105		11		95		11		100		10		103		11		162		11
Total commercial	482		51		451		53		399		51		390		51		428		52
Consumer
Automobile	53		17		48		16		50		19		33		18		31		15
Home equity	60		14		65		15		84		17		96		18		111		19
Residential mortgage	21		13		33		12		42		12		47		12		40		12
RV and marine finance	15		3		5		3		—		—		—		—		—		—
Other consumer	60		2		36		1		23		1		39		1		38		2
Total consumer	209		49		187		47		199		49		215		49		220		48
Total ALLL	691		100	%	638		100	%	598		100	%	605		100	%	648		100	%
AULC	87				98				72				61				63
Total ACL	$	778			$	736			$	670			$	666			$	711
Total ALLL as % of:
Total loans and leases			0.99	%			0.95	%			1.19	%			1.27	%			1.50	%
Nonaccrual loans and leases			198				151				161				202				201
NPAs			178				133				150				179				184
Total ACL as % of:
Total loans and leases			1.11	%			1.10	%			1.33	%			1.40	%			1.65	%
Nonaccrual loans and leases			223				174				180				222				221
NPAs			200				153				168				197				202


(1)	Percentages represent the percentage of each loan and lease category to total loans and leases.

2017 versus 2016

At December 31, 2017, the ALLL was $691 million or 0.99% of total loans and leases, compared to $638 million or 0.95% at December 31, 2016. The $53 million, or 8%, increase in the ALLL relates to a slight increase in Criticized/Classified loans in the Commercial portfolio coupled with the accounting treatment of the acquired portfolio, as well as increasing reserve levels related to growth and seasoning of the Other Consumer portfolio.

The ACL to total loans increased to 1.11% at December 31, 2017, compared to 1.10% at December 31, 2016. We believe the ratio is appropriate given the risk profile of our loan portfolio. We continue to focus on early identification of loans with changes in credit metrics and proactive action plans for these loans. Given the combination of these noted positive and negative factors, we believe that our ACL is appropriate and its coverage level is reflective of the quality of our portfolio and the current operating environment.

NCOs

Any loan in any portfolio may be charged-off prior to the policies described below if a loss confirming event has occurred. Loss confirming events include, but are not limited to, bankruptcy (unsecured), continued delinquency, foreclosure, or receipt of an asset valuation indicating a collateral deficiency where that asset is the sole source of repayment. Additionally, discharged, collateral dependent non-reaffirmed debt in Chapter 7 bankruptcy filings will result in a charge-off to estimated collateral value, less anticipated selling costs at the time of discharge.

C&I and CRE loans are either charged-off or written down to net realizable value at 90-days past due with the exception of administrative small ticket lease delinquencies. Automobile loans, RV and marine finance, and other consumer loans are generally charged-off at 120-days past due. First-lien and junior-lien home equity loans are charged-off to the estimated fair value of the collateral, less anticipated selling costs, at 150-days past due and 120-days past due, respectively. Residential mortgages are charged-off to the estimated fair value of the collateral, less anticipated selling costs, at 150-days past due. The remaining balance is in delinquent status until a modification can be completed, or the loan goes through the foreclosure process.

Table of Contents

The following table reflects NCO detail for each of the last five years:



Table 15 - Net Loan and Lease Charge-offs
(dollar amounts in millions)	Year Ended December 31,
	2017			2016			2015			2014			2013
Net charge-offs by loan and lease type:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	$	42		$	45		$	28		$	32		$	16
Commercial real estate:
Construction	(5		)	(2		)	(1		)	2			7
Commercial	(6		)	(24		)	(15		)	(11		)	19
Commercial real estate	(11		)	(26		)	(16		)	(9		)	26
Total commercial	31			19			12			23			42
Consumer:
Automobile	42			32			20			17			11
Home equity	5			9			20			37			82
Residential mortgage	6			6			10			20			27
RV and marine finance	10			2			—			—			—
Other consumer	65			41			26			28			27
Total consumer	128			90			76			102			147
Total net charge-offs	$	159		$	109		$	88		$	125		$	189

Net charge-offs - annualized percentages:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial	0.15		%	0.19		%	0.14		%	0.18		%	0.10		%
Commercial real estate:
Construction	(0.36		)	(0.19		)	(0.08		)	0.16			1.10
Commercial	(0.10		)	(0.49		)	(0.37		)	(0.25		)	0.42
Commercial real estate	(0.15		)	(0.44		)	(0.32		)	(0.19		)	0.49
Total commercial	0.09			0.06			0.05			0.10			0.19
Consumer:
Automobile	0.36			0.30			0.23			0.23			0.19
Home equity	0.05			0.10			0.23			0.44			0.99
Residential mortgage	0.08			0.09			0.17			0.35			0.52
RV and marine finance	0.48			0.33			—			—			—
Other consumer	6.36			5.53			5.44			6.99			6.30
Total consumer	0.39			0.32			0.32			0.46			0.75
Net charge-offs as a % of average loans	0.23		%	0.19		%	0.18		%	0.27		%	0.45		%

In assessing NCO trends, it is helpful to understand the process of how commercial loans are treated as they deteriorate over time. The ALLL is established consistent with the level of risk associated with the commercial portfolio's original underwriting. As a part of our normal portfolio management process for commercial loans, loans within the portfolio are periodically reviewed and the ALLL is increased or decreased based on the updated risk ratings. For TDRs and individually assessed impaired loans, a specific reserve is established based on the discounted projected cash flows or collateral value of the specific loan. Charge-offs, if necessary, are generally recognized in a period after the specific ALLL is established. Consumer loans are treated in much the same manner as commercial loans, with increasing reserve factors applied based on the risk characteristics of the loan, although specific reserves are not identified for consumer loans, except for TDRs. In summary, if loan quality deteriorates, the typical credit sequence would be periods of reserve building, followed by periods of higher NCOs as the previously established ALLL is utilized. Additionally, an increase in the ALLL either precedes or is in conjunction with increases in NALs. When a loan is classified as NAL, it is evaluated for specific ALLL or charge-off. As a result, an increase in NALs does not necessarily result in an increase in the ALLL or an expectation of higher future NCOs.

2017 versus 2016

NCOs increased $50 million, or 46%, in 2017. The increase was a function of expected higher losses in the Other Consumer portfolio and lower CRE recoveries. Given the low level of C&I and CRE NCO’s, there will continue to be some volatility on a period-to-period comparison basis.

Table of Contents

Market Risk

Market risk refers to potential losses arising from changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices and commodity prices, including the correlation among these factors and their volatility. When the value of an instrument is tied to such external factors, the holder faces market risk. We are primarily exposed to interest rate risk as a result of offering a wide array of financial products to our customers and secondarily to price risk from trading securities, securities owned by our broker-dealer subsidiary, foreign exchange positions and equity investments.

Interest Rate Risk

We actively manage interest rate risk, as changes in market interest rates may have a significant impact on reported earnings. Changes in market interest rates may result in changes in the fair market value of our financial instruments, cash flows, and net interest income. We seek to achieve consistent growth in net interest income and capital while managing volatility arising from shifts in market interest rates. The ALCO oversees market risk management, as well as the establishment of risk measures, limits, and policy guidelines for managing the amount of interest rate risk and its effect on net interest income and capital. According to these policies, responsibility for measuring and the management of interest rate risk resides in the treasury group.

Interest rate risk on our balance sheet consists of reprice, option, and basis risks. Reprice risk results from differences in the maturity, or repricing, of asset and liability portfolios. Option risk arises from embedded options present in the investment portfolio and in many financial instruments such as loan prepayment options, deposit early withdrawal options, and interest rate options. These options allow customers opportunities to benefit when market interest rates change, which typically results in higher costs or lower revenue for us. Basis risk refers to the potential for changes in the underlying relationship between market rates or indices, which subsequently result in a narrowing of profit spread on an earning asset or liability. Basis risk is also present in administered rate liabilities, such as interest-bearing checking accounts, savings accounts, and money market accounts where historical pricing relationships to market rates may change due to the level or directional change in market interest rates. The interest rate risk position is measured and monitored using risk management tools, including earnings simulation modeling and EVE sensitivity analysis, which capture both short-term and long-term interest rate risk exposures. Combining the results from these separate risk measurement processes allows a reasonably comprehensive view of our short-term and long-term interest rate risks.

Interest rate risk measurement is calculated and reported to the ALCO monthly and ROC at least quarterly. The reported information includes period-end results and identifies any policy limits exceeded, along with an assessment of the policy limit breach and the action plan and timeline for resolution, mitigation, or assumption of the risk.

We use two approaches to model interest rate risk: Net interest income at risk (NII at risk) and economic value of equity at risk modeling sensitivity analysis (EVE).

NII at risk uses net interest income simulation analysis which involves forecasting net interest earnings under a variety of scenarios including changes in the level of interest rates, the shape of the yield curve, and spreads between market interest rates. The sensitivity of net interest income to changes in interest rates is measured using numerous interest rate scenarios including shocks, gradual ramps, curve flattening, curve steepening as well as forecasts of likely interest rates scenarios. Modeling the sensitivity of net interest earnings to changes in market interest rates is highly dependent on numerous assumptions incorporated into the modeling process. To the extent that actual performance is different than what was assumed, actual net interest earnings sensitivity may be different than projected. The assumptions used in the models are our best estimates based on studies conducted by the treasury group. The treasury group uses a data warehouse to study interest rate risk at a transactional level and uses various ad-hoc reports to continuously refine assumptions. Assumptions and methodologies regarding administered rate liabilities (e.g., savings accounts, money market accounts and interest-bearing checking accounts), balance trends, and repricing relationships reflect our best estimate of expected behavior and these assumptions are reviewed regularly.

We also have longer-term interest rate risk exposure, which may not be appropriately measured by earnings sensitivity analysis. The ALCO uses EVE to study the impact of long-term cash flows on earnings and on capital. EVE involves discounting present values of all cash flows of on and off-balance sheet items under different interest rate scenarios. The discounted present value of all cash flows represents our EVE. The analysis requires modifying the expected cash flows in each interest rate scenario, which will impact the discounted present value. The amount of base-case measurement and its sensitivity to shifts in the yield curve allow us to measure longer-term repricing and option risk in the balance sheet.



Table 16 - Net Interest Income at Risk
	Net Interest Income at Risk (%)
Basis point change scenario	-25		+100		+200
Board policy limits	—	%	-2.0	%	-4.0	%
December 31, 2017	-0.6	%	2.5	%	4.8	%
December 31, 2016	-1.0	%	2.7	%	5.6	%

Table of Contents

The NII at Risk results included in the table above reflect the analysis used monthly by management. It models gradual -25, +100 and +200 basis point parallel shifts in market interest rates, implied by the forward yield curve over the next twelve months. Due to the current low level of short-term interest rates, the analysis reflects a declining interest rate scenario of 25 basis points.

Our NII at Risk is within our board of director's policy limits for the +100 and +200 basis point scenarios. There is no policy limit for the -25 basis point scenario. The NII at Risk shows that our balance sheet is asset sensitive at both December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

As of December 31, 2017, we had $8.4 billion of notional value in receive-fixed cash flow swaps, which we use for asset and liability management purposes.



Table 17 - Economic Value of Equity at Risk
	Economic Value of Equity at Risk (%)
Basis point change scenario	-25		+100		+200
Board policy limits	—	%	-5.0	%	-12.0	%
December 31, 2017	-0.5	%	1.9	%	1.9	%
December 31, 2016	-0.6	%	0.9	%	0.2	%

The EVE results included in the table above reflect the analysis used monthly by management. It models immediate -25, +100 and +200 basis point parallel shifts in market interest rates. Due to the current low level of short-term interest rates, the analysis reflects a declining interest rate scenario of 25 basis points, the point at which many deposit costs reach zero percent.

We are within our board of director's policy limits for the +100 and +200 basis point scenarios. There is no policy limit for the -25 basis point scenario. The EVE depicts a moderate level of long-term interest rate risk, which indicates the balance sheet is positioned for rising interest rates.

MSRs

(This section should be read in conjunction with Note 7 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.)

At December 31, 2017, we had a total of $202 million of capitalized MSRs representing the right to service $20.0 billion in mortgage loans. Of this $202 million, $11 million was recorded using the fair value method and $191 million was recorded using the amortization method.

MSR fair values are sensitive to movements in interest rates as expected future net servicing income depends on the projected outstanding principal balances of the underlying loans, which can be reduced by prepayments. Prepayments usually increase when mortgage interest rates decline and decrease when mortgage interest rates rise. We have employed hedging strategies to reduce the risk of MSR fair value changes or impairment. However, volatile changes in interest rates can diminish the effectiveness of these economic hedges. We report changes in the MSR value net of hedge-related trading activity in the mortgage banking income category of noninterest income. Changes in fair value between reporting dates are recognized as an increase or a decrease in mortgage banking income.

MSRs recorded using the amortization method generally relate to loans originated with historically low interest rates, which may result in a lower probability of prepayments or impairment. MSR assets are included in servicing rights in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Price Risk

Price risk represents the risk of loss arising from adverse movements in the prices of financial instruments that are carried at fair value and are subject to fair value accounting. We have price risk from trading securities, securities owned by our broker-dealer subsidiary, foreign exchange positions and equity investments. We have established loss limits on the trading portfolio, on the amount of foreign exchange exposure that can be maintained, and on the amount of marketable equity securities that can be held.

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the possibility of us being unable to meet current and future financial obligations in a timely manner. Liquidity is managed to ensure stable, reliable, and cost-effective sources of funds to satisfy demand for credit, deposit withdrawals and investment opportunities. We consider core earnings, strong capital ratios, and credit quality essential for maintaining high credit ratings, which allows us cost-effective access to market-based liquidity. We rely on a large, stable core deposit base and a diversified base of wholesale funding sources to manage liquidity risk. The ALCO is appointed by the ROC to oversee liquidity risk management and the establishment of liquidity risk policies and limits. The treasury department is responsible for identifying, measuring, and monitoring our liquidity profile. The position is evaluated daily, weekly, and monthly by analyzing the composition of all funding sources, reviewing projected liquidity commitments by future months, and identifying sources and uses of funds. The overall management of our liquidity position is also integrated into retail and commercial pricing policies to ensure a stable core deposit base. Liquidity risk is reviewed and managed continuously for the Bank and the parent company, as well as its subsidiaries. In addition,

Table of Contents

liquidity working groups meet regularly to identify and monitor liquidity positions, provide policy guidance, review funding strategies, and oversee the adherence to, and maintenance of, the contingency funding plans.

Our primary source of liquidity is our core deposit base. Core deposits comprised approximately 96% of total deposits at December 31, 2017. We also have available unused wholesale sources of liquidity, including advances from the FHLB of Cincinnati, issuance through dealers in the capital markets, and access to certificates of deposit issued through brokers. Liquidity is further provided by unencumbered, or unpledged, investment securities that totaled $14.1 billion as of December 31, 2017. The treasury department also prepares a contingency funding plan that details the potential erosion of funds in the event of a systemic financial market crisis or institutional-specific stress scenario. An example of an institution specific event would be a downgrade in our public credit rating by a rating agency due to factors such as deterioration in asset quality, a large charge to earnings, a decline in profitability or other financial measures, or a significant merger or acquisition. Examples of systemic events unrelated to us that could have an effect on our access to liquidity would be terrorism or war, natural disasters, political events, or the default or bankruptcy of a major corporation, mutual fund or hedge fund. Similarly, market speculation or rumors about us, or the banking industry in general, may adversely affect the cost and availability of normal funding sources. The liquidity contingency plan therefore outlines the process for addressing a liquidity crisis. The plan provides for an evaluation of funding sources under various market conditions. It also assigns specific roles and responsibilities and communication protocols for effectively managing liquidity through a problem period.

Available-for-sale and other securities portfolio

(This section should be read in conjunction with Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

Our investment securities portfolio is evaluated under established asset/liability management objectives. Changing market conditions could affect the profitability of the portfolio, as well as the level of interest rate risk exposure.

The composition and maturity of the portfolio is presented on the following two tables:



Table 18 - Available-for-sale and other securities Portfolio Summary at Fair Value
(dollar amounts in millions)	At December 31,
	2017		2016		2015
U.S. Treasury, Federal agency, and other agency securities	$	10,413	$	10,752	$	4,643
Other	5,056		4,811		4,132
Total available-for-sale and other securities	$	15,469	$	15,563	$	8,775
Duration in years (1)	4.9		4.7		5.2


(1)	The average duration assumes a market driven prepayment rate on securities subject to prepayment.

Table of Contents



Table 19 - Available-for-sale and other securities Portfolio Composition and Maturity
(dollar amounts in millions)	At December 31, 2017
	Amortized
	Cost		Fair Value		Yield (1)
U.S. Treasury, Federal agency, and other agency securities:
U.S. Treasury:
1 year or less	$	5	$	5	1.69	%
After 1 year through 5 years	—		—		—
After 5 years through 10 years	—		—		—
After 10 years	—		—		—
Total U.S. Treasury	5		5		1.69
Federal agencies:
Residential CMO
1 year or less	—		—		—
After 1 year through 5 years	1		1		2.87
After 5 years through 10 years	90		89		2.77
After 10 years	6,570		6,394		2.24
Total Residential CMO	6,661		6,484		2.25
Residential MBS
1 year or less	—		—		—
After 1 year through 5 years	6		6		3.60
After 5 years through 10 years	7		8		3.74
After 10 years	1,358		1,353		2.84
Residential MBS	1,371		1,367		2.84
Commercial MBS:
1 year or less	—		—		—
After 1 year through 5 years	23		22		1.92
After 5 years through 10 years	151		148		2.46
After 10 years	2,365		2,317		2.41
Commercial MBS	2,539		2,487		2.41
Other agencies:
1 year or less	2		2		2.83
After 1 year through 5 years	9		9		2.73
After 5 years through 10 years	58		59		2.58
After 10 years	—		—		—
Total other agencies	69		70		2.60
Total U.S. Treasury, Federal agency, and other agency securities	10,645		10,413		2.36
Municipal securities:
1 year or less	103		103		4.62
After 1 year through 5 years	1,140		1,134		3.58
After 5 years through 10 years	1,709		1,704		3.85
After 10 years	940		937		4.24
Total municipal securities	3,892		3,878		3.89
Asset-backed securities:
1 year or less	—		—		—
After 1 year through 5 years	80		80		2.55
After 5 years through 10 years	53		54		3.78
After 10 years	349		333		2.93
Total asset-backed securities	482		467		2.96
Corporate debt:
1 year or less	—		—		—
After 1 year through 5 years	73		74		3.59
After 5 years through 10 years	20		21		3.42
After 10 years	13		14		3.39
Total corporate debt	106		109		3.53
Other:
1 year or less	1		1		2.62
After 1 year through 5 years	1		1		3.01
After 5 years through 10 years	—		—		N/A
After 10 years	—		—		N/A
Non-marketable equity securities (2)	581		581		3.69
Mutual funds	18		18		N/A
Marketable equity securities (3)	1		1		N/A
Total other	602		602		3.57
Total available-for-sale and other securities	$	15,727	$	15,469	2.81	%

Table of Contents


(1)	Weighted average yields were calculated using amortized cost on a fully-taxable equivalent basis, assuming a 35% tax rate.


(2)	Consists of FHLB and FRB restricted stock holding carried at par. For 2017, the Federal Reserve reduced the dividend rate on FRB stock from 6% to 2.41%, the current 10-year Treasury rate for banks with more than $10 billion in assets.


(3)	Consists of certain mutual fund and equity security holdings.

Bank Liquidity and Sources of Funding

Our primary sources of funding for the Bank are retail and commercial core deposits. At December 31, 2017, these core deposits funded 70% of total assets (105% of total loans). Other sources of liquidity include non-core deposits, FHLB advances, wholesale debt instruments, and securitizations. Demand deposit overdrafts that have been reclassified as loan balances and were $22 million and $23 million at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.

The following tables reflect contractual maturities of other domestic time deposits of $250,000 or more and brokered deposits and negotiable CDs as well as other domestic time deposits of $100,000 or more and brokered deposits and negotiable CDs at December 31, 2017.



Table 20 - Maturity Schedule of time deposits, brokered deposits, and negotiable CDs
(dollar amounts in millions)	At December 31, 2017
	3 Months or Less		3 Months to 6 Months		6 Months to 12 Months		12 Months or More		Total
Other domestic time deposits of $250,000 or more and brokered deposits and negotiable CDs	$	3,396	$	137	$	67	$	—	$	3,600
Other domestic time deposits of $100,000 or more and brokered deposits and negotiable CDs	$	3,575	$	198	$	194	$	186	$	4,153

The following table reflects deposit composition detail for each of the last three years:



Table 21 - Deposit Composition
(dollar amounts in millions)	At December 31,
	2017				2016				2015
By Type:
Demand deposits—noninterest-bearing	$	21,546	28	%	$	22,836	30	%	$	16,480	30	%
Demand deposits—interest-bearing	18,001		23		15,676		21		7,682		14
Money market deposits	20,690		27		18,407		24		19,792		36
Savings and other domestic deposits	11,270		15		11,975		16		5,246		9
Core certificates of deposit	1,934		3		2,535		3		2,382		4
Total core deposits:	73,441		96		71,429		94		51,582		93
Other domestic deposits of $250,000 or more	239		—		395		1		501		1
Brokered deposits and negotiable CDs	3,361		4		3,784		5		2,944		5
Deposits in foreign offices	—		—		—		—		268		1
Total deposits	$	77,041	100	%	$	75,608	100	%	$	55,295	100	%
Total core deposits:
Commercial	$	34,273	47	%	$	31,887	45	%	$	24,474	47	%
Consumer	39,168		53		39,542		55		27,108		53
Total core deposits	$	73,441	100	%	$	71,429	100	%	$	51,582	100	%

The Bank maintains borrowing capacity at the FHLB and the Federal Reserve Bank Discount Window. The Bank does not consider borrowing capacity from the Federal Reserve Bank Discount Window as a primary source of liquidity. Total loans pledged to the Federal Reserve Discount Window and the FHLB are $31.7 billion and $19.7 billion at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.

To the extent we are unable to obtain sufficient liquidity through core deposits, we may meet our liquidity needs through sources of wholesale funding, asset securitization, or sale. Sources of wholesale funding include other domestic deposits of $250,000 or more, brokered deposits and negotiable CDs, deposits in foreign offices, short-term borrowings, and long-term debt. At December 31, 2017, total wholesale funding was $17.9 billion, an increase from $16.2 billion at December 31, 2016. The increase from prior year-end primarily relates to an increase in short-term borrowings and long-term debt, partially offset by a decrease in brokered time deposits and negotiable CDs, and domestic time deposits of $250,000 or more.

Table of Contents

Liquidity Coverage Ratio

At December 31, 2017, we believe the Bank had sufficient liquidity to be in compliance with the LCR requirements and to meet its cash flow obligations for the foreseeable future.



Table 22 - Maturity Schedule of Commercial Loans
(dollar amounts in millions)	At December 31, 2017
	One Year or Less			One to Five Years			After Five Years			Total			Percent of total
Commercial and industrial	$	7,334		$	15,829		$	4,944		$	28,107		80	%
Commercial real estate—construction	500			682			35			1,217			3
Commercial real estate—commercial	1,407			3,693			908			6,008			17
Total	$	9,241		$	20,204		$	5,887		$	35,332		100	%
Variable-interest rates	$	8,013		$	16,452		$	3,186		$	27,651		78	%
Fixed-interest rates	1,228			3,752			2,701			7,681			22
Total	$	9,241		$	20,204		$	5,887		$	35,332		100	%
Percent of total	26		%	57		%	17		%	100		%

At December 31, 2017, the carrying value of investment securities pledged to secure public and trust deposits, trading account liabilities, U.S. Treasury demand notes, and security repurchase agreements totaled $6.1 billion. There were no securities of a non-governmental single issuer that exceeded 10% of shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2017.

Parent Company Liquidity

The parent company’s funding requirements consist primarily of dividends to shareholders, debt service, income taxes, operating expenses, funding of nonbank subsidiaries, repurchases of our stock, and acquisitions. The parent company obtains funding to meet obligations from dividends and interest received from the Bank, interest and dividends received from direct subsidiaries, net taxes collected from subsidiaries included in the federal consolidated tax return, fees for services provided to subsidiaries, and the issuance of debt securities.

At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the parent company had $1.6 billion and $1.8 billion, respectively, in cash and cash equivalents.

On January 17, 2018, the board of directors declared a quarterly common stock cash dividend of $0.11 per common share. The dividend is payable on April 2, 2018, to shareholders of record on March 19, 2018. Based on the current quarterly dividend of $0.11 per common share, cash demands required for common stock dividends are estimated to be approximately $118 million per quarter. On January 17, 2018, the board of directors declared a quarterly Series A, Series, B, Series, C, and Series D Preferred Stock dividend payable on April 16, 2018 to shareholders of record on April 1, 2018. Based on the current dividend, cash demands required for Series A Preferred Stock are estimated to be approximately $8 million per quarter. Cash demands required for Series B Preferred Stock are expected to be less than $1 million per quarter. Cash demands required for Series C Preferred Stock are expected to be approximately $2 million per quarter. Cash demands required for Series D Preferred Stock are expected to be approximately $9 million per quarter.

During 2017, the Bank returned capital totaling $426 million. Additionally, the Bank paid a preferred dividend of $45 million and common stock dividend of $254 million to the holding company. To meet any additional liquidity needs, the parent company may issue debt or equity securities from time to time.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the normal course of business, we enter into various off-balance sheet arrangements. These arrangements include commitments to extend credit, interest rate swaps, financial guarantees contained in standby letters-of-credit issued by the Bank, and commitments by the Bank to sell mortgage loans.

COMMITMENTS TO EXTEND CREDIT

Commitments to extend credit generally have fixed expiration dates, are variable-rate, and contain clauses that permit Huntington to terminate or otherwise renegotiate the contracts in the event of a significant deterioration in the customer’s credit quality. These arrangements normally require the payment of a fee by the customer, the pricing of which is based on prevailing market conditions, credit quality, probability of funding, and other relevant factors. Since many of these commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the contract amounts are not necessarily indicative of future cash requirements. The interest rate risk arising from these financial instruments is insignificant as a result of their predominantly short-term, variable-rate nature. See Note 21 for more information.

INTEREST RATE SWAPS

Balance sheet hedging activity is arranged to receive hedge accounting treatment and is classified as either fair value or cash flow hedges. Fair value hedges are purchased to convert deposits and long-term debt from fixed-rate obligations to floating rate.

Table of Contents

Cash flow hedges are also used to convert floating rate loans made to customers into fixed rate loans. See Note 19 for more information.

STANDBY LETTERS-OF-CREDIT

Standby letters-of-credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third-party. These guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements, including commercial paper, bond financing, and similar transactions. Most of these arrangements mature within two years and are expected to expire without being drawn upon. Standby letters-of-credit are included in the determination of the amount of risk-based capital that the parent company and the Bank are required to hold. Through our credit process, we monitor the credit risks of outstanding standby letters-of-credit. When it is probable that a standby letter-of-credit will be drawn and not repaid in full, a loss is recognized in the provision for credit losses. See Note 21 for more information.

COMMITMENTS TO SELL LOANS

Activity related to our mortgage origination activity supports the hedging of the mortgage pricing commitments to customers and the secondary sale to third parties. In addition, we have commitments to sell residential real estate loans. These contracts mature in less than one year. See Note 21 for more information.

We believe that off-balance sheet arrangements are properly considered in our liquidity risk management process.



Table 23 - Contractual Obligations (1)
(dollar amounts in millions)	At December 31, 2017
	One Year or Less		1 to 3 Years		3 to 5 Years		More than 5 Years		Total
Deposits without a stated maturity	$	70,554	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	70,554
Certificates of deposit and other time deposits	4,016		1,314		962		195		6,487
Short-term borrowings	5,056		—		—		—		5,056
Long-term debt	2,688		3,016		2,798		833		9,335
Operating lease obligations	59		108		72		135		374
Purchase commitments	90		92		25		19		226


(1)	Amounts do not include associated interest payments.

Operational Risk

Operational risk is the risk of loss due to human error; inadequate or failed internal systems and controls, including the use of financial or other quantitative methodologies that may not adequately predict future results; violations of, or noncompliance with, laws, rules, regulations, prescribed practices, or ethical standards; and external influences such as market conditions, fraudulent activities, disasters, and security risks. We continuously strive to strengthen our system of internal controls to ensure compliance with laws, rules, and regulations, and to improve the oversight of our operational risk. We actively and continuously monitor cyber-attacks such as attempts related to online deception and loss of sensitive customer data. We evaluate internal systems, processes and controls to mitigate loss from cyber-attacks and, to date, have not experienced any material losses.

Our objective for managing cyber security risk is to avoid or minimize the impacts of external threat events or other efforts to penetrate our systems. We work to achieve this objective by hardening networks and systems against attack, and by diligently managing visibility and monitoring controls within our data and communications environment to recognize events and respond before the attacker has the opportunity to plan and execute on its own goals. To this end we employ a set of defense in-depth strategies, which include efforts to make us less attractive as a target and less vulnerable to threats, while investing in threat analytic capabilities for rapid detection and response. Potential concerns related to cyber security may be escalated to our board-level Technology Committee, as appropriate. As a complement to the overall cyber security risk management, we use a number of internal training methods, both formally through mandatory courses and informally through written communications and other updates. Internal policies and procedures have been implemented to encourage the reporting of potential phishing attacks or other security risks. We also use third-party services to test the effectiveness of our cyber security risk management framework, and any such third parties are required to comply with our policies regarding information security and confidentiality.

To mitigate operational risks, we have a senior management Operational Risk Committee a senior management Legal, Regulatory, and Compliance Committee and a senior level Third Party Risk Management Committee. The responsibilities of these committees, among other duties, include establishing and maintaining management information systems to monitor material risks and to identify potential concerns, risks, or trends that may have a significant impact and ensuring that recommendations are developed to address the identified issues. In addition, we have a senior management Model Risk Oversight Committee that is responsible for policies and procedures describing how model risk is evaluated and managed and the application of the governance process to implement these practices throughout the enterprise. These committees report any significant findings and recommendations to the

Table of Contents

Risk Management Committee. Potential concerns may be escalated to our ROC, as appropriate. Significant findings or issues are escalated by the Third Party Risk Management Committee to the Technology Committee.

The FirstMerit integration was inherently large and complex. Our objective for managing execution risk was to minimize impacts to daily operations. We established an Integration Management Office led by senior management. Responsibilities include central management, reporting, and escalation of key integration deliverables. In addition, a board level Integration Governance Committee was established to assist in the oversight of the integration of people, systems, and processes of FirstMerit with Huntington. The systems' conversion is now complete.

The goal of this framework is to implement effective operational risk techniques and strategies; minimize operational, fraud, and legal losses; minimize the impact of inadequately designed models and enhance our overall performance.

Compliance Risk

Financial institutions are subject to many laws, rules, and regulations at both the federal and state levels. These broad-based laws, rules, and regulations include, but are not limited to, expectations relating to anti-money laundering, lending limits, client privacy, fair lending, prohibitions against unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices, protections for military members as they enter active duty, and community reinvestment. Additionally, the volume and complexity of recent regulatory changes have increased our overall compliance risk. As such, we utilize various resources to help ensure expectations are met, including a team of compliance experts dedicated to ensuring our conformance with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations. Our colleagues receive training for several broad-based laws and regulations including, but not limited to, anti-money laundering and customer privacy. Additionally, colleagues engaged in lending activities receive training for laws and regulations related to flood disaster protection, equal credit opportunity, fair lending, and/or other courses related to the extension of credit. We set a high standard of expectation for adherence to compliance management and seek to continuously enhance our performance.

Capital

(This section should be read in conjunction with the Regulatory Matters section included in Part 1, Item 1 and Note 22 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

Both regulatory capital and shareholders’ equity are managed at the Bank and on a consolidated basis. We have an active program for managing capital and maintain a comprehensive process for assessing the Company’s overall capital adequacy. We believe our current levels of both regulatory capital and shareholders’ equity are adequate.

Table of Contents

Regulatory Capital

We are subject to the Basel III capital requirements including the standardized approach for calculating risk-weighted assets in accordance with subpart D of the final capital rule. The following table presents risk-weighted assets and other financial data necessary to calculate certain financial ratios, including the common CET1 on a Basel III basis, which we use to measure capital adequacy.



Table 24 - Capital Under Current Regulatory Standards (transitional Basel III basis) (Non-GAAP)
(dollar amounts in millions, except per share amounts)	At December 31,
	2017			2016
CET 1 risk-based capital ratio:
Total shareholders’ equity	$	10,814		$	10,308
Regulatory capital adjustments:
Shareholders’ preferred equity and related surplus	(1,076		)	(1,076		)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (income) offset	528			401
Goodwill and other intangibles, net of taxes	(2,200		)	(2,126		)
Deferred tax assets that arise from tax loss and credit carryforwards	(25		)	(21		)
CET 1 capital	8,041			7,486
Additional tier 1 capital
Shareholders’ preferred equity	1,076			1,076
Other	(7		)	(15		)
Tier 1 capital	9,110			8,547
LTD and other tier 2 qualifying instruments	869			932
Qualifying allowance for loan and lease losses	778			736
Tier 2 capital	1,647			1,668
Total risk-based capital	$	10,757		$	10,215
Risk-weighted assets (RWA)	$	80,340		$	78,263
CET 1 risk-based capital ratio	10.01		%	9.56		%
Other regulatory capital data:
Tier 1 leverage ratio	9.09			8.70
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio	11.34			10.92
Total risk-based capital ratio	13.39			13.05
Tangible common equity / RWA ratio	9.31			8.92



Table 25 - Capital Adequacy—Non-Regulatory (Non-GAAP)
(dollar amounts in millions)	At December 31,
	2017			2016
Consolidated capital calculations:
Common shareholders’ equity	$	9,743		$	9,237
Preferred shareholders’ equity	1,071			1,071
Total shareholders’ equity	10,814			10,308
Goodwill	(1,993		)	(1,993		)
Other intangible assets	(346		)	(402		)
Other intangible asset deferred tax liability (1)	73			141
Total tangible equity	8,548			8,054
Preferred shareholders’ equity	(1,071		)	(1,071		)
Total tangible common equity	$	7,477		$	6,983
Total assets	$	104,185		$	99,714
Goodwill	(1,993		)	(1,993		)
Other intangible assets	(346		)	(402		)
Other intangible asset deferred tax liability (1)	73			141
Total tangible assets	$	101,919		$	97,460
Tangible equity / tangible asset ratio	8.39		%	8.26		%
Tangible common equity / tangible asset ratio	7.34			7.16


(1)	Other intangible assets are net of deferred tax liability.

Table of Contents

The following table presents certain regulatory capital data at both the consolidated and Bank levels for the past two years:



Table 26 - Regulatory Capital Data
		At December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)		Basel III
		2017			2016
Total risk-weighted assets	Consolidated	$	80,340		$	78,263
	Bank	80,383			78,242
CET 1 risk-based capital	Consolidated	8,041			7,486
	Bank	8,856			8,153
Tier 1 risk-based capital	Consolidated	9,110			8,547
	Bank	9,727			9,086
Tier 2 risk-based capital	Consolidated	1,647			1,668
	Bank	1,790			1,732
Total risk-based capital	Consolidated	10,757			10,215
	Bank	11,517			10,818
Tier 1 leverage ratio	Consolidated	9.09		%	8.70		%
	Bank	9.70			9.29
CET 1 risk-based capital ratio	Consolidated	10.01			9.56
	Bank	11.02			10.42
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio	Consolidated	11.34			10.92
	Bank	12.10			11.61
Total risk-based capital ratio	Consolidated	13.39			13.05
	Bank	14.33			13.83

At December 31, 2017, we maintained Basel III transitional capital ratios in excess of the well-capitalized standards established by the FRB.

CET1 risk-based capital ratio was 10.01% at December 31, 2017, up from 9.56% at December 31, 2016. The regulatory Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio was 11.34% compared to 10.92% at December 31, 2016. All capital ratios were impacted by positive earnings including the one-time tax benefit (see Significant Items) which resulted in a favorable impact on the ratios, partially offset by loan growth and the repurchase of $260 million of common stock during 2017.

Shareholders’ Equity

We generate shareholders’ equity primarily through the retention of earnings, net of dividends and share repurchases. Other potential sources of shareholders’ equity include issuances of common and preferred stock. Our objective is to maintain capital at an amount commensurate with our risk profile and risk tolerance objectives, to meet both regulatory and market expectations, and to provide the flexibility needed for future growth and business opportunities.

Shareholders’ equity totaled $10.8 billion at December 31, 2017, an increase of $0.5 billion when compared with December 31, 2016.

On June 28, 2017, Huntington was notified by the Federal Reserve that it had no objection to Huntington's proposed capital actions included in Huntington's capital plan submitted in the 2017 CCAR. These actions included a 38% increase in quarterly dividend per common share to $0.11, starting in the fourth quarter of 2017, the repurchase of up to $308 million of common stock over the next four quarters (July 1, 2017 through June 30, 2018), subject to authorization by the board of directors, and maintaining dividends on the outstanding classes of preferred stock and trust preferred securities.

On July 19, 2017, the Board authorized the repurchase of up to $308 million of common stock over the four quarters through the 2018 second quarter. During 2017, Huntington purchased $260 million of common stock at an average cost of $13.38 per share. Purchases of common stock under the authorization may include open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions, and accelerated repurchase programs.

DIVIDENDS

We consider disciplined capital management as a key objective, with dividends representing one component. Our current capital ratios and expectations for continued earnings growth positions us to continue to actively explore additional capital management opportunities.

SHARE REPURCHASES

From time to time the board of directors authorizes the Company to repurchase shares of our common stock. Although we announce when the board of directors authorizes share repurchases, we typically do not give any public notice before we repurchase

Table of Contents

our shares. Future stock repurchases may be private or open-market repurchases, including block transactions, accelerated or delayed block transactions, forward transactions, and similar transactions. Various factors determine the amount and timing of our share repurchases, including our capital requirements, the number of shares we expect to issue for employee benefit plans and acquisitions, market conditions (including the trading price of our stock), and regulatory and legal considerations, including the FRB’s response to our annual capital plan. There were 19.4 million common shares repurchased during 2017.

BUSINESS SEGMENT DISCUSSION

Overview

Our business segments are based on our internally-aligned segment leadership structure, which is how we monitor results and assess performance. We have four major business segments: Consumer and Business Banking, Commercial Banking, Vehicle Finance, and Regional Banking and The Huntington Private Client Group (RBHPCG). The Treasury / Other function includes technology and operations, other unallocated assets, liabilities, revenue, and expense.

We announced a change in our executive leadership team, which became effective at the end of 2017. As a result, Commercial Real Estate is now included as an operating unit in the Commercial Banking segment. During the 2017 second quarter, the previously reported Home Lending segment was included as an operating unit within the Consumer and Business Banking segment. Additionally, the Insurance operating unit previously included in Commercial Banking was realigned to RBHPCG during second quarter. Prior period results have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

Business segment results are determined based upon our management reporting system, which assigns balance sheet and income statement items to each of the business segments. The process is designed around our organizational and management structure and, accordingly, the results derived are not necessarily comparable with similar information published by other financial institutions.

Revenue Sharing

Revenue is recorded in the business segment responsible for the related product or service. Fee sharing is recorded to allocate portions of such revenue to other business segments involved in selling to, or providing service to customers. Results of operations for the business segments reflect these fee sharing allocations.

Expense Allocation

The management accounting process that develops the business segment reporting utilizes various estimates and allocation methodologies to measure the performance of the business segments. Expenses are allocated to business segments using a two-phase approach. The first phase consists of measuring and assigning unit costs (activity-based costs) to activities related to product origination and servicing. These activity-based costs are then extended, based on volumes, with the resulting amount allocated to business segments that own the related products. The second phase consists of the allocation of overhead costs to all four business segments from Treasury / Other. We utilize a full-allocation methodology, where all Treasury / Other expenses, except reported Significant Items, and a small amount of other residual unallocated expenses, are allocated to the four business segments.

Funds Transfer Pricing (FTP)

We use an active and centralized FTP methodology to attribute appropriate net interest income to the business segments. The intent of the FTP methodology is to transfer interest rate risk from the business segments by providing matched duration funding of assets and liabilities. The result is to centralize the financial impact, management, and reporting of interest rate risk in the Treasury / Other function where it can be centrally monitored and managed. The Treasury / Other function charges (credits) an internal cost of funds for assets held in (or pays for funding provided by) each business segment. The FTP rate is based on prevailing market interest rates for comparable duration assets (or liabilities). A new methodology for establishing FTP rates was adopted in 2017, therefore, prior period amounts have been restated to reflect the new methodology.

Net Income by Business Segment

Net income by business segment for the past three years is presented in the following table:



Table 27 - Net Income (Loss) by Business Segment
	Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017		2016			2015
Consumer and Business Banking	$	346	$	304		$	211
Commercial Banking	439		320			270
Vehicle Finance	146		126			93
RBHPCG	84		67			37
Treasury / Other	171		(105		)	82
Net income	$	1,186	$	712		$	693

Table of Contents

Treasury / Other

The Treasury / Other function includes revenue and expense related to assets, liabilities, and equity not directly assigned or allocated to one of the four business segments. Other assets include investment securities and bank owned life insurance. The financial impact associated with our FTP methodology, as described above, is also included. The net loss reported by the Treasury / Other function reflected a combination of factors including the impact of our investment securities portfolios and the net impact of derivatives used to hedge interest rate sensitivity. Noninterest expense includes $154 million of FirstMerit acquisition-related expense, $123 million of Federal tax reform-related tax benefit, certain corporate administrative, and other miscellaneous expenses not allocated to other business segments. The provision for income taxes for the business segments is calculated at a statutory 35% tax rate, though our overall effective tax rate is lower. As a result, Treasury / Other reflects a credit for income taxes representing the difference between the lower actual effective tax rate and the statutory tax rate used to allocate income taxes to the business segments.



Consumer and Business Banking

Table 28 - Key Performance Indicators for Consumer and Business Banking
	Year Ended December 31,						Change from 2016
(dollar amounts in millions unless otherwise noted)	2017			2016			Amount			Percent		2015
Net interest income	$	1,555		$	1,224		$	331		27	%	$	995
Provision for credit losses	110			68			42			62		45
Noninterest income	735			650			85			13		566
Noninterest expense	1,647			1,338			309			23		1,192
Provision for income taxes	187			164			23			14		113
Net income	$	346		$	304		$	42		14	%	$	211
Number of employees (average full-time equivalent)	8,616			7,466			1,150			15	%	6,523
Total average assets	$	25,620		$	21,291		$	4,329		20		$	18,744
Total average loans/leases	20,708			17,835			2,873			16		16,103
Total average deposits	45,515			36,726			8,789			24		30,396
Net interest margin	3.51		%	3.41		%	0.10		%	3		3.33		%
NCOs	$	104		$	74		$	30		41		$	68
NCOs as a % of average loans and leases	0.50		%	0.42		%	0.08		%	19	%	0.43		%

2017 versus 2016

Consumer and Business Banking, including Home Lending, reported net income of $346 million in 2017, an increase of $42 million, or 14%, compared to the prior year. Results reflect the full year impact of the FirstMerit acquisition. Segment net interest income increased $331 million, or 27%, primarily due to an increase in total average loans and deposits. The provision for credit losses increased $42 million, or 62%, driven by increased NCOs, as well as an increase in the allowance, primarily related to the other consumer loan and business banking portfolios. Noninterest income increased $85 million, or 13%, due to an increase in card and payment processing income and service charges on deposit accounts, which were driven by higher debit card-related transaction volumes and an increase in the number of households served. In addition, SBA loan sales gains contributed to improved noninterest income. Noninterest expense increased $309 million, or 23%, due to an increase in personnel and occupancy expense related to the full year impact from adding FirstMerit branches and colleagues. Higher processing costs related to transaction volumes, along with allocated expenses, also contributed to the increase in noninterest expense.

Home Lending, an operating unit of Consumer and Business Banking, reflects the result of the origination of mortgage loans less referral fees and net interest income for mortgage banking products distributed by the retail branch network and other business segments. Home Lending reported net income of $15 million in 2017, a decrease of $8 million, or 35%, compared to the year-ago period. While total revenues increased $8 million, or 5%, largely due to higher residential loan balances, this increase was offset by an increase in noninterest expenses of $18 million, or 15%, as a result of higher personnel costs related to the FirstMerit acquisition and higher origination volume. Income from lower origination spreads offset income from higher origination volume.

2016 versus 2015

Consumer and Business Banking reported net income of $304 million in 2016, compared with a net income of $211 million in 2015. The $93 million increase included a $23 million, or 51%, increase in provision for credit losses, an $84 million, or 15%, increase noninterest income, and a $229 million, or 23%, increase in net interest income partially offset by a $51 million, or 45%, increase in provision for income taxes and a $146 million, or 12%, increase in noninterest expense.

Home Lending reported net income of $23 million in 2016, an increase of $27 million, compared to the year-ago period. The $27 million increase included an $8 million, or 14% increase in net interest income, a $6 million decrease in provision for credit losses, and a $4 million, or 5% increase in noninterest income. Total noninterest expense decreased $24 million, or 16%, and provision for income taxes increased by $15 million. Results were impacted by the FirstMerit acquisition.

Table of Contents



Commercial Banking

Table 29 - Key Performance Indicators for Commercial Banking
	Year Ended December 31,						Change from 2016
(dollar amounts in millions unless otherwise noted)	2017			2016			Amount			Percent		2015
Net interest income	$	899		$	725		$	174		24	%	$	560
Provision for credit losses	28			79			(51		)	(65	)	16
Noninterest income	278			244			34			14		214
Noninterest expense	474			398			76			19		343
Provision for income taxes	236			172			64			37		145
Net income	$	439		$	320		$	119		37	%	$	270
Number of employees (average full-time equivalent)	1,227			1,075			152			14	%	896
Total average assets	$	31,363		$	26,899		$	4,464		17		$	21,652
Total average loans/leases	25,299			21,282			4,017			19		17,545
Total average deposits	21,116			17,355			3,761			22		15,273
Net interest margin	3.17		%	2.98		%	0.19		%	6		2.85		%
NCOs	$	1		$	2		$	(1	)	(50	)	$	(6	)
NCOs as a % of average loans and leases	—		%	0.01		%	(0.01		)%	(100	)%	(0.03		)%

2017 versus 2016

Commercial Banking reported net income of $439 million in 2017, an increase of $119 million, or 37%, compared with net income of $320 million in 2016. Results reflect the full year impact of the FirstMerit acquisition. Segment net interest income increased $174 million, or 24%, primarily due to an increase in both average loans and deposits combined with a 19 basis point increase in net interest margin. The provision for credit losses decreased $51 million, or 65%, driven by an improvement in energy related credits and a reduction in NCOs. Noninterest income increased $34 million, or 14%, largely driven by an increase in capital markets related revenues, equipment finance fee income net of a reduction in operating lease income and deposit service charges and other treasury management related income. Noninterest expense increased $76 million, or 19%, primarily due to an increase in personnel expense, allocated expenses, and amortization of intangibles, partially offset by a decrease in operating lease expense.

2016 versus 2015

Commercial Banking reported net income of $320 million in 2016, compared with net income of $270 million in 2015. The $50 million increase included a $165 million, or 29%, increase in net interest income, $30 million, or 14% increase in noninterest income, offset by a $55 million, or 16%, increase in noninterest expense and a $63 million, or 394%, increase in provision for credit losses.



Vehicle Finance

Table 30 - Key Performance Indicators for Vehicle Finance
	Year Ended December 31,						Change from 2016
(dollar amounts in millions unless otherwise noted)	2017			2016			Amount			Percent		2015
Net interest income	$	424		$	345		$	79		23	%	$	262
Provision (reduction in allowance) for credit losses	63			47			16			34		39
Noninterest income	14			14			—			—		13
Noninterest expense	150			118			32			27		93
Provision for income taxes	79			68			11			16		50
Net income	$	146		$	126		$	20		16	%	$	93
Number of employees (average full-time equivalent)	253			211			42			20	%	174
Total average assets	$	16,966		$	14,369		$	2,597		18		$	11,367
Total average loans/leases	16,936			14,089			2,847			20		11,138
Total average deposits	310			275			35			13		238
Net interest margin	2.50		%	2.40		%	0.10		%	4		2.31		%
NCOs	$	52		$	34		$	18		53		$	20
NCOs as a % of average loans and leases	0.31		%	0.24		%	0.07		%	29		0.18		%

Table of Contents

2017 versus 2016

Vehicle Finance reported net income of $146 million in 2017, an increase of $20 million, or 16%, compared with net income of $126 million in 2016. Results reflect the full year impact of the FirstMerit acquisition, partially offset by a higher provision for credit losses primarily reflecting the $18 million increase in NCOs compared to the prior year. Segment net interest income increased $79 million or 23%, due to both higher loan balances and a 10 basis point increase in the net interest margin reflecting the purchase accounting impact of the acquired loan portfolios. Noninterest income remained flat, while noninterest expense increased $32 million, or 27%, primarily due to an increase in personnel costs associated with retained FirstMerit colleagues and other allocated costs attributed to higher production and portfolio balance levels.

2016 versus 2015

Vehicle Finance reported net income of $126 million in 2016, compared with net income of $93 million in 2015. The $33 million increase included an $83 million, or 32%, increase in net interest income primarily due to a 26% increase in average loans and a 9 basis point increase in the net interest margin. This increase was partially offset by an $8 million, or 21%, increase in the provision for credit losses and an $18 million, or 36%, increase in the provision for income taxes.



Regional Banking and The Huntington Private Client Group

Table 31 - Key Performance Indicators for Regional Banking and The Huntington Private Client Group
	Year Ended December 31,						Change from 2016
(dollar amounts in millions unless otherwise noted)	2017			2016			Amount			Percent		2015
Net interest income	$	184		$	152		$	32		21	%	$	125
Provision (reduction in allowance) for credit losses	—			(3		)	3			100		—
Noninterest income	188			177			11			6		174
Noninterest expense	243			229			14			6		241
Provision for income taxes	45			36			9			25		21
Net income	$	84		$	67		$	17		25	%	$	37
Number of employees (average full-time equivalent)	1,023			977			46			5	%	1,019
Total average assets	$	5,538		$	4,637		$	901		19		$	4,187
Total average loans/leases	4,853			4,141			712			17		3,763
Total average deposits	5,882			5,274			608			12		4,671
Net interest margin	3.21		%	2.91		%	0.30		%	10		2.66		%
NCOs	$	2		$	(2	)	$	4		200		$	5
NCOs as a % of average loans and leases	0.04		%	(0.05		)%	0.09		%	180		0.13		%
Total assets under management (in billions)—eop	$	18.3		$	16.9		$	1.4		8		$	16.3
Total trust assets (in billions)—eop	110.1			94.7			15.4			16		84.1

eop—End of Period.

2017 versus 2016

RBHPCG reported net income of $84 million in 2017, an increase of $17 million, or 25%, compared with a net income of $67 million in 2016. Results reflect the full year impact of the FirstMerit acquisition. Net interest income increased $32 million, or 21%, due to an increase in average total deposits and loans combined with a 30 basis point increase in net interest margin. The increase in average total loans was due to growth in commercial and portfolio mortgage loans, while the increase in average total deposits was due to growth in both interest checking accounts and balances. The provision for credit losses increased by $3 million, or 100%. Noninterest income increased $11 million, or 6%, primarily reflecting increased trust and investment management revenue as a result of an increase in trust assets and assets under management, largely from the FirstMerit acquisition. Noninterest expense increased $14 million, or 6%, as a result of increased personnel expenses and amortization of intangibles resulting from the FirstMerit acquisition.

2016 versus 2015

RBHPCG reported net income of $67 million in 2016, compared with a net income of $37 million in 2015. The $30 million increase included a $3 million, or 2%, increase in noninterest income, a $3 million decrease in the provision for credit losses, a $12 million, or 5% decrease in noninterest expense, partially offset by a $27 million, or 22%, increase in net interest income and a $15 million, or 71%, increase in provision for income taxes.

Table of Contents

RESULTS FOR THE FOURTH QUARTER

Earnings Discussion

In the 2017 fourth quarter, we reported net income of $432 million, an increase of $193 million, or 81%, from the 2016 fourth quarter. Diluted earnings per common share for the 2017 fourth quarter were $0.37, an increase of $0.17 from the year-ago quarter.



Table 32 - Significant Items Influencing Earnings Performance Comparison
(dollar amounts in millions, except per share amounts)

Three Months Ended:	Amount			EPS (1)
December 31, 2017—Net income	$	432
Earnings per share, after-tax				$	0.37

Federal tax reform-related tax benefit	$	—
Tax impact	123
Federal tax reform-related tax benefit, after-tax	$	123		$	0.11

	Amount			EPS (1)
December 31, 2016—Net income	$	239
Earnings per share, after-tax				$	0.20

Mergers and acquisitions	$	(96	)
Tax impact	33
Mergers and acquisitions, after-tax	$	(63	)	$	(0.06	)

Litigation reserves	$	42
Tax impact	(15		)
Litigation reserves, after-tax	$	27		$	0.02


(1)	Based on average outstanding diluted common shares.

Net Interest Income / Average Balance Sheet

Fully-taxable equivalent (FTE) net interest income for the 2017 fourth quarter increased $34 million, or 5%, from the 2016 fourth quarter. This reflected the benefit from the $2.5 billion, or 3%, increase in average earning assets partially coupled with a 5 basis point improvement in the FTE net interest margin (NIM) to 3.30%. Average earning asset growth included a $2.5 billion, or 4%, increase in average loans and leases and a $1.9 billion, or 8%, increase in average securities, partially offset by a $1.9 billion, or 76%, decrease in average loans held for sale related to the balance sheet optimization activities executed in the year-ago quarter. The NIM expansion reflected a 23 basis point increase in earning asset yields and a 7 basis point increase in the benefit from noninterest-bearing funds, partially offset by a 25 basis point increase in funding costs. The cost of interest-bearing deposits increased 14 basis points from the year-ago quarter. FTE net interest income during the 2017 fourth quarter included $24 million, or approximately 10 basis points, of purchase accounting impact compared to $42 million, or approximately 18 basis points, in the year-ago quarter.

Table of Contents



Table 33 - Average Earning Assets - 2017 Fourth Quarter vs. 2016 Fourth Quarter
	Fourth Quarter				Change
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017		2016		Amount			Percent
Loans/Leases
Commercial and industrial	$	27,445	$	27,727	$	(282	)	(1	)%
Commercial real estate	7,196		7,218		(22		)	—
Total commercial	34,641		34,945		(304		)	(1	)
Automobile	11,963		10,866		1,097			10
Home equity	10,027		10,101		(74		)	(1	)
Residential mortgage	8,809		7,690		1,119			15
RV and marine finance	2,405		1,844		561			30
Other consumer	1,095		959		136			14
Total consumer	34,299		31,460		2,839			9
Total loans/leases	68,940		66,405		2,535			4
Total securities	24,309		22,441		1,868			8
Loans held-for-sale and other earning assets	688		2,617		(1,929		)	(74	)
Total earning assets	$	93,937	$	91,463	$	2,474		3	%

Average earning assets for the 2017 fourth quarter increased $2.5 billion, or 3%, from the year-ago quarter. Average securities increased $1.9 billion, or 8%, primarily reflecting the reinvestment of proceeds of the $1.5 billion auto loan securitization completed in the year-ago quarter. Average total loans and leases increased $2.5 billion, or 4%. Average residential mortgage loans increased $1.1 billion, or 15%, reflecting the benefit of the ongoing expansion of the home lending business. Average automobile loans increased $1.1 billion, or 10%, reflecting continued strength in new and used automobile originations across our 23-state auto finance lending footprint. Average RV and marine finance loans increased $0.6 billion, or 30%, reflecting the success of the well-managed expansion of the acquired business into 17 new states over the past year. Partially offsetting these increases, average loans held for sale and other earning assets decreased $1.9 billion, or 74%, reflecting the balance sheet optimization strategy executed in the year-ago quarter.



Table 34 - Average Interest-Bearing Liabilities - 2017 Fourth Quarter vs. 2016 Fourth Quarter
	Fourth Quarter				Change
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017		2016		Amount			Percent
Deposits
Demand deposits: noninterest-bearing	$	21,745	$	23,250	$	(1,505	)	(6	)%
Demand deposits: interest-bearing	18,175		15,294		2,881			19
Total demand deposits	39,920		38,544		1,376			4
Money market deposits	20,731		18,618		2,113			11
Savings and other domestic deposits	11,348		12,272		(924		)	(8	)
Core certificates of deposit	1,947		2,636		(689		)	(26	)
Total core deposits	73,946		72,070		1,876			3
Other domestic deposits of $250,000 or more	400		391		9			2
Brokered deposits and negotiable CDs	3,391		4,273		(882		)	(21	)
Deposits in foreign offices	—		152		(152		)	(100	)
Total deposits	77,737		76,886		851			1
Short-term borrowings	2,837		2,628		209			8
Long-term debt	9,232		8,594		638			7
Total interest-bearing liabilities	$	68,061	$	64,858	$	3,203		5	%

Average total deposits for the 2017 fourth quarter increased $0.9 billion, or 1%, from the year-ago quarter, while average total core deposits increased $1.9 billion, or 3%. Average total interest-bearing liabilities increased $3.2 billion, or 5%, from the year-ago quarter. Average money market deposits increased $2.1 billion, or 11%, reflecting certain specialty banking relationships with expected deposit fluctuations and continued deepening of consumer relationships. Average demand deposits increased $1.4 billion, or 4%, comprised of a $1.3 billion, or 5%, increase in average commercial demand deposits and a $0.1 billion, or 1%, increase in average consumer demand deposits. The growth in commercial demand deposits reflected growth within interest bearing demand deposits. Average long-term debt increased $0.6 billion, or 7%, reflecting the issuance of $1.7 billion and maturity of $1.2 billion of senior debt over the past five quarters. On the other hand, average savings deposits

Table of Contents

decreased $0.9 billion, or 8%, primarily reflecting the deposit and branch divestiture completed during the year-ago quarter and runoff in acquired FirstMerit deposits. Average brokered deposits and negotiable CDs decreased $0.9 billion, or 21%.

Provision for Credit Losses

The provision for credit losses decreased to $65 million in the 2017 fourth quarter compared to $75 million in the 2016 fourth quarter.



Noninterest Income

Table 35 - Noninterest Income - 2017 Fourth Quarter vs. 2016 Fourth Quarter
	Fourth Quarter						Change
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017			2016			Amount			Percent
Service charges on deposit accounts	$	91		$	92		$	(1	)	(1	)%
Cards and payment processing income	53			49			4			8
Trust and management investment services	41			39			2			5
Mortgage banking income	33			38			(5		)	(13	)
Insurance income	21			21			—			—
Capital markets fees	23			19			4			21
Bank owned life insurance income	18			17			1			6
Gain on sale of loans	17			25			(8		)	(32	)
Securities gains (losses)	(4		)	(2		)	(2		)	(100	)
Other income	47			36			11			31
Total noninterest income	$	340		$	334		$	6		2	%

Noninterest income for the 2017 fourth quarter increased $6 million, or 2%, from the year-ago quarter. Other income increased $11 million, or 31%, primarily reflecting a $10 million benefit related to elevated derivative ineffectiveness recognized in the year-ago quarter and a $5 million increase in servicing income. Gain on sale of loans decreased $8 million, or 32%, primarily reflecting the $11 million of gains related to the balance sheet optimization strategy completed in the 2016 fourth quarter. Mortgage banking income decreased $5 million, or 13%, primarily reflecting a $6 million decrease from net mortgage servicing rights (MSR) risk management-related activities.

Table of Contents



Noninterest Expense

Table 36 - Noninterest Expense - 2017 Fourth Quarter vs. 2016 Fourth Quarter
	Fourth Quarter				Change
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017		2016		Amount			Percent
Personnel costs	$	373	$	360	$	13		4	%
Outside data processing and other services	71		89		(18		)	(20	)
Net occupancy	36		49		(13		)	(27	)
Equipment	36		60		(24		)	(40	)
Deposit and other insurance expense	19		16		3			19
Professional services	18		23		(5		)	(22	)
Marketing	10		21		(11		)	(52	)
Amortization of intangibles	14		14		—			—
Other expense	56		49		7			14
Total noninterest expense	$	633	$	681	$	(48	)	(7	)%
Number of employees (average full-time equivalent)	15,375		15,993		(618		)	(4	)%



Impacts of Significant Items:	Fourth Quarter
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017		2016
Personnel costs	$	—	$	(5	)
Outside data processing and other services	—		15
Net occupancy	—		7
Equipment	—		20
Professional services	—		9
Marketing	—		4
Other expense	—		3
Total noninterest expense adjustments	$	—	$	53



Adjusted Noninterest Expense (Non-GAAP):
	Fourth Quarter				Change
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017		2016		Amount			Percent
Personnel costs	$	373	$	365	$	8		2	%
Outside data processing and other services	71		74		(3		)	(4	)
Net occupancy	36		42		(6		)	(14	)
Equipment	36		40		(4		)	(10	)
Deposit and other insurance expense	19		16		3			19
Professional services	18		14		4			29
Marketing	10		17		(7		)	(41	)
Amortization of intangibles	14		14		—			—
Other expense	56		46		10			22
Total adjusted noninterest expense (Non-GAAP)	$	633	$	628	$	5		1	%

Reported noninterest expense for the 2017 fourth quarter decreased $48 million, or 7%, from the year-ago quarter, primarily reflecting the impact of Significant Items in the year-ago quarter. Net occupancy costs decreased $13 million, or 27%, primarily reflecting $7 million of acquisition-related Significant Items in the 2016 fourth quarter and the benefit of branch and corporate office consolidations completed during the past year. Marketing decreased $11 million, or 52%, primarily reflecting elevated marketing activities in the year-ago quarter related to the FirstMerit acquisition and timing of marketing campaigns within the 2017 calendar year. Personnel costs increased $13 million, or 4%, reflecting annual merit increases, higher medical claims, and $5 million of acquisition-related expense reversals in the year ago quarter. Other expense increased $7 million, or 14%, primarily reflecting the $6 million benefit related to the extinguishment of trust preferred securities in the 2016 fourth quarter.

Provision for Income Taxes

(This section should be read in conjunction with Note 1 and Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

The provision for income taxes in the 2017 fourth quarter was a $20 million benefit compared to $74 million expense in the 2016 fourth quarter. The effective tax rates for the 2017 fourth quarter and 2016 fourth quarter were (4.8%) and 23.6%

Table of Contents

respectively. Included in the 2017 fourth quarter results is $123 million tax benefit related to the TCJA enacted on December 22, 2017, primarily attributed to the revaluation of net deferred tax liabilities at the lower statutory federal income tax rate. At December 31, 2017, we had a net federal deferred tax liability of $57 million and a net state deferred tax asset of $25 million.

Credit Quality

NCOs

Net charge-offs (NCOs) decreased $3 million, or 7%, to $41 million. NCOs represented an annualized 0.24% of average loans and leases in the current quarter, down from 0.26% in the year-ago quarter. Commercial charge-offs continued to be positively impacted by recoveries in the CRE portfolio and broader continued successful workout strategies, while consumer charge-offs remained within our expected range.

NALs

Overall asset quality remains strong. The overall consumer credit metrics continue to perform as expected, with a modest seasonal impact evident across the portfolios. The commercial portfolios have performed consistently, with some quarter-to-quarter volatility as a result of the absolute low level of problem loans.

Nonaccrual loans and leases (NALs) of $349 million represented 0.50% of total loans and leases, down from 0.63% a year ago. The decrease in the NAL ratio reflected a 17% year-over-year decrease in NALs, more than offset by the impact of the 5% year-over-year increase in total loans. Nonperforming assets (NPAs) of $389 million represented 0.55% of total loans and leases and OREO, down from 0.72% a year ago. These ratios remained stable sequentially as the NAL ratio increased 1 basis point from the prior quarter, while the NPA ratio decreased 1 basis point.

ACL

(This section should be read in conjunction with Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

The period-end allowance for credit losses (ACL) as a percentage of total loans and leases increased to 1.11% from 1.10% a year ago, while the ACL as a percentage of period-end total NALs increased to 223% from 174%. We believe the level of the ACL is appropriate given the consistent improvement in the credit quality metrics and the current composition of the overall loan and lease portfolio.

Table of Contents



Table 37 - Selected Quarterly Financial Information (1)
	Three Months Ended
(dollar amounts in millions, except per share amounts)	December 31,			September 30,			June 30,			March 31,
	2017			2017			2017			2017
Interest income	$	894		$	873		$	846		$	820
Interest expense	124			115			101			91
Net interest income	770			758			745			729
Provision for credit losses	65			43			25			68
Net interest income after provision for credit losses	705			715			720			661
Total noninterest income	340			330			325			312
Total noninterest expense	633			680			694			707
Income before income taxes	412			365			351			266
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	(20		)	90			79			59
Net income	432			275			272			207
Dividends on preferred shares	19			19			19			19
Net income applicable to common shares	$	413		$	256		$	253		$	188
Common shares outstanding (000)
Average—basic	1,077,397			1,086,038			1,088,934			1,086,374
Average—diluted(2)	1,130,117			1,106,491			1,108,527			1,108,617
Ending	1,072,027			1,080,946			1,090,016			1,087,120
Book value per common share	$	9.09		$	8.91		$	8.79		$	8.62
Tangible book value per common share(3)	6.97			6.85			6.74			6.55
Per common share
Net income—basic	$	0.38		$	0.24		$	0.23		$	0.17
Net income—diluted	0.37			0.23			0.23			0.17
Cash dividends declared	0.11			0.08			0.08			0.08
Common stock price, per share
High(4)	$	14.93		$	14.05		$	13.79		$	14.74
Low(4)	13.04			12.14			12.23			12.37
Close	14.56			13.96			13.52			13.39
Average closing price	13.47			13.15			12.95			13.66
Return on average total assets	1.67		%	1.08		%	1.09		%	0.84		%
Return on average common shareholders’ equity	17.0			10.5			10.6			8.2
Return on average tangible common shareholders’ equity(5)	22.7			14.1			14.4			11.3
Efficiency ratio(6)	54.9			60.5			62.9			65.7
Effective tax rate	(4.8		)	24.7			22.4			22.2
Margin analysis-as a % of average earning assets(7)
Interest income(7)	3.83		%	3.78		%	3.75		%	3.70		%
Interest expense	0.53			0.49			0.44			0.40
Net interest margin(7)	3.30		%	3.29		%	3.31		%	3.30		%
Revenue—FTE
Net interest income	$	770		$	758		$	745		$	729
FTE adjustment	12			13			12			13
Net interest income(7)	782			771			757			742
Noninterest income	340			330			325			312
Total revenue(7)	$	1,122		$	1,101		$	1,082		$	1,054

Table of Contents



Table 38 - Selected Quarterly Capital Data (1)
	2017
Capital adequacy	December 31,			September 30,			June 30,			March 31,
Total risk-weighted assets(10)	$	80,340		$	78,631		$	78,366		$	77,559
Tier 1 leverage ratio (period end)(10)	9.09		%	8.96		%	8.98		%	8.76		%
CET 1 risk-based capital ratio(10)	10.01			9.94			9.88			9.74
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio (period end)(10)	11.34			11.30			11.24			11.11
Total risk-based capital ratio (period end)(10)	13.39			13.39			13.33			13.26
Tangible common equity / tangible asset ratio(8)	7.34			7.42			7.41			7.28
Tangible equity / tangible asset ratio(9)	8.39			8.49			8.49			8.38
Tangible common equity / risk-weighted assets ratio(10)	9.31			9.41			9.37			9.18


(1)	Comparisons for presented periods are impacted by a number of factors. Refer to the Significant Items section for additional discussion regarding these items.


(2)	For all quarterly periods presented prior to December 31, 2017, the impact of the convertible preferred stock issued in April of 2008 was excluded from the diluted share calculation because the result would have been higher than basic earnings per common share (anti-dilutive) for the periods.


(3)	Other intangible assets are net of deferred tax liability.


(4)	High and low stock prices are intra-day quotes obtained from Bloomberg.


(5)	Net income applicable to common shares excluding expense for amortization of intangibles for the period divided by average tangible shareholders’ equity. Average tangible shareholders’ equity equals average total shareholders’ equity less average intangible assets and goodwill. Expense for amortization of intangibles and average intangible assets are net of deferred tax liability.


(6)	Noninterest expense less amortization of intangibles and goodwill impairment divided by the sum of FTE net interest income and noninterest income excluding securities gains (losses).


(7)	Presented on a FTE basis assuming a 35% tax rate.


(8)	Tangible common equity (total common equity less goodwill and other intangible assets) divided by tangible assets (total assets less goodwill and other intangible assets). Other intangible assets are net of deferred tax. (Non-GAAP)


(9)	Tangible equity (total equity less goodwill and other intangible assets) divided by tangible assets (total assets less goodwill and other intangible assets). Other intangible assets are net of deferred tax.


(10)	On January 1, 2015, we became subject to the Basel III capital requirements and the standardized approach for calculating risk-weighted assets in accordance with subpart D of the final capital rule.

Table of Contents



Table 39 - Selected Quarterly Financial Information (1)
	Three Months Ended
(dollar amounts in millions, except per share amounts)	December 31,			September 30,			June 30,			March 31,
	2016			2016			2016			2016
Interest income	$	815		$	694		$	566		$	557
Interest expense	80			69			60			54
Net interest income	735			625			506			503
Provision for credit losses	75			63			25			28
Net interest income after provision for credit losses	660			562			481			475
Total noninterest income	334			303			271			242
Total noninterest expense	681			713			523			491
Income before income taxes	313			152			229			226
Provision for income taxes	74			25			54			55
Net income	239			127			175			171
Dividends on preferred shares	19			18			20			8
Net income applicable to common shares	$	220		$	109		$	155		$	163
Common shares outstanding (000)
Average—basic	1,085,253			938,578			798,167			795,755
Average—diluted(2)	1,104,358			952,081			810,371			808,349
Ending	1,085,688			1,084,783			799,154			796,689
Book value per share	$	8.51		$	8.59		$	8.18		$	8.01
Tangible book value per share(3)	6.43			6.48			7.29			7.12
Per common share
Net income—basic	$	0.20		$	0.12		$	0.19		$	0.21
Net income —diluted	0.20			0.11			0.19			0.20
Cash dividends declared	0.08			0.07			0.07			0.07
Common stock price, per share
High(4)	$	13.64		$	10.11		$	10.65		$	10.81
Low(4)	9.57			8.23			8.05			7.83
Close	13.22			9.86			8.94			9.54
Average closing price	11.63			9.52			9.83			9.22
Return on average total assets	0.95		%	0.58		%	0.96		%	0.96		%
Return on average common shareholders’ equity	9.4			5.4			9.6			10.4
Return on average tangible common shareholders’ equity(5)	12.9			7.0			11.0			11.9
Efficiency ratio(6)	61.6			75.0			66.1			64.6
Effective tax rate	23.6			16.3			23.7			24.3
Margin analysis-as a % of average earning assets(7)
Interest income(7)	3.60		%	3.52		%	3.41		%	3.44		%
Interest expense	0.35			0.34			0.35			0.33
Net interest margin(7)	3.25		%	3.18		%	3.06		%	3.11		%
Revenue—FTE
Net interest income	$	735		$	625		$	506		$	503
FTE adjustment	13			11			10			9
Net interest income(7)	748			636			516			512
Noninterest income	334			302			271			242
Total revenue(7)	$	1,082		$	938		$	787		$	754

Table of Contents



Table 40 - Selected Quarterly Capital Data (1)
	2016
Capital adequacy	December 31,			September 30,			June 30,			March 31,
Total risk-weighted assets(10)	$	78,263		$	80,513		$	60,721		$	59,798
Tier 1 leverage ratio(10)	8.70		%	9.89		%	9.55		%	9.29		%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio(10)	9.56			9.09			9.80			9.73
Total risk-based capital ratio(10)	10.92			10.40			11.37			10.99
Tier 1 common risk-based capital ratio(10)	13.05			12.56			13.49			13.17
Tangible common equity / tangible asset ratio(8)	7.16			7.14			7.96			7.89
Tangible equity / tangible asset ratio(9)	8.26			8.23			9.28			8.96
Tangible common equity / risk-weighted assets ratio(10)	8.92			8.74			9.60			9.49


(1)	Comparisons for presented periods are impacted by a number of factors. Refer to the Significant Items section for additional discussion regarding these items.


(2)	For all quarterly periods presented prior to December 31, 2017, the impact of the convertible preferred stock issued in April of 2008 was excluded from the diluted share calculation because the result would have been higher than basic earnings per common share (anti-dilutive) for the periods.


(3)	Other intangible assets are net of deferred tax.


(4)	High and low stock prices are intra-day quotes obtained from Bloomberg.


(5)	Net income applicable to common shares excluding expense for amortization of intangibles for the period divided by average tangible shareholders’ equity. Average tangible shareholders’ equity equals average total shareholders’ equity less average intangible assets and goodwill. Expense for amortization of intangibles and average intangible assets are net of deferred tax.


(6)	Noninterest expense less amortization of intangibles and goodwill impairment divided by the sum of FTE net interest income and noninterest income excluding securities gains (losses).


(7)	Presented on a FTE basis assuming a 35% tax rate.


(8)	Tangible common equity (total common equity less goodwill and other intangible assets) divided by tangible assets (total assets less goodwill and other intangible assets). Other intangible assets are net of deferred tax. (Non-GAAP)


(9)	Tangible equity (total equity less goodwill and other intangible assets) divided by tangible assets (total assets less goodwill and other intangible assets). Other intangible assets are net of deferred tax.


(10)	On January 1, 2015, we became subject to the Basel III capital requirements and the standardized approach for calculating risk-weighted assets in accordance with subpart D of the final capital rule.

ADDITIONAL DISCLOSURES

Forward-Looking Statements

This report, including MD&A, contains certain forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, certain plans, expectations, goals, projections, and statements, which are not historical facts and are subject to numerous assumptions, risks, and uncertainties. Statements that do not describe historical or current facts, including statements about beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements may be identified by words such as expect, anticipate, believe, intend, estimate, plan, target, goal, or similar expressions, or future or conditional verbs such as will, may, might, should, would, could, or similar variations. The forward-looking statements are intended to be subject to the safe harbor provided by Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

While there is no assurance that any list of risks and uncertainties or risk factors is complete, below are certain factors which could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained or implied in the forward-looking statements: changes in general economic, political, or industry conditions; uncertainty in U.S. fiscal and monetary policy, including the interest rate policies of the Federal Reserve Board; volatility and disruptions in global capital and credit markets; movements in interest rates; competitive pressures on product pricing and services; success, impact, and timing of our business strategies, including market acceptance of any new products or services implementing our “Fair Play” banking philosophy; the nature, extent, timing, and results of governmental actions, examinations, reviews, reforms, regulations, and interpretations, including those related to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the Basel III regulatory capital reforms, as well as those involving the OCC, Federal Reserve, FDIC, and CFPB; and other factors that may affect our future results.

All forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made and are based on information available at that time. We do not assume any obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the date the forward-looking statements were made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events except as required by federal securities laws. As forward-looking statements involve significant risks and uncertainties, caution should be exercised against placing undue reliance on such statements.

Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

This document contains GAAP financial measures and non-GAAP financial measures where management believes it to be helpful in understanding Huntington’s results of operations or financial position. Where non-GAAP financial measures are used, the comparable GAAP financial measure, as well as the reconciliation to the comparable GAAP financial measure, can be found herein.

Significant Items

From time-to-time, revenue, expenses, or taxes are impacted by items judged by us to be outside of ordinary banking activities and/or by items that, while they may be associated with ordinary banking activities, are so unusually large that their outsized impact is believed by us at that time to be infrequent or short-term in nature. We refer to such items as Significant Items. Most often, these Significant Items result from factors originating outside the Company; e.g., regulatory actions / assessments, windfall gains, one-time tax assessments / refunds, litigation actions, etc. In other cases, they may result from our decisions associated with significant corporate actions outside of the ordinary course of business; e.g., merger / restructuring charges, recapitalization actions, goodwill impairment, etc.

Even though certain revenue and expense items are naturally subject to more volatility than others due to changes in market and economic environment conditions, as a general rule volatility alone does not define a Significant Item. For example, changes in the provision for credit losses, gains / losses from investment activities, asset valuation writedowns, etc., reflect ordinary banking activities and are, therefore, typically excluded from consideration as a Significant Item.

We believe the disclosure of Significant Items provides a better understanding of our performance and trends to ascertain which of such items, if any, to include or exclude from an analysis of our performance; i.e., within the context of determining how that performance differed from expectations, as well as how, if at all, to adjust estimates of future performance accordingly. To this end, we adopted a practice of listing Significant Items in our external disclosure documents; e.g., earnings press releases, investor presentations, Forms 10-Q and 10-K.

Significant Items for any particular period are not intended to be a complete list of items that may materially impact current or future period performance.

Fully-Taxable Equivalent Basis

Interest income, yields, and ratios on a FTE basis are considered non-GAAP financial measures. Management believes net interest income on a FTE basis provides an insightful picture of the interest margin for comparison purposes. The FTE basis also allows management to assess the comparability of revenue arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources. The FTE basis assumes a federal statutory tax rate of 35 percent periods through December 31, 2017. We encourage readers to consider the consolidated financial statements and other financial information contained in this Form 10-K in their entirety, and not to rely on any single financial measure.

Non-Regulatory Capital Ratios

In addition to capital ratios defined by banking regulators, the Company considers various other measures when evaluating capital utilization and adequacy, including:


•	Tangible common equity to tangible assets, and


•	Tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets using Basel III definitions.

These non-regulatory capital ratios are viewed by management as useful additional methods of reflecting the level of capital available to withstand unexpected market conditions. Additionally, presentation of these ratios allows readers to compare the Company’s capitalization to other financial services companies. These ratios differ from capital ratios defined by banking regulators principally in that the numerator excludes preferred securities, the nature and extent of which varies among different financial services companies. These ratios are not defined in Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) or federal banking regulations. As a result, these non-regulatory capital ratios disclosed by the Company are considered non-GAAP financial measures.

Because there are no standardized definitions for these non-regulatory capital ratios, the Company’s calculation methods may differ from those used by other financial services companies. Also, there may be limits in the usefulness of these measures to investors. As a result, the Company encourages readers to consider the consolidated financial statements and other financial information contained in this Form 10-K in their entirety, and not to rely on any single financial measure.

Table of Contents

Risk Factors

More information on risk is set forth under the heading Risk Factors included in Item 1A and incorporated by reference into this MD&A. Additional information regarding risk factors can also be found in the Risk Management and Capital discussion, as well as the Regulatory Matters section included in Item 1 and incorporated by reference into the MD&A.

Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Significant Estimates

Our Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to establish accounting policies and make estimates that affect amounts reported in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is incorporated by reference into this MD&A, describes the significant accounting policies we use in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

An accounting estimate requires assumptions and judgments about uncertain matters that could have a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements. Estimates are made under facts and circumstances at a point in time, and changes in those facts and circumstances could produce results substantially different from those estimates. The most significant accounting policies and estimates and their related application are discussed below.

Allowance for Credit Losses

Our ACL of $778 million at December 31, 2017, represents our estimate of probable credit losses inherent in our loan and lease portfolio and our unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit. We regularly review our ACL for appropriateness by performing on-going evaluations of the loan and lease portfolio. In doing so, we consider factors such as the differing economic risk associated with each loan category, the financial condition of specific borrowers, the level of delinquent loans, the value of any collateral and, where applicable, the existence of any guarantees or other documented support. We also evaluate the impact of changes in interest rates and overall economic conditions on the ability of borrowers to meet their financial obligations when quantifying our exposure to credit losses and assessing the appropriateness of our ACL at each reporting date. There is no certainty that our ACL will be appropriate over time to cover losses in the portfolio because of unanticipated adverse changes in the economy, market conditions, or events adversely affecting specific customers, industries, or markets. If the credit quality of our customer base materially deteriorates, the risk profile of a market, industry, or group of customers changes materially, or if the ACL is not appropriate, our net income and capital could be materially adversely affected which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Valuation of Financial Instruments

Assets and liabilities carried at fair value inherently result in a higher degree of financial statement volatility. Assets measured at fair value include certain loans held for sale, loans held for investment, available-for-sale and trading securities, MSRs, derivatives, and certain short-term borrowings. At December 31, 2017, approximately $15.5 billion of our assets and $0.1 billion of our liabilities were recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. In addition to the above mentioned on-going fair value measurements, fair value is also used for recording business combinations and measuring other non-recurring financial assets and liabilities.

At the end of each quarter, we assess the valuation hierarchy for each asset or liability measured at fair value. As necessary, assets or liabilities may be transferred within fair value hierarchy levels due to changes in availability of observable market inputs to measure fair value at the measurement date.

Where available, we use quoted market prices to determine fair value. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is determined, using either internally developed or independent third-party valuation models, based on inputs that are either directly observable or derived from market data. These inputs include, but are not limited to, interest rate yield curves, option volatilities, or option adjusted spreads. Where neither quoted market prices nor observable market data are available, fair value is determined using valuation models that feature one or more significant unobservable inputs based on management’s expectation that market participants would use in determining the fair value of the asset or liability. The determination of appropriate unobservable inputs requires exercise of significant judgment. A significant portion of our assets and liabilities that are reported at fair value are measured based on quoted market prices or observable market/ independent inputs.

The following is a description of the significant estimates used in the valuation of financial assets and liabilities for which quoted market prices and observable market parameters are not available.

Table of Contents

MUNICIPAL AND ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES

The municipal securities portion that is classified as Level 3 uses significant estimates to determine the fair value of these securities which results in greater subjectivity. The fair value is determined by utilizing third-party valuation services. The third-party service provider reviews credit worthiness, prevailing market rates, analysis of similar securities, and projected cash flows. The third-party service provider also incorporates industry and general economic conditions into their analysis. Huntington evaluates the analysis provided for reasonableness.

Our CDO preferred securities portfolios are measured at fair value using a valuation methodology involving use of significant unobservable inputs and are thus, classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. The CDO preferred securities portfolio is subjected to a quarterly review of the projected cash flows. This review is supported with analysis from independent third parties, and is used as a basis for impairment analysis.

CDO preferred securities are CDOs backed by a pool of debt securities issued by financial institutions. The collateral generally consists of trust-preferred securities and subordinated debt securities issued by banks, bank holding companies, and insurance companies. A full cash flow analysis is used to estimate fair values and assess impairment for each security within this portfolio. We engage a third-party pricing specialist with direct industry experience in pooled-trust-preferred securities valuations to provide assistance in estimating the fair value and expected cash flows for each security in this portfolio. The PD of each issuer and the market discount rate are the most significant inputs in determining fair value. Management evaluates the PD assumptions provided by the third-party pricing specialist by comparing the current PD to the assumptions used the previous quarter, actual defaults and deferrals in the current period, and trend data on certain financial ratios of the issuers. Huntington also evaluates the assumptions related to discount rates. Relying on cash flows is necessary because there was a lack of observable transactions in the market and many of the original sponsors or dealers for these securities are no longer able to provide a fair value that is compliant with ASC 820.

DERIVATIVES USED FOR HEDGING PURPOSES

Derivatives designated as qualified hedges are tested for hedge effectiveness on a quarterly basis. Assessments are made at the inception of the hedge and on a recurring basis to determine whether the derivative used in the hedging transaction has been and is expected to continue to be highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged item. A statistical regression analysis is performed to measure the effectiveness.

If, based on the assessment, a derivative is not expected to be a highly effective hedge or it has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, hedge accounting is discontinued as of the quarter the hedge is not highly effective. As the statistical regression analysis requires the use of estimates regarding the amount and timing of future cash flows which are sensitive to significant changes in future periods based on changes in market rates; we consider this a critical accounting estimate.

LOANS HELD FOR SALE

Huntington has elected to apply the fair value option to certain residential mortgage loans that are classified as held for sale at origination. The fair value of such loans is estimated based on the inputs that include prices of mortgage backed securities adjusted for other variables such as, interest rates, expected credit defaults and market discount rates. The adjusted value reflects the price we expect to receive from the sale of such loans.

Certain consumer and commercial loans are classified as held for sale and are accounted for at the lower of amortized cost or fair value. The determination of fair value for these consumer loans is based on observable prices for similar products or discounted expected cash flows, which takes into consideration factors such as future interest rates, prepayment speeds, default and loss curves, and market discount rates.

MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS

Retained rights to service mortgage loans are recognized as a separate and distinct asset at the time the loans are sold. Mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) are initially recorded at fair value at the time the related loans are sold and subsequently re-measured at each reporting date under either the fair value or amortization method. The election of the fair value or amortization method is made at the time each servicing asset is established. All newly created MSRs since 2009 are recorded using the amortization method. Any increase or decrease in fair value of MSRs accounted for under the fair value method, as well as any amortization and/or impairment of MSRs recorded under the amortization method, is reflected in earnings in the period that the changes occur. MSRs are subject to interest rate risk in that their fair value will fluctuate as a result of changes in the interest rate environment. Fair value is determined based upon the application of an income approach valuation model. We use an independent third-party valuation model, which incorporates assumptions in estimating future cash flows. These assumptions include prepayment speeds, payoffs, and changes in valuation inputs and assumptions. The reasonableness of these pricing models is validated on a minimum of a quarterly basis by at least one independent external service broker valuation. Because the fair values of MSRs are significantly impacted by the use of estimates, the use of different assumptions can result in different estimated fair values of those MSRs.

Table of Contents

Contingent Liabilities

We are a party to various claims, litigation, and legal proceedings resulting from ordinary business activities relating to our current and/or former operations. We estimate and provide for potential losses that may arise out of litigation and regulatory proceedings to the extent that such losses are probable and can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required in making these estimates and our final liabilities may ultimately be more or less than the current estimate. Our total estimated liability in respect of litigation and regulatory proceedings is determined on a case-by-case basis and represents an estimate of probable losses after considering, among other factors, the progress of each case or proceeding, our experience and the experience of others in similar cases or proceedings, and the opinions and views of legal counsel. Litigation exposure represents a key area of judgment and is subject to uncertainty and certain factors outside of our control.

Income Taxes

(This section should be read in conjunction with Note 1 and Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

The calculation of our provision for income taxes is complex and requires the use of estimates and judgments. We have two accruals for income taxes: (1) our income tax payable represents the estimated net amount currently due to the federal, state, and local taxing jurisdictions, net of any reserve for potential audit issues and any tax refunds; (2) our deferred federal and state income tax and related valuation accounts, represents the estimated impact of temporary differences between how we recognize our assets and liabilities under GAAP, and how such assets and liabilities are recognized under federal and state tax law. The net receivable balance and deferred tax accounts are presented as components of accrued income and other assets or accrued expenses and other liabilities in accordance with the asset or liability balance of the account.

On December 22, 2017, the President of the United States signed into law the TCJA. The legislation significantly changes U.S. tax law by, among other things, lowering the corporate income tax rate and changes to business-related exclusions. The TCJA permanently reduces the U.S. corporate income tax rate from a maximum of 35% to a flat 21% rate, effective January 1, 2018. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income at the time of enactment of such change in tax rates. Accordingly, in the fourth quarter 2017 a tax benefit was recorded, based on estimates, for the effects of the TCJA.

The SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (SAB 118), to address the application of U.S. GAAP in situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of the TCJA. SAB 118 describes three scenarios associated with a company’s status of accounting for the TCJA income tax reform: (1) a company reflects the income tax effects of the Act in which the accounting under ASC 740 is complete, (2) a company is able to determine a reasonable estimate for certain effects of tax reform and records that estimate as a provisional amount, or (3) a company is not able to determine a reasonable estimate and therefore continues to apply ASC 740, Income Taxes, based on the provisions of the tax laws in effect immediately prior to tax reform being enacted.

In the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company has recorded a benefit of $161 million for the effects of the change in tax law including all materially impacted items and for which the accounting under ASC 740 is complete. The Company made reasonable estimates resulting in $38 million of expense reported as a provisional amount. Provisional amounts would include, for example, reasonable estimates that give rise to new current or deferred taxes based on certain provisions within the TCJA, as well as adjustments to existing current or deferred taxes that existed prior to the TCJA’s enactment date. There were no items for which the Company was unable to make reasonable estimates for effects of the tax law change. The ultimate impact may differ from these provisional amounts, possibly materially, due to, among other things, additional analysis, changes in interpretations and assumptions the Company has made, additional regulatory guidance that may be issued, and actions the Company may take as a result of the TCJA. The accounting is expected to be complete no later than one year from date of enactment of the TCJA.

The impact of the TCJA was calculated using a process taking into account all available information. The amounts are considered to be estimates. Updates to the estimate will occur in the normal course, including as the Company receives additional information, upon the issuance of relevant tax legislative guidance, and resulting from actions the Company may take as a result of the TCJA.

In the ordinary course of business, we operate in various taxing jurisdictions and are subject to income and non-income taxes. The effective tax rate is based in part on our interpretation of the relevant current tax laws. We believe the aggregate liabilities related to taxes are appropriately reflected in the consolidated financial statements. We review the appropriate tax treatment of all transactions taking into consideration statutory, judicial, and regulatory guidance in the context of our tax positions. In addition, we rely on various tax opinions, recent tax audits, and historical experience.

From time-to-time, we engage in business transactions that may affect our tax liabilities. Where appropriate, we obtain opinions of outside experts and assess the relative merits and risks of the appropriate tax treatment of business transactions taking into account statutory, judicial, and regulatory guidance in the context of the tax position. However, changes to our estimates of

Table of Contents

accrued taxes can occur due to changes in tax rates, implementation of new business strategies, resolution of issues with taxing authorities regarding previously taken tax positions, and newly enacted statutory, judicial, and regulatory guidance. Such changes could affect the amount of our accrued taxes and could be material to our financial position and / or results of operations.

Deferred Tax Assets

At December 31, 2017, we had a net federal deferred tax liability of $57 million and a net state deferred tax asset of $25 million. The federal net deferred tax liability includes a non-cash estimated write-down of our deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets as a result of the TCJA. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more-likely-than-not some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. All available evidence, both positive and negative, was considered to determine whether, based on the weight of that evidence, impairment should be recognized. Our forecast process includes judgmental and quantitative elements that may be subject to significant change. If our forecast of taxable income within the carryforward periods available under applicable law is not sufficient to cover the amount of net deferred tax assets, such assets may be impaired. Based on our analysis of both positive and negative evidence and our ability to offset the net deferred tax assets against our forecasted future taxable income, there was no impairment of the net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2017, other than a valuation allowance relating to state net operating loss carryovers.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The acquisition method of accounting requires that acquired assets and liabilities are recorded at their fair values as of the date of acquisition. This often involves estimates based on third party valuations or internal valuations based on discounted cash flow analyses or other valuation techniques, all of which are inherently subjective. Acquisitions typically result in goodwill, the amount by which the cost of net assets acquired in a business combination exceeds their fair value, which is subject to impairment testing at least annually. The amortization of identified intangible assets recognized in a business combination is based upon the estimated economic benefits to be received over their economic life, which is also subjective. Customer attrition rates that are based on historical experience are used to determine the estimated economic life of certain intangibles assets, including but not limited to, customer deposit intangibles. Refer to Note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding these items.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements and Developments

Note 2 to Consolidated Financial Statements discusses new accounting pronouncements adopted during 2017 and the expected impact of accounting pronouncements recently issued but not yet required to be adopted. To the extent the adoption of new accounting standards materially affect financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity, the impacts are discussed in the applicable section of this MD&A and the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Item 7A: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Information required by this item is set forth under the heading of “Market Risk” in Item 7 (MD&A), which is incorporated by reference into this item.

Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Information required by this item is set forth in the Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes, and Selected Annual Income Statements.

Table of Contents

REPORT OF MANAGEMENT'S EVALUATION OF DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

The Management of Huntington Bancshares Incorporated (Huntington or the Company) is responsible for the financial information and representations contained in the Consolidated Financial Statements and other sections of this report. The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. In all material respects, they reflect the substance of transactions that should be included based on informed judgments, estimates, and currently available information. Management maintains a system of internal accounting controls, which includes the careful selection and training of qualified personnel, appropriate segregation of responsibilities, communication of written policies and procedures, and a broad program of internal audits. The costs of the controls are balanced against the expected benefits. During 2017, the audit committee of the board of directors met regularly with Management, Huntington’s internal auditors, and the independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, to review the scope of the audits and to discuss the evaluation of internal accounting controls and financial reporting matters. The independent registered public accounting firm and the internal auditors have free access to, and meet confidentially with, the audit committee to discuss appropriate matters. Also, Huntington maintains a disclosure review committee. This committee’s purpose is to design and maintain disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the financial and operating condition of Huntington is properly reported to its chief executive officer, chief financial officer, internal auditors, and the audit committee of the board of directors in connection with the preparation and filing of periodic reports and the certification of those reports by the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer.

REPORT OF MANAGEMENT’S ASSESSMENT OF INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Huntington’s Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017. In making this assessment, Management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013). Based on that assessment, Management concluded that, as of December 31, 2017, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing on the next page.

Stephen D. Steinour – Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer

Howell D. McCullough III – Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

February 16, 2018

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Huntington Bancshares Incorporated and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Basis for Opinions

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Report of Management’s Assessment of Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Table of Contents

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Columbus, Ohio

February 16, 2018

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2015.

Table of Contents

Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Consolidated Balance Sheets



	December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions, except per share amounts)	2017			2016
Assets
Cash and due from banks	$	1,520		$	1,385
Interest-bearing deposits in banks	47			58
Trading account securities	86			133
Available-for-sale and other securities	15,469			15,563
Held-to-maturity securities	9,091			7,807
Loans held for sale (includes $413 and $438 respectively, measured at fair value)(1)	488			513
Loans and leases (includes $93 and $82 respectively, measured at fair value)(1)	70,117			66,962
Allowance for loan and lease losses	(691		)	(638		)
Net loans and leases	69,426			66,324
Bank owned life insurance	2,466			2,432
Premises and equipment	864			816
Goodwill	1,993			1,993
Other intangible assets	346			402
Servicing rights	238			226
Accrued income and other assets	2,151			2,062
Total assets	$	104,185		$	99,714
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
Liabilities
Deposits in domestic offices
Demand deposits—noninterest-bearing	$	21,546		$	22,836
Interest-bearing	55,495			52,772
Deposits	77,041			75,608
Short-term borrowings	5,056			3,693
Long-term debt	9,206			8,309
Accrued expenses and other liabilities	2,068			1,796
Total liabilities	93,371			89,406
Commitments and contingencies (Note 21)
Shareholders’ equity
Preferred stock	1,071			1,071
Common stock	11			11
Capital surplus	9,707			9,881
Less treasury shares, at cost	(35		)	(27		)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(528		)	(401		)
Retained earnings (deficit)	588			(227		)
Total shareholders’ equity	10,814			10,308
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	104,185		$	99,714
Common shares authorized (par value of $0.01)	1,500,000,000			1,500,000,000
Common shares issued	1,075,294,946			1,088,641,251
Common shares outstanding	1,072,026,681			1,085,688,538
Treasury shares outstanding	3,268,265			2,952,713
Preferred stock, authorized shares	6,617,808			6,617,808
Preferred shares issued	2,702,571			2,702,571
Preferred shares outstanding	1,098,006			1,098,006


(1)	Amounts represent loans for which Huntington has elected the fair value option. See Note 18.

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Table of Contents

Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Consolidated Statements of Income



	Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions, except per share amounts)	2017			2016			2015
Interest and fee income:
Loans and leases	$	2,838		$	2,178		$	1,760
Available-for-sale and other securities
Taxable	303			223			202
Tax-exempt	77			59			42
Held-to-maturity securities	193			138			87
Other	22			34			24
Total interest income	3,433			2,632			2,115
Interest expense
Deposits	180			102			82
Short-term borrowings	25			5			2
Federal Home Loan Bank advances	—			—			1
Subordinated notes and other long-term debt	226			156			79
Total interest expense	431			263			164
Net interest income	3,002			2,369			1,951
Provision for credit losses	201			191			100
Net interest income after provision for credit losses	2,801			2,178			1,851
Service charges on deposit accounts	353			324			280
Cards and payment processing income	206			169			143
Trust and investment management services	156			123			116
Mortgage banking income	131			128			112
Insurance income	81			84			81
Capital markets fees	76			60			54
Bank owned life insurance income	67			58			52
Gain on sale of loans	56			47			33
Net gains on sales of securities	—			2			3
Impairment losses recognized in earnings on available-for-sale securities (a)	(4		)	(2		)	(2		)
Other Income	185			157			167
Total noninterest income	1,307			1,150			1,039
Personnel costs	1,524			1,349			1,122
Outside data processing and other services	313			305			231
Net occupancy	212			153			122
Equipment	171			165			125
Deposit and other insurance expense	78			54			45
Professional services	69			105			50
Marketing	60			63			52
Amortization of intangibles	56			30			28
Other expense	231			184			201
Total noninterest expense	2,714			2,408			1,976
Income before income taxes	1,394			920			914
Provision for income taxes	208			208			221
Net income	1,186			712			693
Dividends on preferred shares	76			65			32
Net income applicable to common shares	$	1,110		$	647		$	661
Average common shares—basic	1,084,686			904,438			803,412
Average common shares—diluted	1,136,186			918,790			817,129
Per common share:
Net income—basic	$	1.02		$	0.72		$	0.82
Net income—diluted	1.00			0.70			0.81
Cash dividends declared	0.35			0.29			0.25


(a)	The following OTTI losses are included in securities losses for the periods presented:



Total OTTI losses	$	(4	)	$	(6	)	$	(3	)
Noncredit-related portion of loss recognized in OCI	—			4			1
Net impairment credit losses recognized in earnings	$	(4	)	$	(2	)	$	(2	)

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Table of Contents

Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income



	Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017			2016			2015
Net income	$	1,186		$	712		$	693
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
Unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale and other securities:
Non-credit-related impairment recoveries on debt securities not expected to be sold	2			1			13
Unrealized net gains (losses) on available-for-sale and other securities arising during the period, net of reclassification for net realized gains and losses	(39		)	(202		)	(20		)
Total unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities	(37		)	(201		)	(7		)
Unrealized gains on cash flow hedging derivatives, net of reclassifications to income	3			1			8
Change in accumulated unrealized gains (losses) for pension and other post-retirement obligations	—			25			(5		)
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax	(34		)	(175		)	(4		)
Comprehensive income	$	1,152		$	537		$	689

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Table of Contents

Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity



															Accumulated
															Other			Retained
(dollar amounts in millions, except per share amounts)	Preferred Stock		Common Stock				Capital			Treasury Stock					Comprehensive			Earnings
	Amount		Shares		Amount		Surplus			Shares		Amount			Loss			(Deficit)			Total
Year Ended December 31, 2017
Balance, beginning of year	$	1,071	1,088,641		$	11	$	9,881		(2,953	)	$	(27	)	$	(401	)	$	(227	)	$	10,308
Net income																		1,186			1,186
Other comprehensive income (loss)															(34		)				(34		)
Repurchases of common stock			(19,430	)	—		(260		)												(260		)
Cash dividends declared:
Common ($0.35 per share)																		(379		)	(379		)
Preferred Series A ($85.00 per share)																		(31		)	(31		)
Preferred Series B ($39.11 per share)																		(1		)	(1		)
Preferred Series C ($58.76 per share)																		(6		)	(6		)
Preferred Series D ($62.50 per share)																		(38		)	(38		)
Recognition of the fair value of share-based compensation							92														92
Other share-based compensation activity			5,923		—		(10		)									(9		)	(19		)
TCJA, Reclassification from accumulated OCI to retained earnings															(93		)	93			—
Other			161		—		4			(315	)	(8		)				—			(4		)
Balance, end of year	$	1,071	1,075,295		$	11	$	9,707		(3,268	)	$	(35	)	$	(528	)	$	588		$	10,814

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Table of Contents

Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity



													Accumulated
													Other			Retained
(dollar amounts in millions, except per share amounts)	Preferred Stock		Common Stock			Capital		Treasury Stock					Comprehensive			Earnings
	Amount		Shares	Amount		Surplus		Shares		Amount			Loss			(Deficit)			Total
Year Ended December 31, 2016
Balance, beginning of year	$	386	796,970	$	8	$	7,039	(2,041	)	$	(18	)	$	(226	)	$	(594	)	$	6,595
Net income																712			712
Other comprehensive income (loss)													(175		)				(175		)
FirstMerit Acquisition:
Issuance of common stock			285,425	3		2,764													2,767
Issuance of Series C preferred stock	100					4													104
Net proceeds from issuance of Series D preferred stock	585																		585
Cash dividends declared:
Common ($0.29 per share)																(275		)	(275		)
Preferred Series A ($85.00 per share)																(31		)	(31		)
Preferred Series B ($34.03 per share)																(1		)	(1		)
Preferred Series C ($26.28 per share)																(3		)	(3		)
Preferred Series D ($51.04 per share)																(31		)	(31		)
Recognition of the fair value of share-based compensation						66													66
Other share-based compensation activity			5,924	—		5										(4		)	1
Other			322	—		3		(912	)	(9		)				—			(6		)
Balance, end of year	$	1,071	1,088,641	$	11	$	9,881	(2,953	)	$	(27	)	$	(401	)	$	(227	)	$	10,308

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Table of Contents

Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity



															Accumulated
															Other			Retained
(dollar amounts in millions, except per share amounts)	Preferred Stock		Common Stock				Capital			Treasury Stock					Comprehensive			Earnings
	Amount		Shares		Amount		Surplus			Shares		Amount			Loss			(Deficit)			Total
Year Ended December 31, 2015
Balance, beginning of year	$	386	813,136		$	8	$	7,222		(1,682	)	$	(14	)	$	(222	)	$	(1,052	)	$	6,328
Net income																		693			693
Other comprehensive income (loss)															(4		)				(4		)
Repurchase of common stock			(23,036	)	—		(252		)												(252		)
Cash dividends declared:
Common ($0.25 per share)																		(200		)	(200		)
Preferred Series A ($85.00 per share)																		(31		)	(31		)
Preferred Series B ($29.84 per share)																		(1		)	(1		)
Recognition of the fair value of share-based compensation							51														51
Other share-based compensation activity			6,784		—		16											(3		)	13
Other			86		—		2			(359	)	(4		)				—			(2		)
Balance, end of year	$	386	796,970		$	8	$	7,039		(2,041	)	$	(18	)	$	(226	)	$	(594	)	$	6,595

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Table of Contents

Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows



	Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017			2016			2015
Operating activities
Net income	$	1,186		$	712		$	693
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:
Provision for credit losses	201			191			100
Depreciation and amortization	413			380			341
Share-based compensation expense	92			66			51
Deferred income tax expense	168			165			69
Net gains on sales of securities	—			(2		)	(3		)
Impairment losses recognized in earnings on available-for-sale securities	4			2			2
Net Change in:
Trading account securities	47			(96		)	5
Loans held for sale	12			(123		)	54
Accrued income and other assets	(420		)	(96		)	(234		)
Accrued expense and other liabilities	233			4			(35		)
Other, net	18			12			(10		)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	1,954			1,215			1,033
Investing activities
Change in interest bearing deposits in banks	39			26			13
Cash paid for acquisition of a business, net of cash received	—			(133		)	(458		)
Proceeds from:
Maturities and calls of available-for-sale and other securities	1,946			2,113			1,908
Maturities and calls of held-to-maturity securities	1,054			1,212			595
Sales of available-for-sale securities	2,490			6,154			163
Purchases of available-for-sale securities	(5,418		)	(10,888		)	(4,507		)
Purchases of held-to-maturity securities	(1,356		)	—			(379		)
Net proceeds from sales of portfolio loans	603			2,981			1,304
Net loan and lease activity, excluding sales and purchases	(3,680		)	(3,951		)	(3,187		)
Purchases of premises and equipment	(194		)	(120		)	(93		)
Proceeds from sales of other real estate	38			50			36
Purchases of loans and leases	(405		)	(411		)	(334		)
Net cash paid for branch divestiture	—			(480		)	—
Other, net	17			2			10
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	(4,866		)	(3,445		)	(4,929		)
Financing activities
Increase (decrease) in deposits	1,433			(292		)	3,644
Increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings	1,371			1,900			(1,819		)
Sale of deposits	—			—			(48		)
Net proceeds from issuance of long-term debt	1,816			2,128			3,232
Maturity/redemption of long-term debt	(948		)	(1,275		)	(1,037		)
Dividends paid on preferred stock	(76		)	(54		)	(32		)
Dividends paid on common stock	(349		)	(245		)	(193		)
Repurchases of common stock	(260		)	—			(252		)
Proceeds from stock options exercised	11			17			19
Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock	—			585			—
Net proceeds from issuance of secured financing	75			—			—
Payments related to tax-withholding for share based compensation awards	(26		)	—			—
Other, net	—			4			8
Net cash provided by (used) financing activities	3,047			2,768			3,522
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	135			538			(374		)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	1,385			847			1,221
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	1,520		$	1,385		$	847


	Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017			2016			2015
Supplemental disclosures:
Interest paid	$	409		$	241		$	150
Income taxes paid	84			5			154
Non-cash activities:
Common stock issued to acquire FirstMerit	—			2,767			—
Preferred stock issued to acquire FirstMerit	—			104			—
Loans transferred to held-for-sale from portfolio	660			3,437			1,727
Loans transferred to portfolio from held-for-sale	12			482			278
Transfer of loans to OREO	29			79			25
Transfer of securities to held-to-maturity from available-for-sale	993			2,870			3,000

Table of Contents

Huntington Bancshares Incorporated

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations — Huntington Bancshares Incorporated (Huntington or the Company) is a multi-state diversified regional bank holding company organized under Maryland law in 1966 and headquartered in Columbus, Ohio. Through its subsidiaries, including its bank subsidiary, The Huntington National Bank (the Bank), Huntington is engaged in providing full-service commercial, small business, consumer banking services, mortgage banking services, automobile financing, recreational vehicle and marine financing, equipment leasing, investment management, trust services, brokerage services, customized insurance programs, and other financial products and services. Huntington’s banking offices are located in Ohio, Illinois, Michigan, Pennsylvania, Indiana, West Virginia, Wisconsin and Kentucky. Select financial services and other activities are also conducted in various other states. International banking services are available through the headquarters office in Columbus, Ohio.

Basis of Presentation — The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Huntington and its majority-owned subsidiaries and are presented in accordance with GAAP. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. Companies in which Huntington holds more than a 50% voting equity interest, or a controlling financial interest, or are a VIE in which Huntington has the power to direct the activities of an entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and has an obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the VIE which could potentially be significant to the VIE are consolidated. VIEs are legal entities with insubstantial equity, whose equity investors lack the ability to make decisions about the entity’s activities, or whose equity investors do not have the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive the residual returns of the entity if they occur. VIEs in which Huntington does not hold the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance or does not have an obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the VIE which could potentially be significant to the VIE are not consolidated. For consolidated entities where Huntington holds less than a 100% interest, Huntington recognizes non-controlling interest (included in shareholders’ equity) for the equity held by others and non-controlling profit or loss (included in noninterest expense) for the portion of the entity’s earnings attributable to other’s interests. Investments in companies that are not consolidated are accounted for using the equity method when Huntington has the ability to exert significant influence. Those investments in nonmarketable securities for which Huntington does not have the ability to exert significant influence are generally accounted for using the cost method. Investments in private investment partnerships that are accounted for under the equity method or the cost method are included in Accrued income and other assets and Huntington’s proportional interest in the equity investments’ earnings are included in other noninterest income. Investment interests accounted for under the cost and equity methods are periodically evaluated for impairment.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that significantly affect amounts reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements. Huntington utilizes processes that involve the use of significant estimates and the judgments of management in determining the amount of its allowance for credit losses, income taxes, deferred tax, and contingent liabilities, as well as fair value measurements of investment securities, derivatives, goodwill, other intangible assets, pension assets and liabilities, short-term borrowings, mortgage servicing rights, and loans held for sale. As with any estimate, actual results could differ from those estimates.

For statements of cash flows purposes, cash and cash equivalents are defined as the sum of Cash and due from banks, which includes amounts on deposit with the Federal Reserve and Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements.

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.

Resale and Repurchase Agreements — Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are treated as collateralized financing transactions and are recorded at the amounts at which the securities were acquired or sold plus accrued interest. The fair value of collateral either received from or provided to a third-party is continually monitored and additional collateral is obtained or requested to be returned to Huntington in accordance with the agreement.

Securities — Securities purchased with the intention of recognizing short-term profits or which are actively bought and sold are classified as trading account securities and reported at fair value. The unrealized gains or losses on trading account securities are recorded in other noninterest income, except for gains and losses on trading account securities used to economically hedge the fair value of MSRs, which are included in mortgage banking income. Debt securities purchased in which Huntington has the positive intent and ability to hold to their maturity are classified as held-to-maturity securities. Held-to-maturity securities are recorded at amortized cost. All other debt and equity securities are classified as available-for-sale and other securities. Unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale and other securities are reported as a separate component of accumulated OCI in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity. Credit-related declines in the value of debt securities that are considered OTTI are recorded in noninterest income.

Huntington evaluates its investment securities portfolio on a quarterly basis for indicators of OTTI. Huntington assesses whether OTTI has occurred when the fair value of a debt security is less than the amortized cost basis at the balance sheet date. Management reviews the amount of unrealized loss, the length of time the security has been in an unrealized loss position, the credit rating history,

Table of Contents

market trends of similar security classes, time remaining to maturity, and the source of both interest and principal payments to identify securities which could potentially be impaired. For those debt securities that Huntington intends to sell or is more likely than not required to sell, before the recovery of their amortized cost bases, the difference between fair value and amortized cost is considered to be OTTI and is recognized in noninterest income. For those debt securities that Huntington does not intend to sell or is not more likely than not required to sell, prior to expected recovery of amortized cost bases, the credit portion of the OTTI is recognized in noninterest income while the noncredit portion is recognized on OCI. In determining the credit portion, Huntington uses a discounted cash flow analysis, which includes evaluating the timing and amount of the expected cash flows. Non-credit-related OTTI results from other factors, including increased liquidity spreads and higher interest rates. Presentation of OTTI is made in the Consolidated Statements of Income on a gross basis with a reduction for the amount of OTTI recognized in OCI.

Securities transactions are recognized on the trade date (the date the order to buy or sell is executed). The carrying value plus any related accumulated OCI balance of sold securities is used to compute realized gains and losses. Interest and dividends on securities, including amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts using the effective interest method over the period to maturity, are included in interest income.

Nonmarketable equity securities include stock acquired for regulatory purposes, such as FHLB stock and FRB stock. These securities are accounted for at cost, evaluated for impairment, and included in available-for-sale and other securities.

Loans and Leases — Loans and direct financing leases for which Huntington has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future, or until maturity or payoff, are classified in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as loans and leases. Except for purchase credit impaired loans and loans for which the fair value option has been elected, loans and leases are carried at the principal amount outstanding, net of charge-offs, unamortized deferred loan origination fees and costs, premiums and discounts, and unearned income. Direct financing leases are reported at the aggregate of lease payments receivable and estimated residual values, net of unearned and deferred income. Interest income is accrued as earned using the interest method based on unpaid principal balances. Huntington defers the fees it receives from the origination of loans and leases, as well as the direct costs of those activities. Huntington also acquires loans at a premium and at a discount to their contractual values. Except for purchased credit impaired loans, Huntington amortizes loan discounts, premiums, and net loan origination fees and costs over the contractual lives of the related loans using the effective interest method.

Troubled debt restructurings are loans for which the original contractual terms have been modified to provide a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties. Loan modifications are considered TDRs when the concessions provided are not available to the borrower through either normal channels or other sources. However, not all loan modifications are TDRs. Modifications resulting in troubled debt restructurings may include changes to one or more terms of the loan, including but not limited to, a change in interest rate, an extension of the repayment period, a reduction in payment amount, and partial forgiveness or deferment of principal or accrued interest.

Residual values on leased equipment are evaluated quarterly for impairment. Impairment of the residual values of direct financing leases determined to be other than temporary is recognized by writing the leases down to fair value with a charge to other noninterest expense. Leased equipment residual value impairment will arise if the expected fair value is less than the carrying amount, net of estimated amounts reimbursable by the lessee. Future declines in the expected residual value of the leased equipment would result in expected losses of the leased equipment.

For leased equipment, the residual component of a direct financing lease represents the estimated fair value of the leased equipment at the end of the lease term. Huntington uses industry data, historical experience, and independent appraisals to establish these residual value estimates. Additional information regarding product life cycle, product upgrades, as well as insight into competing products are obtained through relationships with industry contacts and are factored into residual value estimates where applicable.

Loans Held for Sale — Loans in which Huntington does not have the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future are classified as loans held for sale. Loans held for sale (excluding loans originated or acquired with the intent to sell, which are carried at fair value) are carried at the lower of cost or fair value less cost to sell. The fair value option is generally elected for mortgage loans held for sale to facilitate hedging of the loans. The fair value of such loans is estimated based on the inputs that include prices of mortgage backed securities adjusted for other variables such as, interest rates, expected credit defaults and market discount rates. The adjusted value reflects the price we expect to receive from the sale of such loans.

Allowance for Credit Losses — Huntington maintains two reserves, both of which reflect management’s judgment regarding the appropriate level necessary to absorb credit losses inherent in our loan and lease portfolio: the ALLL and the AULC. Combined, these reserves comprise the total ACL. The determination of the ACL requires significant estimates, including the timing and amounts of expected future cash flows on impaired loans and leases, consideration of current economic conditions, and historical loss experience pertaining to pools of homogeneous loans and leases, all of which may be susceptible to change.

The appropriateness of the ACL is based on management’s current judgments about the credit quality of the loan portfolio. These judgments consider on-going evaluations of the loan and lease portfolio, including such factors as the differing economic risks associated with each loan category, the financial condition of specific borrowers, the level of delinquent loans, the value of any collateral and, where applicable, the existence of any guarantees or other documented support. Further, management evaluates the

Table of Contents

impact of changes in interest rates and overall economic conditions on the ability of borrowers to meet their financial obligations when quantifying our exposure to credit losses and assessing the appropriateness of our ACL at each reporting date. In addition to general economic conditions and the other factors described above, additional factors also considered include: the impact of increasing or decreasing commercial real estate values and the development of new or expanded Commercial business segments.

The ALLL consists of two components: (1) the transaction reserve, which includes a loan level allocation, specific reserves related to loans considered to be impaired, and loans involved in troubled debt restructurings, and (2) the general reserve. The transaction reserve component includes both (1) an estimate of loss based on pools of commercial and consumer loans and leases with similar characteristics and (2) an estimate of loss based on an impairment review of each impaired C&I and CRE loan where obligor balance is greater than $1 million. For the C&I and CRE portfolios, the estimate of loss based on pools of loans and leases with similar characteristics is made by applying a PD factor and a LGD factor to each individual loan based on a regularly updated loan grade, using a standardized loan grading system. The PD factor and an LGD factor are determined for each loan grade using statistical models based on historical performance data. The PD factor considers on-going reviews of the financial performance of the specific borrower, including cash flow, debt-service coverage ratio, earnings power, debt level, and equity position, in conjunction with an assessment of the borrower’s industry and future prospects. The LGD factor considers analysis of the type of collateral and the relative LTV ratio. These reserve factors are developed based on credit migration models that track historical movements of loans between loan ratings over time and a combination of long-term average loss experience of our own portfolio and external industry data.

In the case of more homogeneous portfolios, such as automobile loans, home equity loans, and residential mortgage loans, the determination of the transaction reserve also incorporates PD and LGD factors. The estimate of loss is based on pools of loans and leases with similar characteristics. The PD factor considers current credit scores unless the account is delinquent, in which case a higher PD factor is used driven by the associated delinquency status. The credit score provides a basis for understanding the borrower’s past and current payment performance, and this information is used to estimate expected losses over the emergence period. The performance of first-lien loans ahead of our junior-lien loans is available to use as part of our updated score process. The LGD factor considers analysis of the type of collateral and the relative LTV ratio. Credit scores, models, analyses, and other factors used to determine both the PD and LGD factors are updated frequently to capture the recent behavioral characteristics of the subject portfolios, as well as any changes in loss mitigation or credit origination strategies, and adjustments to the reserve factors are made as required.

The general reserve consists of various risk-profile reserve components. The risk-profile component considers items unique to our structure, policies, processes, and portfolio composition, as well as qualitative measurements and assessments of the loan portfolios including, but not limited to, concentrations, portfolio composition, industry comparisons, and internal review functions.

The estimate for the AULC is determined using the same procedures and methodologies as used for the ALLL. The loss factors used in the AULC are the same as the loss factors used in the ALLL while also considering a historical utilization of unused commitments. The AULC is recorded in Accrued expenses and other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Nonaccrual and Past Due Loans — Loans are considered past due when the contractual amounts due with respect to principal and interest are not received within 30 days of the contractual due date.

Any loan in any portfolio may be placed on nonaccrual status prior to the policies described below when collection of principal or interest is in doubt. When a borrower with debt is discharged in a Chapter 7 bankruptcy and not reaffirmed by the borrower, the loan is determined to be collateral dependent and placed on nonaccrual status, unless there is a co-borrower.

All classes within the C&I and CRE portfolios (except for purchased credit-impaired loans) are placed on nonaccrual status at 90-days past due. First-lien home equity loans are placed on nonaccrual status at 150-days past due. Junior-lien home equity loans are placed on nonaccrual status at the earlier of 120-days past due or when the related first-lien loan has been identified as nonaccrual. Automobile, RV and marine finance and other consumer loans are placed on non-accrual if not charged off when the loan is 120-days past due. Residential mortgage loans are placed on nonaccrual status at 150-days past due, with the exception of residential mortgages guaranteed by government agencies which continue to accrue interest at the rate guaranteed by the government agency. Huntington is reimbursed from the government agency for reasonable expenses incurred in servicing loans.

For all classes within all loan portfolios, when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, any accrued interest income is reversed with current year accruals charged to interest income, and prior year amounts charged-off as a credit loss.

For all classes within all loan portfolios, cash receipts on NALs are applied against principal until the loan or lease has been collected in full, including the charged-off portion, after which time any additional cash receipts are recognized as interest income. However, for secured non-reaffirmed debt in a Chapter 7 bankruptcy, payments are applied to principal and interest when the borrower has demonstrated a capacity to continue payment of the debt and collection of the debt is reasonably assured. For unsecured non-reaffirmed debt in a Chapter 7 bankruptcy where the carrying value has been fully charged-off, payments are recorded as loan recoveries.

Regarding all classes within the C&I and CRE portfolios, the determination of a borrower’s ability to make the required principal and interest payments is based on an examination of the borrower’s current financial statements, industry, management capabilities, and other qualitative measures. For all classes within the consumer loan portfolio, the determination of a borrower’s

Table of Contents

ability to make the required principal and interest payments is based on multiple factors, including number of days past due and, in some instances, an evaluation of the borrower’s financial condition. When, in management’s judgment, the borrower’s ability to make required principal and interest payments resumes and collectability is no longer in doubt, supported by sustained repayment history, the loan is returned to accrual status. For these loans that have been returned to accrual status, cash receipts are applied according to the contractual terms of the loan.

Charge-off of Uncollectible Loans — Any loan in any portfolio may be charged-off prior to the policies described below if a loss confirming event has occurred. Loss confirming events include, but are not limited to, bankruptcy (unsecured), continued delinquency, foreclosure, or receipt of an asset valuation indicating a collateral deficiency and that asset is the sole source of repayment. Additionally, discharged, collateral dependent non-reaffirmed debt in Chapter 7 bankruptcy filings will result in a charge-off to estimated collateral value, less anticipated selling costs.

C&I and CRE loans are either charged-off or written down to net realizable value at 90-days past due. Automobile, RV and marine finance and other consumer loans are generally charged-off at 120-days past due. First-lien and junior-lien home equity loans are charged-off to the estimated fair value of the collateral, less anticipated selling costs, at 150-days past due and 120-days past due, respectively. Residential mortgages are charged-off to the estimated fair value of the collateral at 150-days past due.

Impaired Loans — For all classes within the C&I and CRE portfolios, all loans with an obligor balance of $1 million or greater are evaluated on a quarterly basis for impairment. Except for TDRs, consumer loans within any class are generally not individually evaluated on a regular basis for impairment. All TDRs, regardless of the outstanding balance amount, are also considered to be impaired. Loans acquired with evidence of deterioration in credit quality since origination for which it is probable at acquisition that all contractually required payments will not be collected are also considered to be impaired.

Once a loan has been identified for an assessment of impairment, the loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement will not be collected. This determination requires significant judgment and use of estimates, and the eventual outcome may differ significantly from those estimates.

When a loan in any class has been determined to be impaired, the amount of the impairment is measured using the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or, as a practical expedient, the observable market price of the loan, or the fair value of the collateral, less anticipated selling costs, if the loan is collateral dependent. A specific reserve is established as a component of the ALLL when a loan has been determined to be impaired. Subsequent to the initial measurement of impairment, if there is a significant change to the impaired loan’s expected future cash flows, or if actual cash flows are significantly different from the cash flows previously estimated, Huntington recalculates the impairment and appropriately adjusts the specific reserve. Similarly, if Huntington measures impairment based on the observable market price of an impaired loan or the fair value of the collateral of an impaired collateral dependent loan, Huntington will adjust the specific reserve.

When a loan within any class is impaired, the accrual of interest income is discontinued unless the receipt of principal and interest is no longer in doubt. Interest income on TDRs is accrued when all principal and interest is expected to be collected under the post-modification terms. Cash receipts on nonaccruing impaired loans within any class are generally applied entirely against principal until the loan has been collected in full (including any portion charged-off) or the loan is deemed current, after which time any additional cash receipts are recognized as interest income. Cash receipts on accruing impaired loans within any class are applied in the same manner as accruing loans that are not considered impaired.

Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans — Purchased loans with evidence of deterioration in credit quality since origination, for which it is probable at acquisition that we will be unable to collect all contractually required payments, are considered to be credit impaired. Purchased credit-impaired loans are initially recorded at fair value, which is estimated by discounting the cash flows expected to be collected at the acquisition date. Because the estimate of expected cash flows reflects an estimate of future credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loans, an allowance for credit losses is not recorded at the acquisition date. The excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value, referred to as the accretable yield, is recognized in interest income over the remaining life of the loan, or pool of loans, on a level-yield basis. The difference between the contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the nonaccretable difference. A subsequent decrease in the estimate of cash flows expected to be received on purchased credit-impaired loans generally results in the recognition of an allowance for credit losses. Subsequent increases in cash flows result in reversal of any nonaccretable difference (or allowance for loan and lease losses to the extent one has been recorded) with a positive impact on interest income subsequently recognized. The measurement of cash flows involves assumptions and judgments for interest rates, prepayments, default rates, loss severity, and collateral values. All of these factors are inherently subjective and significant changes in the cash flow estimates over the life of the loan can result.

Transfers of Financial Assets and Securitizations — Transfers of financial assets in which we have surrendered control over the transferred assets are accounted for as sales. In assessing whether control has been surrendered, we consider whether the transferee would be a consolidated affiliate, the existence and extent of any continuing involvement in the transferred financial assets, and the impact of all arrangements or agreements made contemporaneously with, or in contemplation of, the transfer, even if they were not

Table of Contents

entered into at the time of transfer. Control is generally considered to have been surrendered when (i) the transferred assets have been legally isolated from us or any of our consolidated affiliates, even in bankruptcy or other receivership, (ii) the transferee (or, if the transferee is an entity whose sole purpose is to engage in securitization or asset-backed financing that is constrained from pledging or exchanging the assets it receives, each third-party holder of its beneficial interests) has the right to pledge or exchange the assets (or beneficial interests) it received without any constraints that provide more than a trivial benefit to us, and (iii) neither we nor our consolidated affiliates and agents have (a) both the right and obligation under any agreement to repurchase or redeem the transferred assets before their maturity, (b) the unilateral ability to cause the holder to return specific financial assets that also provides us with a more-than-trivial benefit (other than through a cleanup call) or (c) an agreement that permits the transferee to require us to repurchase the transferred assets at a price so favorable that it is probable that it will require us to repurchase them.

If the sale criteria are met, the transferred financial assets are removed from our balance sheet and a gain or loss on sale is recognized. If the sale criteria are not met, the transfer is recorded as a secured borrowing in which the assets remain on our balance sheet and the proceeds from the transaction are recognized as a liability. For the majority of financial asset transfers, it is clear whether or not we have surrendered control. For other transfers, such as in connection with complex transactions or where we have continuing involvement, we generally obtain a legal opinion as to whether the transfer results in a true sale by law.

From time to time we securitize certain automobile loans. Gains and losses on the loans and leases sold and servicing rights associated with loan and lease sales are determined when the related loans or leases are sold to either a securitization trust or third-party. For loan or lease sales with servicing retained, a servicing asset is recorded at fair value for the right to service the loans sold.

Derivative Financial Instruments — A variety of derivative financial instruments, principally interest rate swaps, caps, floors, and collars, are used in asset and liability management activities to protect against the risk of adverse price or interest rate movements. These instruments provide flexibility in adjusting Huntington’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates without exposure to loss of principal and higher funding requirements.

Huntington also uses derivatives, principally loan sale commitments, in hedging its mortgage loan interest rate lock commitments and its mortgage loans held for sale. Mortgage loan sale commitments and the related interest rate lock commitments are carried at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets with changes in fair value reflected in mortgage banking income. Huntington also uses certain derivative financial instruments to offset changes in value of its MSRs. These derivatives consist primarily of forward interest rate agreements and forward mortgage contracts. The derivative instruments used are not designated as qualifying hedges. Accordingly, such derivatives are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value reflected in mortgage banking income.

Derivative financial instruments are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as either an asset or a liability (in accrued income and other assets or accrued expenses and other liabilities, respectively) and measured at fair value. On the date a derivative contract is entered into, we designate it as either:


•	a qualifying hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment (fair value hedge);


•	a qualifying hedge of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset liability or forecasted transaction (cash flow hedge); or


•	a trading instrument or a non-qualifying (economic) hedge.

Changes in the fair value of a derivative that has been designated and qualifies as a fair value hedge, along with the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that is attributable to the hedged risk, are recorded in current period earnings. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that has been designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge, to the extent effective as a hedge, are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of income taxes, and reclassified into earnings in the period during which the hedged item affects earnings. Ineffectiveness in the hedging relationship is reflected in current period earnings. Changes in the fair value of derivatives held for trading purposes or which do not qualify for hedge accounting are reported in current period earnings.

For those derivatives to which hedge accounting is applied, Huntington formally documents the hedging relationship and the risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge. This documentation identifies the hedging instrument, the hedged item or transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged, and, unless the hedge meets all of the criteria to assume there is no ineffectiveness, the method that will be used to assess the effectiveness of the hedging instrument and how ineffectiveness will be measured. The methods utilized to assess retrospective hedge effectiveness, as well as the frequency of testing, vary based on the type of item being hedged and the designated hedge period. For specifically designated fair value hedges of certain fixed-rate debt, Huntington utilizes the short-cut method when certain criteria are met. For other fair value hedges of fixed-rate debt, including certificates of deposit, Huntington utilizes the regression method to evaluate hedge effectiveness on a quarterly basis. For fair value hedges of portfolio loans, the regression method is used to evaluate effectiveness on a daily basis. For cash flow hedges, the regression method is applied on a quarterly basis.

Hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively when:


•	the derivative is no longer effective or expected to be effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of a hedged item (including firm commitments or forecasted transactions);


•	the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised;


•	the forecasted transaction is no longer probable of occurring;

100

Table of Contents


•	the hedged firm commitment no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment; or


•	the designation of the derivative as a hedging instrument is removed.

When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is determined that the derivative no longer qualifies as an effective fair value or cash flow hedge, the derivative will continue to be carried on the balance sheet at fair value.

In the case of a discontinued fair value hedge of a recognized asset or liability, as long as the hedged item continues to exist on the balance sheet, the hedged item will no longer be adjusted for changes in fair value. The basis adjustment that had previously been recorded to the hedged item during the period from the hedge designation date to the hedge discontinuation date is recognized as an adjustment to the yield of the hedged item over the remaining life of the hedged item.

In the case of a discontinued cash flow hedge of a recognized asset or liability, as long as the hedged item continues to exist on the balance sheet, the effective portion of the changes in fair value of the hedging derivative will no longer be recorded to other comprehensive income. The balance applicable to the discontinued hedging relationship will be recognized in earnings over the remaining life of the hedged item as an adjustment to yield. If the discontinued hedged item was a forecasted transaction that is not expected to occur, any amounts recorded on the balance sheet related to the hedged item, including any amounts recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, are immediately reclassified to current period earnings.

In the case of either a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge, if the previously hedged item is sold or extinguished, the basis adjustment to the underlying asset or liability or any remaining unamortized AOCI balance will be recognized in the current period earnings.

In all other situations in which hedge accounting is discontinued, the derivative will be carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets, with changes in its fair value recognized in current period earnings unless re-designated as a qualifying hedge.

Like other financial instruments, derivatives contain an element of credit risk, which is the possibility that Huntington will incur a loss because the counterparty fails to meet its contractual obligations. Notional values of interest rate swaps and other off-balance sheet financial instruments significantly exceed the credit risk associated with these instruments and represent contractual balances on which calculations of amounts to be exchanged are based. Credit exposure is limited to the sum of the aggregate fair value of positions that have become favorable to Huntington, including any accrued interest receivable due from counterparties. Potential credit losses are mitigated through careful evaluation of counterparty credit standing, selection of counterparties from a limited group of high quality institutions, collateral agreements, and other contract provisions. Huntington considers the value of collateral held and collateral provided in determining the net carrying value of derivatives.

Huntington offsets the fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments and the fair value for the right to reclaim cash collateral or the obligation to return cash collateral arising from derivative instrument(s) recognized at fair value executed with the same counterparty under a master netting arrangement.

Repossessed Collateral — Repossessed collateral, also referred to as OREO, is comprised principally of commercial and residential real estate properties obtained in partial or total satisfaction of loan obligations, and is carried at fair value. Collateral obtained in satisfaction of a loan is recorded at the estimated fair value less anticipated selling costs based upon the property’s appraised value at the date of foreclosure, with any difference between the fair value of the property and the carrying value of the loan recorded as a charge-off. If the fair value is higher than the carrying amount of the loan the excess is recognized first as a recovery and then as noninterest income. Subsequent declines in value are reported as adjustments to the carrying amount and are recorded in noninterest expense. Gains or losses resulting from the sale of collateral are recognized in noninterest expense at the date of sale.

Collateral — We pledge assets as collateral as required for various transactions including security repurchase agreements, public deposits, loan notes, derivative financial instruments, short-term borrowings and long-term borrowings. Assets that have been pledged as collateral, including those that can be sold or repledged by the secured party, continue to be reported on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

We also accept collateral, primarily as part of various transactions including derivative and security resale agreements. Collateral accepted by us, including collateral that we can sell or repledge, is excluded from our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The market value of collateral we have accepted or pledged is regularly monitored and additional collateral is obtained or provided as necessary to ensure appropriate collateral coverage in these transactions.

Premises and Equipment — Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is computed principally by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Buildings and building improvements are depreciated over an average of 30 to 40 years and 10 to 30 years, respectively. Land improvements and furniture and fixtures are depreciated over an average of 5 to 20 years, while equipment is depreciated over a range of 3 to 10 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the asset’s useful life or the lease term, including any renewal periods for which renewal is reasonably assured. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, while improvements that extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized and depreciated over the remaining useful life. Premises and equipment is evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable.

101

Table of Contents

Mortgage Servicing Rights — Huntington recognizes the rights to service mortgage loans as separate assets, which are included in Servicing Rights in the Consolidated Balance Sheets when purchased, or when servicing is contractually separated from the underlying mortgage loans by sale or securitization of the loans with servicing rights retained.

For loan sales with servicing retained, a servicing asset is recorded on the day of the sale at fair value for the right to service the loans sold. To determine the fair value of a MSR, Huntington uses an option adjusted spread cash flow analysis incorporating market implied forward interest rates to estimate the future direction of mortgage and market interest rates. The forward rates utilized are derived from the current yield curve for U.S. dollar interest rate swaps and are consistent with pricing of capital markets instruments. The current and projected mortgage interest rate influences the prepayment rate and, therefore, the timing and magnitude of the cash flows associated with the MSR. Servicing revenues on mortgage loans are included in mortgage banking income.

At the time of initial capitalization, MSRs may be grouped into servicing classes based on the availability of market inputs used in determining fair value and the method used for managing the risks of the servicing assets. MSR assets are recorded using the fair value method or the amortization method. The election of the fair value or amortization method is made at the time each servicing class is established. All newly created MSRs since 2009 were recorded using the amortization method. Any change in the fair value of MSRs carried under the fair value method, as well as amortization and impairment of MSRs under the amortization method, during the period is recorded in mortgage banking income, which is reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Huntington economically hedges the value of certain MSRs using derivative instruments and trading securities. Changes in fair value of these derivatives and trading securities are reported as a component of mortgage banking income.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets — Under the acquisition method of accounting, the net assets of entities acquired by

Huntington are recorded at their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition. The excess cost of the acquisition over the fair value of net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Other intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized either on an accelerated or straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Goodwill is evaluated for impairment on an annual basis at October 1^st of each year or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Other intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable.

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits — Huntington recognizes the funded status of the postretirement benefit plans on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Net postretirement benefit cost charged to current earnings related to these plans is predominantly based on various actuarial assumptions regarding expected future experience.

Certain employees are participants in various defined contribution and other non-qualified supplemental retirement plans. Contributions to defined contribution plans are charged to current earnings.

In addition, we maintain a 401(k) plan covering substantially all employees. Employer contributions to the plan, which are charged to current earnings, are based on employee contributions.

Share-Based Compensation — Huntington uses the fair value based method of accounting for awards of HBAN stock granted to employees under various share-based compensation plans. Share-based compensation costs are recognized prospectively for all new awards granted under these plans. Compensation expense relating to stock options is calculated using a methodology that is based on the underlying assumptions of the Black-Scholes option pricing model and is charged to expense over the requisite service period (e.g. vesting period). Compensation expense relating to restricted stock awards is based upon the fair value of the awards on the date of grant and is charged to earnings over the requisite service period (e.g., vesting period) of the award.

Stock Repurchases — Acquisitions of Huntington stock are recorded at cost. The re-issuance of shares is recorded at weighted-average cost.

Income Taxes — Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Accordingly, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future book and tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income at the time of enactment of such change in tax rates. In the fourth quarter 2017, the TCJA was signed into law which requires the deferred tax assets and liabilities to be revalued using the 21% federal tax rate enacted. The effect was recorded in the fourth quarter tax provision.

Any interest or penalties due for payment of income taxes are included in the provision for income taxes. To the extent we do not consider it more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will be recovered, a valuation allowance is recorded. All positive and negative evidence is reviewed when determining how much of a valuation allowance is recognized on a quarterly basis. In determining the requirements for a valuation allowance, sources of possible taxable income are evaluated including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards, taxable income in appropriate carryback years, and tax-planning strategies. Huntington applies a more likely than not recognition threshold for all tax uncertainties.

102

Table of Contents

Bank Owned Life Insurance — Huntington’s bank owned life insurance policies are recorded at their cash surrender value. Huntington recognizes tax-exempt income from the periodic increases in the cash surrender value of these policies and from death benefits. A portion of the cash surrender value is supported by holdings in separate accounts. Book value protection for the separate accounts is provided by the insurance carriers and a highly rated major bank.

Fair Value Measurements — The Company records or discloses certain of its assets and liabilities at fair value. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Fair value measurements are classified within one of three levels in a valuation hierarchy based upon the observability of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:


•	Level 1 – inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.


•	Level 2 – inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.


•	Level 3 – inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

A financial instrument’s categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Segment Results — Accounting policies for the business segments are the same as those used in the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements with respect to activities specifically attributable to each business segment. However, the preparation of business segment results requires management to establish methodologies to allocate funding costs and benefits, expenses, and other financial elements to each business segment, which are described in Note 24.

103

Table of Contents

2. ACCOUNTING STANDARDS UPDATE



Standard	Summary of guidance	Effects on financial statements
ASU 2014-09 - Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Issued May 2014	- Topic 606 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, and most industry-specific guidance. - Requires an entity to recognize revenue upon the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. - Also requires additional qualitative and quantitative disclosures relating to the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers - Guidance sets forth a five step approach for revenue recognition.	- Effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. Management adopted the new guidance on January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective approach. - Management's analysis includes: (a) Identification of all revenue streams included in the financial statements; (b) Determination of scope exclusions to identify ‘in-scope’ revenue streams; (c) Determination of size, timing, and amount of revenue recognition for in-scope items; (d) Identification of contracts for further analysis; and (e) Completion of review of certain contracts to evaluate the potential impact of the new guidance. - Key revenue streams identified include service charges, credit card and payment processing fees, trust services fees, insurance income, brokerage services, and mortgage banking income. - The Update did not have a significant impact on Huntington’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
ASU 2016-01 - Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. Issued January 2016	- Improvements to GAAP disclosures including requiring an entity to: (a) Measure its equity investments with changes in the fair value recognized in the income statement. (b) Present separately in OCI the portion of the total change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk when the entity has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial instruments (i.e., FVO liability). (c) Use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes. (d) Assess deferred tax assets related to a net unrealized loss on AFS securities in combination with the entity’s other deferred tax assets.	- Effective for the fiscal period beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. - Amendments are applied as a cumulative-effect adjustment to the balance sheet as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. - The amendment did not have a significant impact on Huntington's Consolidated Financial Statements.
ASU 2016-02 - Leases. Issued February 2016	- New lease accounting model for lessors and lessees. For lessees, virtually all leases will be required to be recognized on the balance sheet by recording a right-of-use asset and lease liability. Subsequent accounting for leases varies depending on whether the lease is classified as an operating lease or a finance lease. - Accounting applied by a lessor is largely unchanged from that applied under the existing guidance. - Requires additional qualitative and quantitative disclosures with the objective of enabling users of financial statements to assess the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases.	- Effective for the fiscal period beginning after December 15, 2018, with early application permitted. - Management intends to adopt the guidance on January 1, 2019, and has formed a working group comprised of associates from different disciplines, including Procurement, Real Estate, and Credit Administration, to evaluate the impact of the standard where Huntington is a lessee or lessor, as well as any impact to borrower’s financial statements. - Management is currently assessing the impact of the new guidance on Huntington's Consolidated Financial Statements, including working with associates engaged in the procurement of goods and services used in the entity’s operations, and reviewing contractual arrangements for embedded leases in an effort to identify Huntington’s full lease population. - Huntington will recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for virtually all of its operating lease commitments.

104

Table of Contents



Standard	Summary of guidance	Effects on financial statements
ASU 2016-13 - Financial Instruments - Credit Losses. Issued June 2016	- Eliminates the probable recognition threshold for credit losses on financial assets measured at amortized cost. - Requires those financial assets to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected (i.e., net of expected credit losses). - Measurement of expected credit losses should be based on relevant information about past events, including historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectibility of the reported amount.	- Effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. - Adoption will be applied through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective. - Management intends to adopt the guidance on January 1, 2020 and has formed a working group comprised of teams from different disciplines including credit and finance to evaluate the requirements of the new standard and the impact it will have on our processes. - The early stages of this evaluation include a review of existing credit models to identify areas where existing credit models used to comply with other regulatory requirements may be leveraged and areas where new impairment models may be required.
ASU 2016-15 - Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. Issued August 2016	- Clarifies guidance on the classification of certain cash receipts and payments in the statement of cash flows. - Provides consistent principles for evaluating the classification of cash payments and receipts in the statement of cash flows to reduce diversity in practice with respect to several types of cash flows.	- Effective using a retrospective transition approach for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. - Huntington adopted the new guidance on January 1, 2018. The Update did not have a significant impact on Huntington's Consolidated Financial Statements.
ASU 2017-04 - Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. Issued January 2017	- Simplifies the goodwill impairment test by eliminating Step 2 of the goodwill impairment process, which requires an entity to determine the implied fair value of its goodwill by assigning fair value to all its assets and liabilities. - Entities will instead recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit's fair value. - Entities will still have the option to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit to determine if the quantitative impairment test is necessary.	- Effective for annual and interim goodwill tests performed in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. - The amendment is not expected to have a significant impact on Huntington's Consolidated Financial Statements.
ASU 2017-07 - Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost. Issued March 2017	- Requires that an employer report the service cost component of the pension cost and postretirement benefit cost in the same line items as other compensation costs arising from services rendered by the pertinent employees during the period. - Other components of the net benefit cost should be presented or disclosed separately in the income statement from the service cost component.	- Effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. - Huntington adopted the new guidance on January 1, 2018. The Update did not have a significant impact on Huntington's Consolidated Financial Statements.
ASU 2017-09 - Stock Compensation Modification Accounting. Issued May 2017	- Reduces the current diversity in practice and provides explicit guidance pertaining to the provisions of modification accounting. - Clarifies that an entity should account for effects of modification unless the fair value, vesting conditions and the classification of the modified award are the same as the original awards immediately before the original award is modified.	- Effective prospectively for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2017. - Huntington adopted the new guidance on January 1, 2018. The Update did not have a significant impact on Huntington's Consolidated Financial Statements.

105

Table of Contents



Standard	Summary of guidance	Effects on financial statements
ASU 2017-12 - Derivatives and Hedging - Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities. Issued August 2017	- Aligns the entity’s risk management activities and financial reporting for hedging relationships. - Requires an entity to present the earnings effect of the hedging instrument in the same income statement line item in which the earnings effect of the hedged item is reported. - Refines measurement techniques for hedges of benchmark interest rate risk. - Eliminates the separate measurement and reporting of hedge ineffectiveness. - Allows stated amount of assets in a closed portfolio to be fair value hedged by excluding proportion of hedged item related to prepayments, defaults and other events. - Eases hedge effectiveness testing including an option to perform qualitative testing.	- Effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2018. For cash flow and net investment hedges, cumulative-effect adjustment related to eliminating the separate measurement of ineffectiveness should be recognized in AOCI with a corresponding adjustment to retained earnings. Earlier application is permitted. - Huntington adopted the new guidance on January 1, 2018. The Update did not have a significant impact on Huntington's Consolidated Financial Statements.
ASU 2018-02 - Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) Issued Feb 2018	- Allows an entity to elect a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. - The amount of that reclassification should include the effect of changes of tax rate on the deferred tax amount, any related valuation allowance and other income tax effects on the items in AOCI. - Requires an entity to state if an election to reclassify the tax effect to retained earnings is made along with the description of other income tax effects that are reclassified from AOCI.	- Effective for fiscal years beginning after Dec 15, 2018 and interim periods within those fiscal years with early adoption permitted. - Huntington has elected to reclassify $93 million from AOCI to retained earnings in the current period.

3. ACQUISITION OF FIRSTMERIT CORPORATION

On August 16, 2016, Huntington completed its acquisition of FirstMerit Corporation in a stock and cash transaction valued at approximately $3.7 billion. FirstMerit Corporation was a diversified financial services company headquartered in Akron, Ohio, with operations in Ohio, Michigan, Wisconsin, Illinois and Pennsylvania. Post-merger, Huntington now operates across an eight-state Midwestern footprint. The merger resulted in a combined company with a larger market presence and more diversified loan portfolio, as well as a larger core deposit funding base and economies of scale associated with a larger financial institution.

Under the terms of the agreement, shareholders of FirstMerit Corporation received 1.72 shares of Huntington common stock, and $5.00 in cash, for each share of FirstMerit Corporation common stock. The aggregate purchase price was $3.7 billion, including $0.8 billion of cash, $2.8 billion of common stock, and $0.1 billion of preferred stock. Huntington issued 285 million shares of common stock that had a total fair value of $2.8 billion based on the closing market price of $9.68 per share on August 15, 2016.

The acquisition of FirstMerit constituted a business combination. The FirstMerit merger has been accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and consideration exchanged were recorded at estimated fair value on the acquisition date. The determination of estimated fair values required management to make certain estimates about discount rates, future expected cash flows, market conditions, and other future events that are highly subjective in nature and may require adjustments. As of December 31, 2016, Management completed its review of information relating to events or circumstances existing at the acquisition date.

4. LOANS / LEASES AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

Loans and leases which Huntington has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future, or until maturity or payoff, are classified in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as loans and leases. Except for loans which are either accounted for at fair value or purchased credit-impaired, loans are carried at the principal amount outstanding, net of unamortized premiums and discounts and deferred loan fees and costs , which resulted in a net balance of $334 million and $120 million, at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

106

Table of Contents

Loan and Lease Portfolio Composition

The following table provides a detailed listing of Huntington’s loan and lease portfolio at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016.



	At December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017			2016
Loans and leases:
Commercial and industrial	$	28,107		$	28,059
Commercial real estate	7,225			7,301
Automobile	12,100			10,969
Home equity	10,099			10,106
Residential mortgage	9,026			7,725
RV and marine finance	2,438			1,846
Other consumer	1,122			956
Loans and leases	70,117			66,962
Allowance for loan and lease losses	(691		)	(638		)
Net loans and leases	$	69,426		$	66,324

Direct Financing Leases

Huntington’s loan and lease portfolio includes lease financing receivables consisting of direct financing leases on equipment, which are included in C&I loans. Net investments in lease financing receivables by category at December 31, 2017 and 2016 were as follows:



	At December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017			2016
Commercial and industrial:
Lease payments receivable	$	1,645		$	1,881
Estimated residual value of leased assets	755			798
Gross investment in commercial lease financing receivables	2,400			2,679
Deferred origination costs	18			13
Deferred fees	(225		)	(254		)
Total net investment in commercial lease financing receivables	$	2,193		$	2,438

The future lease rental payments due from customers on direct financing leases at December 31, 2017, totaled $1.7 billion and were due as follows: $0.6 billion in 2018, $0.4 billion in 2019, $0.3 billion in 2020, $0.1 billion in 2021, $0.1 billion in 2022, and $0.2 billion thereafter.

Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans

The following table presents a rollforward of the accretable yield for purchased credit impaired loans for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:



	At December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017			2016
Balance, beginning of period	$	37		$	—
Impact of acquisition/purchase on August 16, 2016	—			18
Accretion	(18		)	(5		)
Reclassification from nonaccretable difference	14			24
Balance at December 31,	$	33		$	37

107

Table of Contents

The following table reflects the ending and unpaid balances of the purchased credit-impaired loans at December 31, 2017 and 2016:



	December 31, 2017				December 31, 2016
(dollar amounts in millions)	Ending Balance		Unpaid Principal Balance		Ending Balance		Unpaid Principal Balance
Commercial and industrial	$	39	$	61	$	68	$	100
Commercial real estate	2		15		34		56
Total	$	41	$	76	$	102	$	156

Nonaccrual and Past Due Loans

The following table presents NALs by loan class at December 31, 2017 and 2016:



	December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017		2016
Commercial and industrial	$	161	$	234
Commercial real estate	29		20
Automobile	6		6
Home equity	68		72
Residential mortgage	84		91
RV and marine finance	1		—
Other consumer	—		—
Total nonaccrual loans	$	349	$	423

The amount of interest that would have been recorded under the original terms for total NAL loans was $21 million, $24 million, and $20 million for 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. The total amount of interest recorded to interest income for these loans was $18 million, $17 million, and $10 million in 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

108

Table of Contents

The following table presents an aging analysis of loans and leases, including past due loans and leases, by loan class at December 31, 2017 and 2016 (1):



	December 31, 2017
	Past Due										Purchased Credit Impaired		Loans Accounted for Under the Fair Value Option		Total Loans and Leases		90 or more days past due and accruing
(dollar amounts in millions)	30-59 Days		60-89 Days		90 or more days		Total		Current		Purchased Credit Impaired		Loans Accounted for Under the Fair Value Option		Total Loans and Leases		90 or more days past due and accruing
Commercial and industrial	$	35	$	14	$	65	$	114	$	27,954	$	39	$	—	$	28,107	$	9	(2)
Commercial real estate	10		1		11		22		7,201		2		—		7,225		3
Automobile	89		18		10		117		11,982		—		1		12,100		7
Home equity	49		19		60		128		9,969		—		2		10,099		18
Residential mortgage	129		48		118		295		8,642		—		89		9,026		72
RV and marine finance	11		3		2		16		2,421		—		1		2,438		1
Other consumer	12		5		5		22		1,100		—		—		1,122		5
Total loans and leases	$	335	$	108	$	271	$	714	$	69,269	$	41	$	93	$	70,117	$	115



	December 31, 2016
	Past Due												Loans Accounted for Under the Fair Value Option		Total Loans and Leases		90 or more days past due and accruing
(dollar amounts in millions)	30-59 Days		60-89 Days		90 or more days		Total		Current		Purchased Credit Impaired		Loans Accounted for Under the Fair Value Option		Total Loans and Leases		90 or more days past due and accruing
Commercial and industrial	$	42	$	20	$	74	$	136	$	27,855	68		—		$	28,059	$	18	(2)
Commercial real estate	21		3		30		54		7,213		34		—		7,301		17
Automobile	76		17		10		103		10,864		—		2		10,969		10
Home equity	39		24		53		116		9,987		—		3		10,106		12
Residential mortgage	122		37		117		276		7,374		—		75		7,725		67
RV and marine finance	10		2		2		14		1,830		—		2		1,846		1
Other consumer	11		6		3		20		936		—		—		956		4
Total loans and leases	$	321	$	109	$	289	$	719	$	66,059	$	102	$	82	$	66,962	$	129


(1)	NALs are included in this aging analysis based on the loan’s past due status.


(2)	Amounts include Huntington Technology Finance administrative lease delinquencies.

109

Table of Contents

Allowance for Credit Losses

The following table presents ALLL and AULC activity by portfolio segment for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015:



(dollar amounts in millions)	Commercial			Consumer			Total
Year ended December 31, 2017:
ALLL balance, beginning of period	$	451		$	187		$	638
Loan charge-offs	(72		)	(180		)	(252		)
Recoveries of loans previously charged-off	41			52			93
Provision for loan and lease losses	62			150			212
Allowance for loans sold or transferred to loans held for sale	—			—			—
ALLL balance, end of period	$	482		$	209		$	691
AULC balance, beginning of period	$	87		$	11		$	98
Provision (reduction in allowance) for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit	(3		)	(8		)	(11		)
AULC recorded at acquisition	—			—			—
AULC balance, end of period	$	84		$	3		$	87
ACL balance, end of period	$	566		$	212		$	778

Year ended December 31, 2016:
ALLL balance, beginning of period	$	399		$	199		$	598
Loan charge-offs	(92		)	(135		)	(227		)
Recoveries of loans previously charged-off	73			45			118
Provision for loan and lease losses	85			84			169
Allowance for loans sold or transferred to loans held for sale	(14		)	(6		)	(20		)
ALLL balance, end of period	$	451		$	187		$	638
AULC balance, beginning of period	$	64		$	8		$	72
Provision (reduction in allowance) for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit	19			3			22
AULC recorded at acquisition	4			—			4
AULC balance, end of period	$	87		$	11		$	98
ACL balance, end of period	$	538		$	198		$	736

Year ended December 31, 2015:
ALLL balance, beginning of period	$	390		$	215		$	605
Loan charge-offs	(98		)	(120		)	(218		)
Recoveries of loans previously charged-off	86			44			130
Provision for loan and lease losses	21			68			89
Allowance for loans sold or transferred to loans held for sale	—			(8		)	(8		)
ALLL balance, end of period	$	399		$	199		$	598
AULC balance, beginning of period	$	55		$	6		$	61
Provision (reduction in allowance) for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit	9			2			11
AULC recorded at acquisition	—			—			—
AULC balance, end of period	$	64		$	8		$	72
ACL balance, end of period	$	463		$	207		$	670

110

Table of Contents

Credit Quality Indicators

To facilitate the monitoring of credit quality for C&I and CRE loans, and for purposes of determining an appropriate ACL level for these loans, Huntington utilizes the following internally defined categories of credit grades:


•	Pass - Higher quality loans that do not fit any of the other categories described below.


•	OLEM - The credit risk may be relatively minor yet represents a risk given certain specific circumstances. If the potential weaknesses are not monitored or mitigated, the loan may weaken or the collateral may be inadequate to protect Huntington’s position in the future. For these reasons, Huntington considers the loans to be potential problem loans.


•	Substandard - Inadequately protected loans by the borrower’s ability to repay, equity, and/or the collateral pledged to secure the loan. These loans have identified weaknesses that could hinder normal repayment or collection of the debt. It is likely Huntington will sustain some loss if any identified weaknesses are not mitigated.


•	Doubtful - Loans that have all of the weaknesses inherent in those loans classified as Substandard, with the added elements of the full collection of the loan is improbable and that the possibility of loss is high.

The categories above, which are derived from standard regulatory rating definitions, are assigned upon initial approval of the loan or lease and subsequently updated as appropriate.

Commercial loans categorized as OLEM, Substandard, or Doubtful are considered Criticized loans. Commercial loans categorized as Substandard or Doubtful are both considered Classified loans.

For all classes within consumer loan portfolios, each loan is assigned a specific PD factor that is primarily based on the borrower’s most recent credit bureau score, which Huntington updates quarterly. A credit bureau score is a credit score developed by FICO based on data provided by the credit bureaus. The credit bureau score is widely accepted as the standard measure of consumer credit risk used by lenders, regulators, rating agencies, and consumers. The higher the credit bureau score, the higher likelihood of repayment and therefore, an indicator of higher credit quality.

Huntington assesses the risk in the loan portfolio by utilizing numerous risk characteristics. The classifications described above, and also presented in the table below, represent one of those characteristics that are closely monitored in the overall credit risk management processes.

The following table presents each loan and lease class by credit quality indicator at December 31, 2017 and 2016:



	December 31, 2017
	Credit Risk Profile by UCS Classification
(dollar amounts in millions)	Pass		OLEM		Substandard		Doubtful		Total
Commercial and industrial	$	26,268	$	694	$	1,116	$	29	$	28,107
Commercial real estate	6,909		200		115		1		7,225
	Credit Risk Profile by FICO Score (1), (2)
	750+		650-749		<650		Other (3)		Total
Automobile	6,102		4,312		1,390		295		12,099
Home equity	6,352		3,024		617		104		10,097
Residential mortgage	5,697		2,581		605		54		8,937
RV and marine finance	1,433		863		96		45		2,437
Other consumer	428		540		143		11		1,122



	December 31, 2016
	Credit Risk Profile by UCS Classification
(dollar amounts in millions)	Pass		OLEM		Substandard		Doubtful		Total
Commercial and industrial	$	26,212	$	810	$	1,029	$	8	$	28,059
Commercial real estate	7,042		97		159		3		7,301
	Credit Risk Profile by FICO Score (1), (2)
	750+		650-749		<650		Other (3)		Total
Automobile	5,369		4,044		1,298		256		$	10,967
Home equity	6,280		2,891		638		294		10,103
Residential mortgage	4,663		2,285		615		87		7,650
RV and marine finance	1,064		644		73		64		1,845
Other consumer	347		456		133		20		956


(1)	Excludes loans accounted for under the fair value option.


(2)	Reflects updated customer credit scores.


(3)	Reflects deferred fees and costs, loans in process, etc.

111

Table of Contents

Impaired Loans

For all classes within the C&I and CRE portfolios, all loans with an obligor balance of $1 million or greater are evaluated on a quarterly basis for impairment. Generally, consumer loans within any class and commercial loans less than $1 million are not individually evaluated on a regular basis for impairment. All TDRs, regardless of the outstanding balance amount, are also considered to be impaired. Loans acquired with evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination, for which it is probable at acquisition that all contractually required payments will not be collected, are also considered to be impaired.

The following tables present the balance of the ALLL attributable to loans by portfolio segment individually and collectively evaluated for impairment and the related loan and lease balance for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:



(dollar amounts in millions)	Commercial		Consumer		Total
ALLL at December 31, 2017:
Portion of ALLL balance:
Attributable to purchased credit-impaired loans	$	—	$	—	$	—
Attributable to loans individually evaluated for impairment	$	32	$	9	$	41
Attributable to loans collectively evaluated for impairment	450		200		650
Total ALLL balance	$	482	$	209	$	691
Loan and Lease Ending Balances at December 31, 2017: (1)
Portion of loan and lease ending balance:
Attributable to purchased credit-impaired loans	$	41	$	—	$	41
Individually evaluated for impairment	607		616		1,223
Collectively evaluated for impairment	34,684		34,076		68,760
Total loans and leases evaluated for impairment	$	35,332	$	34,692	$	70,024


(1)	Excludes loans accounted for under the fair value option.



(dollar amounts in millions)	Commercial		Consumer		Total
ALLL at December 31, 2016:
Portion of ALLL balance:
Attributable to purchased credit-impaired loans	$	—	$	—	$	—
Attributable to loans individually evaluated for impairment	11		11		22
Attributable to loans collectively evaluated for impairment	440		176		616
Total ALLL balance:	$	451	$	187	$	638
Loan and Lease Ending Balances at December 31, 2016: (1)
Portion of loan and lease ending balances:
Attributable to purchased credit-impaired loans	$	102	$	—	$	102
Individually evaluated for impairment	416		458		874
Collectively evaluated for impairment	34,842		31,062		65,904
Total loans and leases evaluated for impairment	$	35,360	$	31,520	$	66,880


(1)	Excludes loans accounted for under the fair value option.

112

Table of Contents

The following tables present by class the ending, unpaid principal balance, and the related ALLL, along with the average balance and interest income recognized only for impaired loans and leases and purchased credit-impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (1) (2):



							Year Ended
	December 31, 2017						December 31, 2017
(dollar amounts in millions)	Ending Balance		Unpaid Principal Balance (6)		Related Allowance		Average Balance		Interest Income Recognized
With no related allowance recorded:
Commercial and industrial	$	284	$	311	$	—	$	206	$	12
Commercial real estate	56		81		—		64		8
Automobile	—		—		—		—		—
Home equity	—		—		—		—		—
Residential mortgage	—		—		—		—		—
RV and marine finance	—		—		—		—		—
Other consumer	—		—		—		—		—

With an allowance recorded:
Commercial and industrial	257		280		29		292		16
Commercial real estate	51		51		3		52		2
Automobile	36		40		2		33		2
Home equity	334		385		14		329		15
Residential mortgage	308		338		4		325		12
RV and marine finance	2		3		—		1		—
Other consumer	8		8		2		5		—

Total
Commercial and industrial (3)	541		591		29		498		28
Commercial real estate (4)	107		132		3		116		10
Automobile (2)	36		40		2		33		2
Home equity (5)	334		385		14		329		15
Residential mortgage (5)	308		338		4		325		12
RV and marine finance (2)	2		3		—		1		—
Other consumer (2)	8		8		2		5		—

113

Table of Contents



							Year Ended
	December 31, 2016						December 31, 2016
(dollar amounts in millions)	Ending Balance		Unpaid Principal Balance (6)		Related Allowance		Average Balance		Interest Income Recognized
With no related allowance recorded:
Commercial and industrial	$	300	$	359	$	—	$	293	$	9
Commercial real estate	89		126		—		73		4
Automobile	—		—		—		—		—
Home equity	—		—		—		—		—
Residential mortgage	—		—		—		—		—
RV and marine finance	—		—		—		—		—
Other consumer	—		—		—		—		—

With an allowance recorded:
Commercial and industrial	406		448		22		302		8
Commercial real estate	97		108		3		69		3
Automobile	31		31		2		32		2
Home equity	319		353		15		278		13
Residential mortgage	328		363		13		348		12
RV and marine finance	—		—		—		—		—
Other consumer	4		4		—		4		—

Total
Commercial and industrial (3)	706		807		22		595		17
Commercial real estate (4)	186		234		3		142		7
Automobile (2)	31		31		2		32		2
Home equity (5)	319		353		15		278		13
Residential mortgage (5)	328		363		13		348		12
RV and marine finance (2)	—		—		—		—		—
Other consumer (2)	4		4		—		4		—


(1)	These tables do not include loans fully charged-off.


(2)	All automobile, RV and marine finance and other consumer impaired loans included in these tables are considered impaired due to their status as a TDR.


(3)	At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, commercial and industrial loans of $382 million and $317 million, respectively, were considered impaired due to their status as a TDR.


(4)	At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, commercial real estate loans of $93 million and $82 million, respectively, were considered impaired due to their status as a TDR.


(5)	Includes home equity and residential mortgages considered to be collateral dependent due to their non-accrual status as well as home equity and mortgage loans considered impaired due to their status as a TDR.


(6)	The differences between the ending balance and unpaid principal balance amounts represent partial charge-offs.

TDR Loans

The amount of interest that would have been recorded under the original terms for total accruing TDR loans was $49 million, $49 million, and $46 million for 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. The total amount of actual interest recorded to interest income for these loans was $45 million, $40 million, and $41 million for 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

TDR Concession Types

The Company’s standards relating to loan modifications consider, among other factors, minimum verified income requirements, cash flow analyses, and collateral valuations. Each potential loan modification is reviewed individually and the terms of the loan are modified to meet a borrower’s specific circumstances at a point in time. All commercial TDRs are reviewed and approved by our SAD. The types of concessions provided to borrowers include:


•	Interest rate reduction: A reduction of the stated interest rate to a nonmarket rate for the remaining original life of the debt.

114

Table of Contents


•	Amortization or maturity date change beyond what the collateral supports, including any of the following:


•	Lengthens the amortization period of the amortized principal beyond market terms. This concession reduces the minimum monthly payment and could increase the amount of the balloon payment at the end of the term of the loan. Principal is generally not forgiven.


•	Reduces the amount of loan principal to be amortized and increases the amount of the balloon payment at the end of the term of the loan. This concession also reduces the minimum monthly payment. Principal is generally not forgiven.


•	Extends the maturity date or dates of the debt beyond what the collateral supports. This concession generally applies to loans without a balloon payment at the end of the term of the loan.


•	Chapter 7 bankruptcy: A bankruptcy court’s discharge of a borrower’s debt is considered a concession when the borrower does not reaffirm the discharged debt.

•

Other: A concession that is not categorized as one of the concessions described above. These concessions include, but are not limited to: principal forgiveness, collateral concessions, covenant concessions, and reduction of accrued interest. Principal forgiveness may result from any TDR modification of any concession type. However, the aggregate amount of principal forgiven as a result of loans modified as TDRs during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, was not significant.

Following is a description of TDRs by the different loan types:

Commercial loan TDRs – Commercial accruing TDRs often result from loans receiving a concession with terms that are not considered a market transaction to Huntington. The TDR remains in accruing status as long as the customer is less than 90-days past due on payments per the restructured loan terms and no loss is expected.

Commercial nonaccrual TDRs result from either: (1) an accruing commercial TDR being placed on nonaccrual status, or (2) a workout where an existing commercial NAL is restructured and a concession is given. At times, these workouts restructure the NAL so that two or more new notes are created. The primary note is underwritten based upon our normal underwriting standards and is sized so projected cash flows are sufficient to repay contractual principal and interest. The terms on the secondary note(s) vary by situation, and may include notes that defer principal and interest payments until after the primary note is repaid. Creating two or more notes often allows the borrower to continue a project and allows Huntington to right-size a loan based upon the current expectations for a borrower’s or project’s performance.

Our strategy involving TDR borrowers includes working with these borrowers to allow them to refinance elsewhere, as well as allow them time to improve their financial position and remain a Huntington customer through refinancing their notes according to market terms and conditions in the future. A subsequent refinancing or modification of a loan may occur when either the loan matures according to the terms of the TDR-modified agreement or the borrower requests a change to the loan agreements. At that time, the loan is evaluated to determine if the borrower is creditworthy. It is subjected to the normal underwriting standards and processes for other similar credit extensions, both new and existing. The refinanced note is evaluated to determine if it is considered a new loan or a continuation of the prior loan. A new loan is considered for removal of the TDR designation, whereas a continuation of the prior note requires a continuation of the TDR designation. In order for a TDR designation to be removed, the borrower must no longer be experiencing financial difficulties and the terms of the refinanced loan must not represent a concession.

Consumer loan TDRs – Residential mortgage TDRs represent loan modifications associated with traditional first-lien mortgage loans in which a concession has been provided to the borrower. The primary concessions given to residential mortgage borrowers are amortization or maturity date changes and interest rate reductions. Residential mortgages identified as TDRs involve borrowers unable to refinance their mortgages through the Company’s normal mortgage origination channels or through other independent sources. Some, but not all, of the loans may be delinquent. The Company may make similar interest rate, term, and principal concessions for Automobile, Home Equity, RV and Marine Finance and Other Consumer loan TDRs.

TDR Impact on Credit Quality

Huntington’s ALLL is largely determined by updated risk ratings assigned to commercial loans, updated borrower credit scores on consumer loans, and borrower delinquency history in both the commercial and consumer portfolios. These updated risk ratings and credit scores consider the default history of the borrower, including payment redefaults. As such, the provision for credit losses is impacted primarily by changes in borrower payment performance rather than the TDR classification. TDRs can be classified as either accrual or nonaccrual loans. Nonaccrual TDRs are included in NALs whereas accruing TDRs are excluded from NALs as it is probable that all contractual principal and interest due under the restructured terms will be collected.

The Company's TDRs may include multiple concessions and the disclosure classifications are presented based on the primary concession provided to the borrower. The majority of the concessions for the C&I and CRE portfolios are the extension of the maturity date, but could also include an increase in the interest rate. In these instances, the primary concession is the maturity date extension.

TDR concessions may also result in the reduction of the ALLL within the C&I and CRE portfolios. This reduction is derived from payments and the resulting application of the reserve calculation within the ALLL. The transaction reserve for non-TDR C&I and CRE loans is calculated based upon several estimated probability factors, such as PD and LGD. Upon the occurrence of a TDR in

115

Table of Contents

the C&I and CRE portfolios, the reserve is measured based on discounted expected cash flows or collateral value, less anticipated selling costs, of the modified loan in accordance with ASC 310-10. The resulting TDR ALLL calculation often results in a lower ALLL amount because (1) the discounted expected cash flows or collateral value, less anticipated selling costs, indicate a lower estimated loss, (2) if the modification includes a rate increase, the discounting of the cash flows on the modified loan, using the pre-modification interest rate, exceeds the carrying value of the loan, or (3) payments may occur as part of the modification. Alternatively, the ALLL for C&I and CRE loans may increase as a result of the modification, as the discounted cash flow analysis may indicate additional reserves are required.

TDR concessions on consumer loans may increase the ALLL. The concessions made to these borrowers often include interest rate reductions, and therefore, the TDR ALLL calculation results in a greater ALLL compared with the non-TDR calculation as the reserve is measured based on the estimation of the discounted expected cash flows or collateral value, less anticipated selling costs, on the modified loan in accordance with ASC 310-10. The resulting TDR ALLL calculation often results in a higher ALLL amount because (1) the discounted expected cash flows or collateral value, less anticipated selling costs, indicate a higher estimated loss or, (2) due to the rate decrease, the discounting of the cash flows on the modified loan, using the pre-modification interest rate, indicates a reduction in the present value of expected cash flows or collateral value, less anticipated selling costs. However, in certain instances, the ALLL may decrease as a result of payments made in connection with the modification.

Commercial loan TDRs – In instances where the bank substantiates that it will collect its outstanding balance in full, the note is considered for return to accrual status upon the borrower showing a sustained period of repayment performance for a six-month period of time. This six-month period could extend before or after the restructure date. If a charge-off was taken as part of the restructuring, any interest or principal payments received on that note are applied to first reduce the bank’s outstanding book balance and then to recoveries of charged-off principal, unpaid interest, and/or fee expenses while the TDR is in nonaccrual status.

Consumer loan TDRs – Modified consumer loans identified as TDRs are aggregated into pools for analysis. Cash flows and weighted average interest rates are used to calculate impairment at the pooled-loan level. Once the loans are aggregated into the pool, they continue to be classified as TDRs until contractually repaid or charged-off.

Residential mortgage loans not guaranteed by a U.S. government agency such as the FHA, VA, and the USDA, including TDR loans, are reported as accrual or nonaccrual based upon delinquency status. Nonaccrual TDRs are those that are greater than 150-days contractually past due. Loans guaranteed by U.S. government organizations continue to accrue interest on guaranteed rates upon delinquency.

116

Table of Contents

The following table presents by class and by the reason for the modification the number of contracts, post-modification outstanding balance, and the financial effects of the modification for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:



	New Troubled Debt Restructurings During The Year Ended (1)
	December 31, 2017						December 31, 2016
(dollar amounts in millions)	Number of Contracts	Post-modification Outstanding Balance (2)		Financial effects of modification (3)			Number of Contracts	Post-modification Outstanding Balance (2)		Financial effects of modification (3)
Commercial and industrial:
Interest rate reduction	9	$	1	$	—		4	$	—	$	—
Amortization or maturity date change	1,034	600		(9		)	872	490		(9		)
Other	4	—		—			20	3		—
Total Commercial and industrial	1,047	601		(9		)	896	493		(9		)
Commercial real estate:
Interest rate reduction	3	—		—			2	—		—
Amortization or maturity date change	106	122		(1		)	111	69		(2		)
Other	2	—		—			4	—		—
Total commercial real estate:	111	122		(1		)	117	69		(2		)
Automobile:
Interest rate reduction	31	—		—			17	—		—
Amortization or maturity date change	1,727	15		1			1,593	15		1
Chapter 7 bankruptcy	983	8		—			1,059	8		—
Other	—	—		—			—	—		—
Total Automobile	2,741	23		1			2,669	23		1
Home equity:
Interest rate reduction	36	2		—			55	3		—
Amortization or maturity date change	517	33		(4		)	578	32		(4		)
Chapter 7 bankruptcy	299	11		2			282	10		4
Other	70	4		—			—	—		—
Total Home equity	922	50		(2		)	915	45		—
Residential mortgage:
Interest rate reduction	3	—		—			13	1		—
Amortization or maturity date change	349	40		(2		)	363	39		(2		)
Chapter 7 bankruptcy	79	7		—			62	6		—
Other	22	2		—			4	1		—
Total Residential mortgage	453	49		(2		)	442	47		(2		)
RV and marine finance:
Interest rate reduction	1	—		—			—	—		—
Amortization or maturity date change	42	1		—			—	—		—
Chapter 7 bankruptcy	88	1		—			—	—		—
Other	—	—		—			—	—		—
Total RV and marine finance	131	2		—			—	—		—
Other consumer:
Interest rate reduction	19	—		—			—	—		—
Amortization or maturity date change	1,312	6		—			6	1		—
Chapter 7 bankruptcy	9	—		—			8	—		—
Other	—	—		—			—	—		—
Total Other consumer	1,340	6		—			14	1		—
Total new troubled debt restructurings	6,745	$	853	$	(13	)	5,053	$	678	$	(12	)


(1)	TDRs may include multiple concessions and the disclosure classifications are based on the primary concession provided to the borrower.


(2)	Post-modification balances approximate pre-modification balances. The aggregate amount of charge-offs as a result of a restructuring are not significant.


(3)	Amounts represent the financial impact via provision (recovery) for loan and lease losses as a result of the modification.

Pledged Loans and Leases

The Bank has access to the Federal Reserve’s discount window and advances from the FHLB of Cincinnati. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, these borrowings and advances are secured by $31.7 billion and $19.7 billion, respectively of loans and securities.

117

Table of Contents

5. AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE AND OTHER SECURITIES

Contractual maturities of available-for-sale and other securities as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 were:



	2017				2016
(dollar amounts in millions)	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Under 1 year	$	111	$	111	$	224	$	222
After 1 year through 5 years	1,333		1,327		1,147		1,150
After 5 years through 10 years	2,088		2,083		1,957		1,962
After 10 years	11,595		11,348		11,885		11,665
Other securities:
Nonmarketable equity securities	581		581		548		548
Mutual funds	18		18		15		15
Marketable equity securities	1		1		1		1
Total available-for-sale and other securities	$	15,727	$	15,469	$	15,777	$	15,563

Other securities at December 31, 2017 and 2016 include nonmarketable equity securities of $287 million and $249 million of stock issued by the FHLB of Cincinnati and $293 million and $299 million of FRB stock, respectively. Nonmarketable equity securities are recorded at amortized cost. Other securities also include mutual funds and marketable equity securities.

The following tables provide amortized cost, fair value, and gross unrealized gains and losses recognized in OCI by investment category at December 31, 2017 and 2016:



			Unrealized
(dollar amounts in millions)	Amortized Cost		Gross Gains		Gross Losses			Fair Value
December 31, 2017
U.S. Treasury	$	5	$	—	$	—		$	5
Federal agencies:
Residential CMO	6,661		1		(178		)	6,484
Residential MBS	1,371		1		(5		)	1,367
Commercial MBS	2,539		—		(52		)	2,487
Other agencies	69		1		—			70
Total U.S. Treasury, Federal agency, and other agency securities	10,645		3		(235		)	10,413
Municipal securities	3,892		21		(35		)	3,878
Asset-backed securities	482		1		(16		)	467
Corporate debt	106		3		—			109
Other securities	602		—		—			602
Total available-for-sale and other securities	$	15,727	$	28	$	(286	)	$	15,469



			Unrealized
(dollar amounts in millions)	Amortized Cost		Gross Gains		Gross Losses			Fair Value
December 31, 2016
U.S. Treasury	$	6	$	—	$	—		$	6
Federal agencies:
Residential CMO	6,955		6		(151		)	6,810
Residential MBS	196		5		(1		)	200
Commercial MBS	3,700		2		(39		)	3,663
Other agencies	73		—		—			73
Total U.S. Treasury, Federal agency, and other agency securities	10,930		13		(191		)	10,752
Municipal securities	3,260		29		(39		)	3,250
Asset-backed securities	824		2		(32		)	794
Corporate debt	195		4		—			199
Other securities	568		—		—			568
Total available-for-sale and other securities	$	15,777	$	48	$	(262	)	$	15,563

118

Table of Contents

The following tables provide detail on investment securities with unrealized losses aggregated by investment category and the length of time the individual securities have been in a continuous loss position at December 31, 2017 and 2016:



	Less than 12 Months					Over 12 Months					Total
(dollar amounts in millions)	Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
December 31, 2017
Federal agencies:
Residential CMO	$	1,660	$	(19	)	$	4,520	$	(159	)	$	6,180	$	(178	)
Residential MBS	1,078		(5		)	11		—			1,089		(5		)
Commercial MBS	960		(15		)	1,527		(37		)	2,487		(52		)
Other agencies	39		—			—		—			39		—
Total Federal agency, and other agency securities	3,737		(39		)	6,058		(196		)	9,795		(235		)
Municipal securities	1,681		(21		)	497		(14		)	2,178		(35		)
Asset-backed securities	127		(1		)	173		(15		)	300		(16		)
Corporate debt	—		—			—		—			—		—
Other securities	—		—			—		—			—		—
Total temporarily impaired securities	$	5,545	$	(61	)	$	6,728	$	(225	)	$	12,273	$	(286	)



	Less than 12 Months					Over 12 Months					Total
(dollar amounts in millions)	Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
December 31, 2016
Federal agencies:
Residential CMO	$	5,858	$	(150	)	$	21	$	(1	)	$	5,879	$	(151	)
Residential MBS	31		(1		)	—		—			31		(1		)
Commercial MBS	3,019		(39		)	21		—			3,040		(39		)
Other agencies	1		—			—		—			1		—
Total Federal agency, and other agency securities	8,909		(190		)	42		(1		)	8,951		(191		)
Municipal securities	1,412		(29		)	272		(10		)	1,684		(39		)
Asset-backed securities	361		(3		)	179		(29		)	540		(32		)
Corporate debt	4		—			—		—			4		—
Other securities	1		—			2		—			3		—
Total temporarily impaired securities	$	10,687	$	(222	)	$	495	$	(40	)	$	11,182	$	(262	)

At December 31, 2017, the carrying value of investment securities pledged to secure public and trust deposits, trading account liabilities, U.S. Treasury demand notes, and security repurchase agreements totaled $6.1 billion. There were no securities of a single issuer, which are not governmental or government-sponsored, that exceeded 10% of shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2017.

The following table is a summary of realized securities gains and losses for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015:



	Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017			2016			2015
Gross gains on sales of securities	$	10		$	23		$	7
Gross (losses) on sales of securities	(10		)	(21		)	(4		)
Net gain (loss) on sales of securities	$	—		$	2		$	3
OTTI recognized in earnings	(4		)	(2		)	(2		)
Net securities gains (losses)	$	(4	)	$	—		$	1

Security Impairment

Huntington evaluates the available-for-sale securities portfolio on a quarterly basis for impairment and conducts a comprehensive security-level assessment on all available-for-sale securities. Impairment exists when the present value of the expected cash flows are not sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis at the balance sheet date. Under these circumstances, any credit impairment would be recognized in earnings. During 2017, Huntington changed its intent from able and willing to hold for two CDO securities which were subsequently sold. Related to this change in intent, Huntington recognized $4

119

Table of Contents

million of OTTI on these two securities. For all other securities, Huntington does not intend to sell, nor does it believe it will be required to sell these securities until the amortized cost is recovered, which may be at maturity.

The highest risk segment in our investment portfolio is the trust preferred CDO securities which are in the asset-backed securities portfolio. This portfolio is in run off, and the Company has not purchased this type of security since 2005. The fair values of the CDO assets have been impacted by various market conditions. The unrealized losses are primarily the result of wider liquidity spreads on asset-backed securities and the longer expected average lives of the trust-preferred CDO securities, due to changes in the expectations of when the underlying securities will be repaid.

The following table summarizes the Company's CDO securities portfolio, which are included in asset-backed securities, at December 31, 2017 and 2016.

Collateralized Debt Obligation Securities



(dollar amounts in millions)	Par Value		Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Unrealized Loss (1)
MM Comm III	4		4		4		—
Tropic III	31		31		20		(11		)
Total at December 31, 2017	$	35	$	35	$	24	$	(11	)
Total at December 31, 2016	$	137	$	101	$	76	$	(25	)


(1)	One of the two remaining securities in the portfolio has been in a continuous loss position for 12 months or longer.

For the periods ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, the following table summarizes by security type, the total OTTI losses recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income for securities evaluated for impairment as described above:



	Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017			2016			2015
Available-for-sale and other securities:
Collateralized Debt Obligations	$	(4	)	$	—		$	(2	)
Municipal Securities	—			(2		)	—
Total available-for-sale and other securities	$	(4	)	$	(2	)	$	(2	)

The following table rolls forward the OTTI recognized in earnings on debt securities held by Huntington for the years ended December 31, 2017, and 2016 as follows:



	Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017			2016			2015
Balance, beginning of year	$	12		$	18		$	31
Reductions from sales	(15		)	(8		)	(15		)
Credit losses not previously recognized	4			2			—
Additional credit losses	—			—			2
Balance, end of year	$	1		$	12		$	18

6. HELD-TO-MATURITY SECURITIES

These are debt securities that Huntington has the intent and ability to hold until maturity. The debt securities are carried at amortized cost and adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts using the interest method.

During 2017 and 2016, Huntington transferred federal agencies, mortgage-backed securities and other agency securities totaling $1.0 billion and $2.9 billion, respectively from the available-for-sale securities portfolio to the held-to-maturity securities portfolio. At the time of the transfer, $14 million of unrealized net losses and $58 million of unrealized net gains were recognized in OCI, respectively. The amounts in OCI will be recognized in earnings over the remaining life of the securities as an offset to the adjustment of yield in a manner consistent with the amortization of the premium on the same transferred securities, resulting in an immaterial impact on net income.

120

Table of Contents

Listed below are the contractual maturities of held-to-maturity securities at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016:



	December 31, 2017				December 31, 2016
(dollar amounts in millions)	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Federal agencies:
Residential CMO:
1 year or less	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
After 1 year through 5 years	—		—		—		—
After 5 years through 10 years	—		—		—		—
After 10 years	3,714		3,657		4,189		4,163
Total Residential CMO	3,714		3,657		4,189		4,163
Residential MBS:
1 year or less	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
After 1 year through 5 years	—		—		—		—
After 5 years through 10 years	28		28		15		15
After 10 years	1,021		1,016		83		86
Total Residential MBS	1,049		1,044		98		101
Commercial MBS:
1 year or less	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
After 1 year through 5 years	38		37		—		—
After 5 years through 10 years	1		1		26		25
After 10 years	3,752		3,698		2,885		2,891
Total Commercial MBS	3,791		3,736		2,911		2,916
Other agencies:
1 year or less	—		—		—		—
After 1 year through 5 years	7		8		—		—
After 5 years through 10 years	362		360		399		399
After 10 years	163		161		204		202
Total other agencies	532		529		603		601
Total Federal agencies and other agencies	9,086		8,966		7,801		7,781
Municipal securities:
1 year or less	—		—		—		—
After 1 year through 5 years	—		—		—		—
After 5 years through 10 years	—		—		—		—
After 10 years	5		5		6		6
Total Municipal securities	5		5		6		6
Total held-to-maturity securities	$	9,091	$	8,971	$	7,807	$	7,787

121

Table of Contents

The following table provides amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and fair value by investment category at December 31, 2017 and 2016:



			Unrealized
(dollar amounts in millions)	Amortized Cost		Gross Gains		Gross Losses			Fair Value
December 31, 2017
Federal agencies:
Residential CMO	$	3,714	$	1	$	(58	)	$	3,657
Residential MBS	1,049		2		(7		)	1,044
Commercial MBS	3,791		—		(55		)	3,736
Other agencies	532		1		(4		)	529
Total Federal agencies and other agencies	9,086		4		(124		)	8,966
Municipal securities	5		—		—			5
Total held-to-maturity securities	$	9,091	$	4	$	(124	)	$	8,971



			Unrealized
(dollar amounts in millions)	Amortized Cost		Gross Gains		Gross Losses			Fair Value
December 31, 2016
Federal agencies:
Residential CMO	$	4,189	$	7	$	(33	)	$	4,163
Residential MBS	98		3		—			101
Commercial MBS	2,911		10		(5		)	2,916
Other agencies	603		2		(4		)	601
Total Federal agencies and other agencies	7,801		22		(42		)	7,781
Municipal securities	6		—		—			6
Total held-to-maturity securities	$	7,807	$	22	$	(42	)	$	7,787

The following tables provide detail on HTM securities with unrealized losses aggregated by investment category and the length of time the individual securities have been in a continuous loss position at December 31, 2017 and 2016:



	Less than 12 Months					Over 12 Months					Total
(dollar amounts in millions)	Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
December 31, 2017
Federal agencies:
Residential CMO	$	2,369	$	(26	)	$	1,019	$	(32	)	$	3,388	$	(58	)
Residential MBS	974		(7		)	—		—			974		(7		)
Commercial MBS	3,456		(49		)	253		(6		)	3,709		(55		)
Other agencies	249		(2		)	139		(2		)	388		(4		)
Total Federal agencies and other agencies	7,048		(84		)	1,411		(40		)	8,459		(124		)
Municipal securities	—		—			5		—			5		—
Total temporarily impaired securities	$	7,048	$	(84	)	$	1,416	$	(40	)	$	8,464	$	(124	)



	Less than 12 Months					Over 12 Months					Total
(dollar amounts in millions)	Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
December 31, 2016
Federal agencies:
Residential CMO	$	2,483	$	(26	)	$	186	$	(7	)	$	2,669	$	(33	)
Residential MBS	20		—			—		—			20		—
Commercial MBS	352		(5		)	—		—			352		(5		)
Other agencies	414		(4		)	—		—			414		(4		)
Total Federal agencies and other agencies	3,269		(35		)	186		(7		)	3,455		(42		)
Municipal securities	6		—			—		—			6		—
Total temporarily impaired securities	$	3,275	$	(35	)	$	186	$	(7	)	$	3,461	$	(42	)

122

Table of Contents

Security Impairment

Huntington evaluates the held-to-maturity securities portfolio on a quarterly basis for impairment. Impairment would exist when the present value of the expected cash flows is not sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis at the balance sheet date. Under these circumstances, any impairment would be recognized in earnings. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company evaluated held-to-maturity securities with unrealized losses for impairment and concluded no OTTI is required.

7. LOAN SALES AND SECURITIZATIONS

Residential Mortgage Portfolio

The following table summarizes activity relating to residential mortgage loans sold with servicing retained for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015:



	Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017		2016		2015
Residential mortgage loans sold with servicing retained	$	3,985	$	3,632	$	3,323
Pretax gains resulting from above loan sales (1)	99		97		83


(1)	Recorded in mortgage banking income.

The following table summarizes the changes in MSRs recorded using the amortization method for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:



(dollar amounts in millions)	2017			2016
Carrying value, beginning of year	$	172		$	143
New servicing assets created	44			38
Servicing assets acquired	—			15
Impairment recovery (charge)	1			2
Amortization and other	(26		)	(26		)
Carrying value, end of year	$	191		$	172
Fair value, end of year	$	191		$	173
Weighted-average life (years)	7.1			7.2

MSRs do not trade in an active, open market with readily observable prices. While sales of MSRs occur, the precise terms and conditions are typically not readily available. Therefore, the fair value of MSRs is estimated using a discounted future cash flow model. The model considers portfolio characteristics, contractually specified servicing fees and assumptions related to prepayments, delinquency rates, late charges, other ancillary revenues, costs to service, and other economic factors. Changes in the assumptions used may have a significant impact on the valuation of MSRs.

MSR values are very sensitive to movements in interest rates as expected future net servicing income depends on the projected outstanding principal balances of the underlying loans, which can be greatly impacted by the level of prepayments. Huntington economically hedges the value of certain MSRs against changes in value attributable to changes in interest rates using a combination of derivative instruments and trading securities.

For MSRs under the amortization method, a summary of key assumptions and the sensitivity of the MSR value to changes in these assumptions at December 31, 2017, and 2016 follows:



	December 31, 2017								December 31, 2016
			Decline in fair value due to								Decline in fair value due to
(dollar amounts in millions)	Actual		10% adverse change			20% adverse change			Actual		10% adverse change			20% adverse change
Constant prepayment rate (annualized)	8.30	%	$	(5	)	$	(10	)	7.80	%	$	(5	)	$	(9	)
Spread over forward interest rate swap rates	1,049	bps	(7		)	(13		)	1,173	bps	(5		)	(10		)

Additionally, Huntington has MSRs recorded using the fair value method of $11 million and $14 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The change in fair value representing time decay, payoffs and changes in valuation inputs and assumptions for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $3 million and $4 million, respectively.

Total servicing, late and other ancillary fees included in mortgage banking income was $56 million, $50 million, and $47 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. The unpaid principal balance of residential mortgage loans serviced for third parties was $19.8 billion, $18.9 billion, and $16.2 billion at December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

123

Table of Contents

Automobile Loans

The following table summarizes activity relating to automobile loans securitized with servicing retained for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015:



	Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017 (1)		2016	2015
UPB of automobile loans securitized with servicing retained	$	—	1,500	750
Net proceeds received in loan securitizations	—		1,552	780
Servicing asset recognized in loan securitizations (2)	—		15	11
Pretax gains resulting from above loan securitizations (3)	—		6	5


(1)	Huntington did not sell or securitize any automobile loans in 2017.


(2)	Recorded in servicing rights.


(3)	Recorded in gain on sale of loans.

Huntington has retained servicing responsibilities on sold automobile loans and receives annual servicing fees and other ancillary fees on the outstanding loan balances. Automobile loan servicing rights are accounted for using the amortization method. A servicing asset is established at fair value at the time of the sale. The servicing asset is then amortized against servicing income. Impairment, if any, is recognized when carrying value exceeds the fair value as determined by calculating the present value of expected net future cash flows. The primary risk characteristic for measuring servicing assets is payoff rates of the underlying loan pools. Valuation calculations rely on the predicted payoff assumption and, if actual payoffs are faster than expected, then future value would be impaired.

Changes in the carrying value of automobile loan servicing rights for the years ended December 31, 2017, and 2016, and the fair value at the end of each period were as follows:



(dollar amounts in millions)	2017			2016
Carrying value, beginning of year	$	18		$	9
New servicing assets created	—			15
Amortization and other	(10		)	(6		)
Carrying value, end of year	$	8		$	18
Fair value, end of year	$	9		$	18
Weighted-average life (years)	3.5			4.2

Servicing income was $18 million, $9 million, and $5 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. The unpaid principal balance of automobile loans serviced for third parties was $1.0 billion, $1.7 billion, and $0.9 billion at December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

Small Business Association (SBA) Portfolio

The following table summarizes activity relating to SBA loans sold with servicing retained for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015:



	Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017		2016		2015
SBA loans sold with servicing retained	$	413	$	270	$	233
Pretax gains resulting from above loan sales (1)	32		21		19


(1)	Recorded in gain on sale of loans.

Huntington has retained servicing responsibilities on sold SBA loans and receives annual servicing fees on the outstanding loan balances. SBA loan servicing rights are accounted for using the amortization method. A servicing asset is established at fair value at the time of the sale using a discounted future cash flow model. The servicing asset is then amortized against servicing income. Impairment, if any, is recognized when carrying value exceeds the fair value as determined by calculating the present value of expected net future cash flows.

124

Table of Contents

The following tables summarize the changes in the carrying value of the servicing asset for the years ended December 31, 2017, and 2016:



(dollar amounts in millions)	2017			2016
Carrying value, beginning of year	$	21		$	20
New servicing assets created	14			9
Amortization and other	(8		)	(8		)
Carrying value, end of year	$	27		$	21
Fair value, end of year	$	30		$	24
Weighted-average life (years)	3.3			3.3

Servicing income was $11 million, $9 million, and $8 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. The unpaid principal balance of SBA loans serviced for third parties was $1.4 billion, $1.1 billion and $1.0 billion at December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

8. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Business segments are based on segment leadership structure, which reflects how segment performance is monitored and assessed. We have four major business segments: Consumer and Business Banking, Commercial Banking, Vehicle Finance, and Regional Banking and The Huntington Private Client Group (RBHPCG). The Treasury / Other function includes technology and operations, other unallocated assets, liabilities, revenue, and expense.

A rollforward of goodwill by business segment for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, is presented in the table below:



	Consumer &
	Business		Commercial			Vehicle				Treasury/			Huntington
(dollar amounts in millions)	Banking		Banking			Finance		RBHPCG		Other			Consolidated
Balance, January 1, 2016	$	368	$	215		$	—	$	89	$	5		$	677
Goodwill acquired during the period	1,030		238			—		53		—			1,321
Adjustments	—		—			—		—		(5		)	(5		)
Balance, December 31, 2016	1,398		453			—		142		—			1,993
Adjustments	—		(28		)	—		28		—			—
Balance, December 31, 2017	$	1,398	$	425		$	—	$	170	$	—		$	1,993

Huntington announced a change in its executive leadership team, which became effective at the end of 2017. As a result, Commercial Real Estate is now included as an operating unit in the Commercial Banking segment. During the 2017 second quarter, the previously reported Home Lending segment was included as an operating unit within the Consumer and Business Banking segment. Additionally, the Insurance operating unit previously included in Commercial Banking was realigned to RBHPCG during second quarter. As a result, Huntington reclassified a net $28 million of goodwill from the Commercial Banking segment to the RBHPCG segment.

On August 16, 2016, Huntington completed its acquisition of FirstMerit in a stock and cash transaction valued at approximately $3.7 billion. In connection with the acquisition, the Company recorded $1.3 billion of goodwill, $310 million core deposit intangible asset and $95 million of other intangible assets. Huntington allocated goodwill recognized in the acquisition of FirstMerit to its existing operating segments. The allocation was performed using the ‘with and without’ approach, where an entity calculates the fair value of each segment before and after the acquisition, with the difference attributable to the fair value acquired via the acquisition. This method is most appropriate when multiple segments are expected to benefit from synergies realized in an acquisition. The results of the allocation are presented in the table above. For additional information on the acquisition, see Note 3 Acquisition of FirstMerit Corporation.

During the 2016 third quarter, Huntington reclassified $5 million of goodwill in the Treasury / Other segment related to a held for sale disposal group.

Goodwill is not amortized but is evaluated for impairment on an annual basis at October 1 of each year or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. No impairment was recorded in 2017 or 2016.

125

Table of Contents

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, Huntington’s other intangible assets consisted of the following:



(dollar amounts in millions)	Gross Carrying Amount			Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Value
December 31, 2017
Core deposit intangible	$	325		$	(61	)	$	264
Customer relationship	190			(108		)	82
Total other intangible assets	$	515		$	(169	)	$	346
December 31, 2016
Core deposit intangible	$	325		$	(27	)	$	298
Customer relationship	195		(1)	(91		)	104
Total other intangible assets	$	520		$	(118	)	$	402


(1)	During the 2016 third quarter, certain commercial merchant relationships, which resulted in an intangible of $14 million, were contributed to a joint venture in which Huntington holds a minority interest.

The estimated amortization expense of other intangible assets for the next five years is as follows:



(dollar amounts in millions)	Amortization Expense
2018	$	53
2019	50
2020	42
2021	40
2022	38

9. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment were comprised of the following at December 31, 2017 and 2016:



	At December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017			2016
Land and land improvements	$	193		$	199
Buildings	563			523
Leasehold improvements	240			265
Equipment	746			722
Total premises and equipment	1,742			1,709
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization	(878		)	(893		)
Net premises and equipment	$	864		$	816

Depreciation and amortization charged to expense and rental income credited to net occupancy expense for the three years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 were:



(dollar amounts in millions)	2017		2016		2015
Total depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment	$	123	$	126	$	86
Rental income credited to occupancy expense	14		13		13

10. SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

Borrowings with original maturities of one year or less are classified as short-term and were comprised of the following at December 31, 2017 and 2016:



	At December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017		2016
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase	$	1,318	$	1,248
Federal Home Loan Bank advances	3,725		2,425
Other borrowings	13		20
Total short-term borrowings	$	5,056	$	3,693

Other borrowings consist of borrowings from the U.S. Treasury and other notes payable.

126

Table of Contents

11. LONG-TERM DEBT

Huntington’s long-term debt consisted of the following:



	At December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017		2016
The Parent Company:
Senior Notes:
3.19% Huntington Bancshares Incorporated medium-term notes due 2021	$	969	$	973
2.33% Huntington Bancshares Incorporated senior note due 2022	953		954
2.64% Huntington Bancshares Incorporated senior note due 2018	399		399
Subordinated Notes:
7.00% Huntington Bancshares Incorporated subordinated notes due 2020	312		320
3.55% Huntington Bancshares Incorporated subordinated notes due 2023	245		248
Sky Financial Capital Trust IV 3.09% junior subordinated debentures due 2036 (1)	74		74
Sky Financial Capital Trust III 3.09% junior subordinated debentures due 2036 (1)	72		72
Huntington Capital I Trust Preferred 2.39% junior subordinated debentures due 2027 (2)	69		69
Huntington Capital II Trust Preferred 2.32% junior subordinated debentures due 2028 (3)	31		32
Camco Financial Statutory Trust I 3.02% due 2037 (4)	4		4
Total notes issued by the parent	3,128		3,145
The Bank:
Senior Notes:
2.24% Huntington National Bank senior notes due 2018	844		844
2.10% Huntington National Bank senior notes due 2018	748		747
2.47% Huntington National Bank senior notes due 2020	694		—
2.55% Huntington National Bank senior notes due 2022	685		—
2.43% Huntington National Bank senior notes due 2020	498		498
2.23% Huntington National Bank senior note due 2019	497		500
1.75% Huntington National Bank senior notes due 2018	496		500
2.97% Huntington National Bank senior notes due 2020	492		495
2.20% Huntington National Bank senior notes due 2020 (5)	300		—
5.04% Huntington National Bank medium-term notes due 2018	35		36
2.23% Huntington National Bank senior note due 2017	—		499
1.42% Huntington National Bank senior notes due 2017 (6)	—		250
Subordinated Notes:
3.86% Huntington National Bank subordinated notes due 2026	238		239
6.67% Huntington National Bank subordinated notes due 2018	129		132
5.45% Huntington National Bank subordinated notes due 2019	77		81
Total notes issued by the bank	5,733		4,821
FHLB Advances:
3.51% weighted average rate, varying maturities greater than one year	7		8
Other:
Huntington Technology Finance nonrecourse debt, 3.63% effective interest rate, varying maturities	263		278
3.57% Huntington Preferred Capital II - Class F securities (7)	75		—
Huntington Technology Finance ABS Trust 2014 1.70% due 2020	—		57
Total other	338		335
Total long-term debt	$	9,206	$	8,309


(1)	Variable effective rate at December 31, 2017, based on three-month LIBOR +1.400%.


(2)	Variable effective rate at December 31, 2017, based on three-month LIBOR +0.70%


(3)	Variable effective rate at December 31, 2017, based on three-month LIBOR +0.625%.


(4)	Variable effective rate at December 31, 2017, based on three-month LIBOR +1.33%.


(5)	Variable effective rate at December 31, 2017, based on three-month LIBOR + 0.51%


(6)	Variable effective rate at December 31, 2017, based on three-month LIBOR +0.425%.


(7)	Variable effective rate at December 31, 2017, based on three-month LIBOR + 1.880%.

Amounts above are net of unamortized discounts and adjustments related to hedging with derivative financial instruments. The derivative instruments, principally interest rate swaps, are used to hedge the fair values of certain fixed-rate debt by converting the debt to a variable rate. See Note 18 for more information regarding such financial instruments.

127

Table of Contents

In March 2017, the Bank issued $0.7 billion of senior notes at 99.994% of face value. The senior notes mature on March 10, 2020 and have a fixed coupon rate of 2.375%. The senior notes may be redeemed one month prior to the maturity date at 100% of principal plus accrued and unpaid interest. Also, in March 2017, the Bank issued $0.3 billion of senior notes at 100% of face value. The senior notes mature on March 10, 2020 and have a variable coupon rate of three month LIBOR + 51 basis points.

In August 2017, the Bank issued $0.7 billion of senior notes at 99.762% of face value. The senior notes mature on August 7, 2022 and have a fixed coupon rate of 2.50%. The senior notes may be redeemed one month prior to the maturity date at 100% of principal plus accrued and unpaid interest.

In August 2016, FirstMerit Parent Company and Bank subordinated debt with a fair value totaling $520 million was acquired by Huntington as part of the acquisition.

In August 2016, Huntington issued $1.0 billion of senior notes at 99.849% of face value. The senior notes mature on January 14, 2022 and have a fixed coupon rate of 2.3%.

In March 2016, Huntington issued $1.0 billion of senior notes at 99.803% of face value. The senior notes mature on March 14, 2021 and have a fixed coupon rate of 3.15%.

Long-term debt maturities for the next five years and thereafter are as follows:



(dollar amounts in millions)	2018		2019		2020		2021		2022		Thereafter		Total
The Parent Company:
Senior notes	$	400	$	—	$	—	$	1,000	$	1,000	$	—	$	2,400
Subordinated notes	—		—		300		—		—		504		804
The Bank:
Senior notes	2,135		500		2,000		—		700		—		5,335
Subordinated notes	125		76		—		—		—		325		526
FHLB Advances	1		—		2		—		—		4		7
Other	27		43		95		48		50		—		263
Total	$	2,688	$	619	$	2,397	$	1,048	$	1,750	$	833	$	9,335

These maturities are based upon the par values of the long-term debt.

The terms of the long-term debt obligations contain various restrictive covenants including limitations on the acquisition of additional debt in excess of specified levels, dividend payments, and the disposition of subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2017, Huntington was in compliance with all such covenants.

12. OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

The components of Huntington’s OCI in the three years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, were as follows:



	2017
	Tax (expense)
(dollar amounts in millions)	Pretax			Benefit			After-tax
Noncredit-related impairment recoveries (losses) on debt securities not expected to be sold	$	4		$	(2	)	$	2
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale debt securities arising during the period	(87		)	31			(56		)
Less: Reclassification adjustment for net losses (gains) included in net income	26			(9		)	17
Net change in unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale debt securities	(57		)	20			(37		)
Net change in unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale equity securities	1			(1		)	—
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives used in cash flow hedging relationships arising during the period	3			(1		)	2
Less: Reclassification adjustment for net (gains) losses included in net income	1			—			1
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives used in cash flow hedging relationships	4			(1		)	3
Net change in pension and other post-retirement obligations	—			—			—
Total other comprehensive income (loss)	$	(52	)	$	18		$	(34	)

128

Table of Contents



	2016
				Tax (expense)
(dollar amounts in millions)	Pretax			Benefit			After-tax
Noncredit-related impairment recoveries (losses) on debt securities not expected to be sold	$	1		$	—		$	1
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale debt securities arising during the period	(203		)	70			(133		)
Less: Reclassification adjustment for net losses (gains) included in net income	(107		)	38			(69		)
Net change in unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale debt securities	(309		)	108			(201		)
Net change in unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale equity securities	—			—			—
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives used in cash flow hedging relationships arising during the period	2			(1		)	1
Less: Reclassification adjustment for net (gains) losses included in net income	—			—			—
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives used in cash flow hedging relationships	2			(1		)	1
Net change in pension and other post-retirement obligations	38			(13		)	25
Total other comprehensive income (loss)	$	(269	)	$	94		$	(175	)



	2015
				Tax (expense)
(dollar amounts in millions)	Pretax			Benefit			After-tax
Noncredit-related impairment recoveries (losses) on debt securities not expected to be sold	$	20		$	(7	)	$	13
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale debt securities arising during the period	(26		)	9			(17		)
Less: Reclassification adjustment for net gains (losses) included in net income	(4		)	1			(3		)
Net change in unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale debt securities	(10		)	3			(7		)
Net change in unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale equity securities	—			—			—
Unrealized gains and losses on derivatives used in cash flow hedging relationships arising during the period	13			(4		)	9
Less: Reclassification adjustment for net losses (gains) losses included in net income	(1		)	—			(1		)
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives used in cash flow hedging relationships	12			(4		)	8
Defined benefit pension items	(8		)	3			(5		)
Net change in pension and post-retirement obligations	(8		)	3			(5		)
Total other comprehensive income (loss)	$	(6	)	$	2		$	(4	)

Activity in accumulated OCI for the two years ended December 31, were as follows:



(dollar amounts in millions)	Unrealized gains (losses) on debt securities (1)			Unrealized gains (losses) on equity securities		Unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedging derivatives			Unrealized gains (losses) for pension and other post-retirement obligations			Total
December 31, 2015	$	8		$	—	$	(4	)	$	(230	)	$	(226	)
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications	(132		)	—		1			—			(131		)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated OCI to earnings	(69		)	—		—			25			(44		)
Period change	(201		)	—		1			25			(175		)
December 31, 2016	(193		)	—		(3		)	(205		)	(401		)
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications	(54		)	—		2			(10		)	(62		)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated OCI to earnings	17			—		1			10			28
Period change	(37		)	—		3			—			(34		)
TCJA, Reclassification from accumulated OCI to retained earnings	(48		)	—		—			(45		)	(93		)
December 31, 2017	$	(278	)	$	—	$	—		$	(250	)	$	(528	)


(1)	Amount at December 31, 2017 includes $95 million of net unrealized losses on securities transferred from the available-for-sale securities portfolio to the held-to-maturity securities portfolio. The net unrealized losses will be recognized in earnings over the remaining life of the security using the effective interest method.

129

Table of Contents

The following table presents the reclassification adjustments out of accumulated OCI included in net income and the impacted line items as listed on the Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:



	Reclassifications out of accumulated OCI
Accumulated OCI components	Amounts reclassified from accumulated OCI						Location of net gain (loss) reclassified from accumulated OCI into earnings
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017			2016
Gains (losses) on debt securities:
Amortization of unrealized gains (losses)	$	(8	)	$	91		Interest income—held-to-maturity securities—taxable
Realized gain (loss) on sale of securities	(14		)	18			Noninterest income—net gains (losses) on sale of securities
OTTI recorded	(4		)	(2		)	Noninterest income—net gains (losses) on sale of securities
Total before tax	(26		)	107
Tax (expense) benefit	9			(38		)
Net of tax	$	(17	)	$	69
Gains (losses) on cash flow hedging relationships:
Interest rate contracts	$	(1	)	$	—		Interest and fee income—loans and leases
Interest rate contracts	—			—			Noninterest expense—other income
Total before tax	(1		)	—
Tax (expense) benefit	—			—
Net of tax	$	(1	)	$	—
Amortization of defined benefit pension and post-retirement items:
Actuarial gains (losses)	$	(18	)	$	(40	)	Noninterest expense—personnel costs
Net periodic benefit costs	2			2			Noninterest expense—personnel costs
Total before tax	(16		)	(38		)
Tax (expense) benefit	6			13
Net of tax	$	(10	)	$	(25	)

13. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

The following is a summary of Huntington's non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2017.



(dollar amounts in millions, except per share amounts)
Series	Description	Issuance Date	Total Shares Outstanding	Carrying Amount	Dividend Rate		Earliest Redemption Date
Series A	Non-cumulative, non-voting, perpetual, convertible	11/14/2008	362,506	363	8.50	%	N/A
Series B	Non-cumulative, non-voting, perpetual	12/28/2011	35,500	23	3-mo. LIBOR + 270 bps		1/15/2017
Series D	Non-cumulative, non-voting perpetual	3/21/2016	400,000	386	6.25	%	7/15/2021
Series D	Non-cumulative, non-voting perpetual	5/5/2016	200,000	199	6.25	%	7/15/2021
Series C	Non-cumulative, non-voting perpetual	8/16/2016	100,000	100	5.875	%	1/15/2022
Total			1,098,006	1,071

Each series of preferred stock has a liquidation value and redemption price per share of $1,000, plus any declared and unpaid dividends. All preferred stock, with the exception of Series A, has no stated maturity and redemption is solely at the option of the Company. Under current rules, any redemption of the preferred stock is subject to prior approval of the FRB.

Preferred Series A Stock issued and outstanding

Each share of the Series A Preferred Stock is non-voting and may be converted at any time, at the option of the holder, into 83.668 shares of common stock of Huntington, which represents an approximate initial conversion price of $11.95 per share of common stock. Since April 15, 2013, at the option of Huntington, the Series A Preferred Stock is subject to conversion into Huntington’s common stock at the prevailing conversion rate if the closing price of Huntington’s common stock exceeds 130% of the conversion price for 20 trading days during any 30 consecutive trading-day period. To exercise this right, a notice of mandatory conversion or issuance of a press release must be published by Huntington with the conversion date being no later than 20 days after providing the notice of conversion.

130

Table of Contents

Preferred Series B Stock issued and outstanding

Dividends on the Preferred B Stock will be non-cumulative and payable quarterly in arrears, when, as and if authorized by the Company's board of directors or a duly authorized committee of the board and declared by the Company, at a floating rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus a spread of 2.70% per year on the liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, equivalent to $25 per depositary share. The dividend payment dates will be the fifteenth day of each January, April, July and October, commencing on January 15, 2012, or the next business day if any such day is not a business day.

The Preferred B Stock is perpetual and has no maturity date. Huntington may redeem the Preferred B Stock at its option, (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after January 15, 2017 or (ii) in whole but not in part, within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event, in each case, at a redemption price equal to $1,000 per share (equivalent to $25 per depositary share), plus any declared and unpaid dividends and, in the case of a redemption following a regulatory capital treatment event, the pro-rated portion of dividends, whether or not declared, for the dividend period in which the such redemption occurs. If Huntington redeems the Preferred B Stock, the depositary will redeem a proportional number of depositary shares. Neither the holders of Preferred B Stock nor holders of depositary shares will have the right to require the redemption or repurchase of the Preferred B Stock. Any redemption of the Preferred B Stock is subject to Huntington's receipt of any required prior approval by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

Preferred Series C Stock issued and outstanding

Dividends on the Preferred C Stock will be non-cumulative and payable quarterly in arrears, when, as and if authorized by the Company's board of directors or a duly authorized committee of the board and declared by the Company, at an annual rate of 5.875% per year on the liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, equivalent to $25 per depositary share. The dividend payment dates will be the fifteenth day of each January, April, July and October, commencing on October 15, 2016, or the next business day if any such day is not a business day.

The Preferred C Stock is perpetual and has no maturity date. Huntington may redeem the Preferred C Stock at its option, (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after October 15, 2021 or (ii) in whole but not in part, within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event, in each case, at a redemption price equal to $1,000 per share (equivalent to $25 per depositary share), plus any declared and unpaid dividends, without regard to any undeclared dividends, on the Series C Preferred Stock prior to the date fixed for redemption. If Huntington redeems the Preferred C Stock, the depositary will redeem a proportional number of depositary shares. Neither the holders of Preferred C Stock nor holders of depositary shares will have the right to require the redemption or repurchase of the Preferred C Stock or the depositary shares. Any redemption of the Preferred C Stock is subject to Huntington's receipt of any required prior approval by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

Preferred Series D Stock issued and outstanding

Dividends on the Preferred D Stock will be non-cumulative and payable quarterly in arrears, when, as and if authorized by the Company's board of directors or a duly authorized committee of the board and declared by the Company, at an annual rate of 6.25% per year on the liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, equivalent to $25 per depositary share. The dividend payment dates will be the fifteenth day of each January, April, July and October, commencing on July 15, 2016, or the next business day if any such day is not a business day.

The Preferred D Stock is perpetual and has no maturity date. Huntington may redeem the Preferred D Stock at its option, (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after April 15, 2021 or (ii) in whole but not in part, within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event, in each case, at a redemption price equal to $1,000 per share (equivalent to $25 per depositary share), plus any declared and unpaid dividends and, in the case of a redemption following a regulatory capital treatment event, the prorated portion of dividends, whether or not declared, for the dividend period in which such redemption occurs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, pursuant to a commitment Huntington made to the Federal Reserve, for at least five years after the date of the issuance of depositary shares offered by the prospectus supplement, Huntington will not redeem or repurchase the Preferred D Stock, whether issued on March 21, 2016 or on the date of the issuance of the depositary shares offered by the prospectus supplement. If Huntington redeems the Preferred D Stock, the depositary will redeem a proportional number of depositary shares. Neither the holders of Preferred D Stock nor holders of depositary shares will have the right to require the redemption or repurchase of the Preferred D Stock or the depositary shares. Any redemption of the Preferred D Stock is subject to Huntington's receipt of any required prior approval by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

2017 Share Repurchase Program

During 2017, Huntington repurchased a total of 19.4 million shares of common stock at a weighted average share price of $13.38.

131

Table of Contents

2017 Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR)

14. EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share is the amount of earnings (adjusted for dividends declared on preferred stock) available to each share of common stock outstanding during the reporting period. Diluted earnings per share is the amount of earnings available to each share of common stock outstanding during the reporting period adjusted to include the effect of potentially dilutive common shares. Potentially dilutive common shares include incremental shares issued for stock options, restricted stock units and awards, distributions from deferred compensation plans, and the conversion of the Company’s convertible preferred stock (See Note 13). Potentially dilutive common shares are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share in periods in which the effect would be antidilutive. For diluted earnings per share, net income available to common shares can be affected by the conversion of the Company’s convertible preferred stock. Where the effect of this conversion would be dilutive, net income available to common shareholders is adjusted by the associated preferred dividends and deemed dividend. The 2017 total diluted average common shares issued and outstanding was impacted by using the if-converted method. The calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share for each of the three years ended December 31 was as follows:



	Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions, except per share amounts)	2017			2016			2015
Basic earnings per common share:
Net income	$	1,186		$	712		$	693
Preferred stock dividends	(76		)	(65		)	(32		)
Net income available to common shareholders	$	1,110		$	647		$	661
Average common shares issued and outstanding (000)	1,084,686			904,438			803,412
Basic earnings per common share	$	1.02		$	0.72		$	0.82
Diluted earnings per common share:
Net income available to common shareholders	$	1,110		$	647		$	661
Effect of assumed preferred stock conversion	31			—			—
Net income applicable to diluted earnings per share	$	1,141		$	647		$	661
Average common shares issued and outstanding (000)	1,084,686			904,438			803,412
Dilutive potential common shares
Stock options and restricted stock units and awards	17,883			11,728			11,633
Shares held in deferred compensation plans	3,160			2,486			1,912
Other	30,457			138			172
Dilutive potential common shares	51,500			14,352			13,717
Total diluted average common shares issued and outstanding (000)	1,136,186			918,790			817,129
Diluted earnings per common share	$	1.00		$	0.70		$	0.81

Approximately 1.0 million, 3.1 million, and 1.6 million options to purchase shares of common stock outstanding at the end of December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively, were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the effect would be antidilutive.

15. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

Huntington sponsors nonqualified and incentive share based compensation plans. These plans provide for the granting of stock options and other awards to officers, directors, and other employees. Compensation costs are included in personnel costs on the Consolidated Statements of Income. Stock options and awards are granted at the closing market price on the date of the grant. Options granted typically vest ratably over four years or when other conditions are met. Stock options, which represented a portion of the grant values, have no intrinsic value until the stock price increases. Options granted on or after May 1, 2015 have a contractual term of ten years. All options granted on or before April 30, 2015 have a contractual term of seven years.

2015 Long-Term Incentive Plan

In 2015, shareholders approved the Huntington Bancshares Incorporated 2015 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the 2015 Plan). Shares remaining under the 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan have been incorporated into the 2015 Plan. Accordingly, the total number

132

Table of Contents

of shares authorized for awards under the 2015 Plan is 30 million shares. At December 31, 2017, 8 million shares from the Plan were available for future grants.

Huntington issues shares to fulfill stock option exercises and restricted stock unit and award vesting from available authorized common shares. At December 31, 2017, Huntington believes there are adequate authorized common shares to satisfy anticipated stock option exercises and restricted stock unit and award vesting in 2018.

The following table presents total share-based compensation expense and related tax benefit for the three years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015:



(dollar amounts in millions)	2017		2016		2015
Share-based compensation expense	$	92	$	66	$	51
Tax benefit	32		22		18

Huntington uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to value options in determining the share-based compensation expense. Forfeitures are estimated at the date of grant based on historical rates, and updated as necessary, and reduce the compensation expense recognized. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the date of grant. The expected dividend yield is based on the dividend rate and stock price at the date of the grant. Expected volatility is based on the estimated volatility of Huntington’s stock over the expected term of the option.

The following table presents the weighted average assumptions used in the option-pricing model at the grant date for options granted in the three years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015:



	2017			2016			2015
Assumptions
Risk-free interest rate	2.04		%	1.63		%	2.13		%
Expected dividend yield	3.31			3.18			2.57
Expected volatility of Huntington’s common stock	29.5			30.0			29.0
Expected option term (years)	6.5			6.5			6.5
Weighted-average grant date fair value per share	$	2.81		$	2.17		$	2.57

Huntington’s stock option activity and related information for the year ended December 31, 2017, was as follows:



(dollar amounts in millions, except per share and options amounts)	Options (in thousands)		Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding at January 1, 2017	14,874		$	7.50
Granted	1,486		13.09
Exercised	(2,372	)	6.72
Forfeited/expired	(70	)	11.17
Outstanding at December 31, 2017	13,918		$	8.21	3.5	$	88
Expected to vest (1)	3,508		$	11.33	8.0	$	11
Exercisable at December 31, 2017	10,311		$	7.11	1.9	$	77


(1)	The number of options expected to vest includes an estimate of 99 thousand shares expected to be forfeited.

The aggregate intrinsic value represents the amount by which the fair value of underlying stock exceeds the “in-the-money” option exercise price. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, cash received for the exercises of stock options was $11 million, $14 million and $26 million, respectively. The tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from option exercises totaled $5 million, $3 million and $7 million in 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

Huntington also grants restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance share awards, and other stock-based awards. Restricted stock units and awards are issued at no cost to the recipient, and can be settled only in shares at the end of the vesting period. Restricted stock awards provide the holder with full voting rights and cash dividends during the vesting period. Restricted stock units do not provide the holder with voting rights or cash dividends during the vesting period, but do accrue a dividend equivalent that is paid upon vesting, and are subject to certain service restrictions. Performance share awards are payable contingent upon Huntington achieving certain predefined performance objectives over the three-year measurement period. The fair value of these awards reflects the closing market price of Huntington's common stock on the grant date.

133

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the status of Huntington’s restricted stock units and performance share awards as of December 31, 2017, and activity for the year ended December 31, 2017:



	Restricted Stock Awards				Restricted Stock Units				Performance Share Awards
(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)	Quantity		Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Share		Quantity		Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Share		Quantity		Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Share
Nonvested at January 1, 2017 (000)	656		$	9.68	14,733		$	9.61	3,307		$	9.63
Granted	—		—		6,232		13.45		1,278		12.18
Assumed	—		—		—		—		—		—
Vested	(174	)	9.68		(4,267	)	8.72		(1,550	)	9.00
Forfeited	(34	)	9.68		(539	)	10.91		(17	)	11.07
Nonvested at December 31, 2017 (000)	448		$	9.68	16,159		$	11.26	3,018		$	10.67

The weighted-average grant date fair value of nonvested shares granted for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 were $11.13, $9.59, and $10.86, respectively. The total fair value of awards vested during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 was $53 million, $31 million, and $30 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested awards was $93 million with a weighted-average expense recognition period of 2.3 years.

16. BENEFIT PLANS

Huntington sponsors the Plan, a non-contributory defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all employees hired or rehired prior to January 1, 2010. The Plan, which was modified in 2013 and no longer accrues service benefits to participants, provides benefits based upon length of service and compensation levels. The funding policy of Huntington is to contribute an annual amount that is at least equal to the minimum funding requirements but not more than the amount deductible under the Internal Revenue Code. There were no required minimum contributions during 2017. At December 31, 2017 Huntington and FirstMerit pension plans merged into a single legal entity, combining the respective plans' obligations and assets. As such, a single set of assumptions were selected for the merged entity, reflecting timing of cash flows, funded status, investment allocation, and any other relevant considerations, on a combined basis.

In addition, Huntington has an unfunded defined benefit post-retirement plan that provides certain healthcare and life insurance benefits to retired employees who have attained the age of 55 and have at least 10 years of vesting service under this plan. For any employee retiring on or after January 1, 1993, post-retirement healthcare benefits are based upon the employee’s number of months of service and are limited to the actual cost of coverage. Life insurance benefits are a percentage of the employee’s base salary at the time of retirement, with a maximum of $50,000 of coverage. The employer paid portion of the post-retirement health and life insurance plan was eliminated for employees retiring on and after March 1, 2010. Eligible employees retiring on and after March 1, 2010, who elect retiree medical coverage, will pay the full cost of this coverage. Huntington does not provide any employer paid life insurance to employees retiring on and after March 1, 2010. Eligible employees will be able to convert or port their existing life insurance at their own expense under the same terms that are available to all terminated employees.

On January 1, 2015, Huntington terminated the company sponsored retiree health care plan for Medicare eligible retirees and their dependents. Instead, Huntington will partner with a third-party to assist the retirees and their dependents in selecting individual policies from a variety of carriers on a private exchange. This plan amendment resulted in a measurement of the liability at the approval date. The result of the measurement was a $5 million reduction of the liability and increase in AOCI. It will also result in a reduction of expense over the estimated life of plan participants.

Huntington executed a life insurance buyout for the remaining life insurance benefits of FirstMerit retired participants. The buyout was executed in December 2017 for $4 million and is being reflected as a settlement in the projected benefit obligation at the end of the year.

134

Table of Contents

The following table shows the weighted-average assumptions used to determine the benefit obligation at December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the net periodic benefit cost for the years then ended:



	Pension Benefits				Post-Retirement Benefits
	2017		2016		2017		2016
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations
Discount rate	3.73	%	4.38	%	3.34	%	3.64	%
Rate of compensation increase	N/A		N/A		N/A		N/A
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost
Discount rate	4.38		4.54		3.64		3.81
Expected return on plan assets	6.50		6.75		N/A		N/A
Rate of compensation increase	N/A		N/A		N/A		N/A
N/A—Not Applicable

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is an assumption reflecting the average rate of earnings expected on the funds invested or to be invested to provide for the benefits included in the projected benefit obligation. The expected long-term rate of return is established at the beginning of the plan year based upon historical returns and projected returns on the underlying mix of invested assets.

The following table reconciles the beginning and ending balances of the benefit obligation of the Plan and the post-retirement benefit plan with the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31:



	Pension Benefits						Post-Retirement Benefits
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017			2016			2017			2016
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of measurement year	$	851		$	1,084		$	14		$	15
Changes due to:
Service cost	3			5			—			—
Interest cost	30			30			—			—
Benefits paid	(27		)	(20		)	(2		)	(1		)
Settlements	(31		)	(203		)	(4		)	—
Plan amendments	—			—			(2		)	—
Actuarial assumptions and gains and losses	74			(45		)	1			—
Total changes	49			(233		)	(7		)	(1		)
Projected benefit obligation at end of measurement year	$	900		$	851		$	7		$	14

The following table reconciles the beginning and ending balances of the fair value of Plan assets at the December 31, 2017 and 2016 measurement dates:



	Pension Benefits
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017			2016
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of measurement year	$	841		$	874
Changes due to:
Actual return on plan assets	118			37
Employer Contributions	—			150
Settlements	(29		)	(199		)
Benefits paid	(27		)	(21		)
Total changes	62			(33		)
Fair value of plan assets at end of measurement year	$	903		$	841

Huntington’s accumulated benefit obligation under the Plan was $900 million and $851 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016. As of December 31, 2017, the difference between the accumulated benefit obligation and the fair value of Huntington's plan assets was $3 million and is recorded in noncurrent liabilities.

135

Table of Contents

The following table shows the components of net periodic benefit costs recognized in the three years ended December 31, 2017:



	Pension Benefits									Post-Retirement Benefits
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017			2016			2015			2017			2016			2015
Service cost	$	3		$	5		$	2		$	—		$	—		$	—
Interest cost	30			30			32			—			—			—
Expected return on plan assets	(55		)	(45		)	(44		)	—			—			—
Amortization of prior service credit	—			—			—			(2		)	(2		)	(2		)
Amortization of (gain) / loss	7			7			8			—			—			—
Settlements	11			(8		)	12			—			—			(3		)
Benefit costs	$	(4	)	$	(11	)	$	10		$	(2	)	$	(2	)	$	(5	)

Included in benefit costs are $2 million, $2 million, and $4 million of plan expenses that were recognized in the three years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015. It is Huntington’s policy to recognize settlement gains and losses as incurred. Assuming no cash contributions are made to the Plan during 2018, Huntington expects net periodic pension benefit, excluding any expense of settlements, to approximate $9 million for 2018. The post-retirement medical and life subsidy was eliminated for anyone who retires on or after March 1, 2010. As such, there were no incremental net periodic post-retirement benefits costs associated with this plan.

The estimated transition obligation, prior service credit, and net actuarial loss for the plans that will be amortized from OCI into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year is zero, $2 million, and a $8 million benefit, respectively.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, The Huntington National Bank, as trustee, held all Plan assets. The Plan assets consisted of investments in a variety of corporate and government fixed income investments, money market funds, and mutual funds as follows:



	Fair Value
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017				2016
Cash equivalents:
Mutual Funds-money market	$	14	2	%	$	21	3	%
U.S. Treasury bills	5		1		—		—
Fixed income:
Corporate obligations	293		32		218		26
U.S. Government obligations	216		24		165		19
Mutual funds-fixed income	—		—		51		6
U.S. Government Agencies	23		3		10		1
Equities:
Mutual funds-equities	118		13		150		18
Common stock	158		17		182		22
Preferred stock	5		1		5		1
Exchange Traded Funds	58		6		28		3
Limited Partnerships	13		1		11		1
Fair value of plan assets	$	903	100	%	$	841	100	%

Investments of the Plan are accounted for at cost on the trade date and are reported at fair value. The valuation methodologies used to measure the fair value of pension plan assets vary depending on the type of asset. For an explanation of the fair value hierarchy, refer to Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” under the heading “Fair Value Measurements”. At December 31, 2017, cash equivalent money market funds and U.S. Treasury bills are valued at the closing price reported from an actively traded exchange and are classified as Level 1. Mutual funds are valued at quoted market prices that represent the net asset value of shares held by the Plan at year-end. The mutual funds held by the Plan are actively traded and are classified as Level 1. Corporate obligations, U.S. government obligations, and U.S. government securities are valued using unadjusted quoted prices from active markets for similar assets are classified as Level 2. Common and preferred stock are valued using the year-end closing price as determined by a national securities exchange and are classified as Level 1. The investment in the limited partnerships is reported at net asset value per share as determined by the general partners of each limited partnership, based on their proportionate share of the partnership’s fair value as recorded in the partnership’s audited financial statements.

In general, investments of the Plan are exposed to various risks such as interest rate risk, credit risk, and overall market volatility. Due to the level of risk associated with certain investments, it is reasonably possible changes in the values of investments will occur in the near term and such changes could materially affect the amounts reported in the Plan assets.

The investment objective of the Plan is to maximize the return on Plan assets over a long-time period, while meeting the Plan obligations. At December 31, 2017, Plan assets were invested 3% in cash and cash equivalents, 38% in equity investments, and 59% in bonds, with an average duration of 13.7 years on bond investments. The estimated life of benefit obligations was 13.5 years.

136

Table of Contents

Although it may fluctuate with market conditions, Huntington has targeted a long-term allocation of Plan assets of 20% to 50% in equity investments and 80% to 50% in bond investments. The allocation of Plan assets between equity investments and fixed income investments will change from time to time with the allocation to fixed income investments increasing as the funding level increases.

At December 31, 2017, the following table shows when benefit payments were expected to be paid:



(dollar amounts in millions)	Pension Benefits		Post-Retirement Benefits
2018	$	50	$	1
2019	49		1
2020	48		1
2021	47		1
2022	47		1
2023 through 2027	233		2

Although not required, a cash contribution can be made to the Plan up to the maximum deductible limit in the plan year. Anticipated contributions for 2018 to the post-retirement benefit plan are zero.

The 2018 healthcare cost trend rate is projected to be 6.6% for participants. This rate is assumed to decrease gradually until it reaches 4.5% in the year 2028 and remain at that level thereafter. Huntington updated the immediate healthcare cost trend rate assumption based on current market data and Huntington’s claims experience. This trend rate is expected to decline over time to a trend level consistent with medical inflation and long-term economic assumptions.

Huntington also sponsors other nonqualified retirement plans, the most significant being the SERP and the SRIP. The SERP provides certain former officers and directors, and the SRIP provides certain current and former officers and directors of Huntington and its subsidiaries with defined pension benefits in excess of limits imposed by federal tax law. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, Huntington has an accrued pension liability of $35 million and $33 million, respectively, associated with these plans. Pension expense for the plans was $1 million, $1 million, and $1 million in 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

The following table presents the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2017 and 2016, for all defined benefit plans:



(dollar amounts in millions)	2017		2016
Noncurrent liabilities	$	78	$	189

The following tables present the amounts recognized in OCI as of December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, and the changes in accumulated OCI for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015:



(dollar amounts in millions)	2017			2016			2015
Net actuarial loss	$	(264	)	$	(217	)	$	(244	)
Prior service cost	14			12			14
Defined benefit pension plans	$	(250	)	$	(205	)	$	(230	)



	2017
(dollar amounts in millions)	Pretax			Tax (expense) Benefit			After-tax
Balance, beginning of year	$	(316	)	$	111		$	(205	)
Net actuarial (loss) gain:
Amounts arising during the year	(16		)	6			(10		)
Amortization included in net periodic benefit costs	18			(7		)	11
TCJA, Reclassification from accumulated OCI to retained earnings							(47		)
Prior service cost:
Amounts arising during the year	—			—			—
Amortization included in net periodic benefit costs	(2		)	1			(1		)
TCJA, Reclassification from accumulated OCI to retained earnings							2
Balance, end of year	$	(316	)	$	111		$	(250	)

137

Table of Contents



	2016
(dollar amounts in millions)	Pretax			Tax (expense) Benefit			After-tax
Balance, beginning of year	$	(354	)	$	124		$	(230	)
Net actuarial (loss) gain:
Amounts arising during the year	38			(13		)	25
Amortization included in net periodic benefit costs	2			(1		)	1
Prior service cost:
Amounts arising during the year	—			—			—
Amortization included in net periodic benefit costs	(2		)	1			(1		)
Balance, end of year	$	(316	)	$	111		$	(205	)



	2015
(dollar amounts in millions)	Pretax			Tax (expense) Benefit			After-tax
Balance, beginning of year	$	(347	)	$	121		$	(226	)
Net actuarial (loss) gain:
Amounts arising during the year	(25		)	9			(16		)
Amortization included in net periodic benefit costs	20			(7		)	13
Prior service cost:
Amounts arising during the year	—			—			—
Amortization included in net periodic benefit costs	(2		)	1			(1		)
Balance, end of year	$	(354	)	$	124		$	(230	)

Huntington has a defined contribution plan that is available to eligible employees. Huntington matches participant contributions, up to the first 4% of base pay contributed to the Plan. For 2016, a discretionary profit-sharing contribution equal to 1% of eligible participants’ annual base pay was awarded. For 2017, the discretionary profit-sharing targets were not met.

The following table shows the costs of providing the defined contribution plan:



	Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017		2016		2015
Defined contribution plan	$	35	$	36	$	32

The following table shows the number of shares, market value, and dividends received on shares of Huntington stock held by the defined contribution plan:



	December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions, except share amounts)	2017		2016
Shares in Huntington common stock (000)	13,566		11,748
Market value of Huntington common stock	$	198	$	162
Dividends received on shares of Huntington stock	4		4

17. INCOME TAXES

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted the TCJA, a comprehensive tax legislation which, among other things, reduced the federal income tax rate for C corporations from 35% to 21% effective on January 1, 2018. The TCJA makes broad and complex changes to the Internal Revenue Code which will impact the Company, including reduction of the U.S. corporate income tax rate as well as introduction of business-related exclusions, deductions and credits. The effects of the TCJA have been recorded in the fourth quarter 2017 and its impact to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements are included and described within this footnote.

The Company’s deferred federal and state income tax and related valuation accounts represents the estimated impact of temporary differences between how we recognize our assets and liabilities under GAAP and how such assets and liabilities are recognized under federal and state tax law. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities as measured by the enacted tax rates which will be in effect when these differences reverse. As a result of the reduction in the U.S. corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21% under the TCJA, the Company revalued its ending net deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2017. The Company recognized a $123 million tax benefit in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 2017 as a result of the TCJA, of which the benefit recorded is primarily attributable to the revaluation of net deferred tax liabilities.

The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state, city, and foreign jurisdictions. Federal income tax audits have been completed for tax years through 2009. The IRS is currently examining our 2010 and

138

Table of Contents

2011 consolidated federal income tax returns. While the statute of limitations remains open for tax years 2012 through 2016, the IRS has advised that tax years 2012 through 2014 will not be audited, and plans to begin the examination of the 2015 federal income tax return during the 2018 first quarter. Various state and other jurisdictions remain open to examination, including Ohio, Kentucky, Indiana, Michigan, Pennsylvania, West Virginia, Wisconsin, and Illinois.

Huntington accounts for uncertainties in income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes. At December 31, 2017, Huntington had gross unrecognized tax benefits of $50 million in income tax liability related to uncertain tax positions. Due to the complexities of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is materially different from the current estimate of the tax liabilities. It is reasonably possible that the liability for gross unrecognized tax benefits could decrease by $50 million during the next 12 months due to the completion of tax authority examinations.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of gross unrecognized tax benefits:



(dollar amounts in millions)	2017		2016
Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of year	$	24	$	23
Gross increases for tax positions taken during current period	—		1
Gross increases for tax positions taken during prior years	26		—
Unrecognized tax benefits at end of year	$	50	$	24

Any interest and penalties on income tax assessments or income tax refunds are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income as a component of provision for income taxes. Huntington recognized interest expense of less than one million dollars for each of the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015. Total interest accrued was less than one million at December 31, 2017 and 2016. All of the gross unrecognized tax benefits would impact the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized.

The following is a summary of the provision (benefit) for income taxes:



	Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017			2016		2015
Current tax provision (benefit)
Federal	$	41		$	40	$	146
State	(1		)	3		6
Total current tax provision (benefit)	40			43		152
Deferred tax provision (benefit)
Federal	151			161		67
State	17			4		2
Total deferred tax provision (benefit)	168			165		69
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	$	208		$	208	$	221

The following is a reconciliation for provision for income taxes:



	Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017			2016			2015
Provision for income taxes computed at the statutory rate	$	488		$	322		$	320
Increases (decreases):
Tax-exempt income	(31		)	(27		)	(21		)
Tax-exempt bank owned life insurance income	(23		)	(20		)	(18		)
General business credits	(71		)	(64		)	(48		)
Capital loss	(67		)	(46		)	(46		)
Impact from TCJA	(123		)	—			—
Affordable housing investment amortization, net of tax benefits	46			37			32
State income taxes, net	11			5			5
Stock based compensation	(13		)	(4		)	—
Other	(9		)	5			(3		)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	$	208		$	208		$	221

139

Table of Contents

The significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, were as follows:



	At December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017 (1)			2016 (2)
Deferred tax assets:
Allowances for credit losses	$	162		$	255
Tax credit carryforward	153			76
Fair value adjustments	142			217
Net operating and other loss carryforward	108			141
Accrued expense/prepaid	17			64
Market discount	10			8
Pension and other employee benefits	—			35
Partnership investments	7			23
Other assets	6			11
Total deferred tax assets	605			830
Deferred tax liabilities:
Lease financing	249			325
Loan origination costs	116			138
Deferred dividend income	77			—
Purchase accounting adjustments	68			74
Operating assets	53			54
Mortgage servicing rights	39			51
Securities adjustments	6			56
Pension and other employee benefits	5			—
Other liabilities	18			9
Total deferred tax liabilities	631			707
Net deferred tax (liability) asset before valuation allowance	(26		)	123
Valuation allowance	(6		)	(5		)
Net deferred tax (liability) asset	$	(32	)	$	118


(1)	2017 balances reflect federal statutory tax rate 21%.


(2)	2016 balances reflect federal statutory tax rate 35%.

At December 31, 2017, Huntington’s net deferred tax asset related to loss and other carryforwards was $261 million. This was comprised of federal net operating loss carryforwards of $65 million, which will begin expiring in 2023, $42 million of state net operating loss carryforwards, which will begin expiring in 2018, an alternative minimum tax credit carryforward of $121 million, which will be fully utilized or refunded by 2022, a general business credit carryforward of $32 million, which will begin expiring in 2037, and a charitable contribution carryforward of $1 million, which will begin expiring in 2020.

In prior periods, Huntington established a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets for state deferred tax assets, and state net operating loss carryforwards. The state valuation allowance was based on the uncertainty of forecasted state taxable income expected in applicable jurisdictions in order to utilize the state deferred tax assets and state net operating loss carryforwards. Based on current analysis of both positive and negative evidence and projected forecasted taxable income within applicable jurisdictions, the Company believes that it is more likely than not, portions of the state deferred tax assets and state net operating loss carryforwards will be realized. As a result of this analysis, the state valuation allowance was $6 million at December 31, 2017 compared to $5 million at December 31, 2016.

At December 31, 2017, retained earnings included approximately $12 million of base year reserves of acquired thrift institutions, for which no deferred federal income tax liability has been recognized. Under current law, if these bad debt reserves are used for purposes other than to absorb bad debt losses, they will be subject to federal income tax at the current corporate rate. The amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability relating to the cumulative bad debt deduction was approximately $3 million at December 31, 2017.

140

Table of Contents

18. FAIR VALUES OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

Following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.

Loans held for sale

Huntington has elected to apply the fair value option for mortgage loans originated with the intent to sell which are included in loans held for sale. Mortgage loans held for sale are classified as Level 2 and are estimated using security prices for similar product types.

Loans held for investment

Certain mortgage loans originated with the intent to sell have been reclassified to mortgage loans held for investment. These loans continue to be measured at fair value. The fair value is determined using fair value of similar mortgage-backed securities adjusted for loan specific variables.

Huntington elected the fair value option for consumer loans with deteriorated credit quality acquired from FirstMerit in accordance with ASC 825 to allow for operational efficiencies not normally associated with purchased credit impaired loans. The consumer loans are classified as Level 3. The key assumption used to determine the fair value of the consumer loans is discounted cash flows.

Available-for-sale securities and trading account securities

Securities accounted for at fair value include both the available-for-sale and trading portfolios. Huntington uses prices obtained from third-party pricing services and recent trades to determine the fair value of securities. AFS and trading securities are classified as Level 1 using quoted market prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical securities that Huntington has the ability to access at the measurement date. Less than 1% of the positions in these portfolios are Level 1, and consist of U.S. Treasury securities and money market mutual funds. When quoted market prices are not available, fair values are classified as Level 2 using quoted prices for similar assets in active markets, quoted prices of identical or similar assets in markets that are not active, and inputs that are observable for the asset, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument. 78% of the positions in these portfolios are Level 2, and consist of U.S. Government and agency debt securities, agency mortgage backed securities, asset-backed securities other than the CDO-preferred securities portfolio, certain municipal securities and other securities. For Level 2 securities Huntington uses various methods and techniques to corroborate prices obtained from the pricing service, including references to dealer or other market quotes, and by reviewing valuations of comparable instruments. If relevant market prices are limited or unavailable, valuations may require significant management judgment or estimation to determine fair value, in which case the fair values are classified as Level 3. 21% of our positions are Level 3, and consist of CDO-preferred securities and municipal securities. A significant change in the unobservable inputs for these securities may result in a significant change in the ending fair value measurement of these securities.

The CDO-preferred securities portfolios are classified as Level 3 and as such use significant estimates to determine the fair value of these securities which results in greater subjectivity. The CDO-preferred securities portfolio are subjected to a quarterly review of the projected cash flows. These reviews are supported with analysis from independent third parties, and are used as a basis for impairment analysis.

MSRs

MSRs do not trade in an active market with readily observable prices. Accordingly, the fair value of these assets is classified as Level 3. Huntington determines the fair value of MSRs using an income approach model based upon the month-end interest rate curve and prepayment assumptions. The model utilizes assumptions to estimate future net servicing income cash flows, including estimates of time decay, payoffs, and changes in valuation inputs and assumptions. Servicing brokers and other sources of information (e.g. discussion with other mortgage servicers and industry surveys) are used to obtain information on market practice and assumptions. On at least a quarterly basis, third-party marks are obtained from at least one servicing broker. Huntington reviews the valuation assumptions against this market data for reasonableness and adjusts the assumptions if deemed appropriate. Any recommended change in assumptions and/or inputs are presented for review to the Mortgage Price Risk Subcommittee for final approval.

141

Table of Contents

Derivative assets and liabilities

Derivatives classified as Level 2 consist of foreign exchange and commodity contracts, which are valued using exchange traded swaps and futures market data. In addition, Level 2 includes interest rate contracts, which are valued using a discounted cash flow method that incorporates current market interest rates. Level 2 also includes exchange traded options and forward commitments to deliver mortgage-backed securities, which are valued using quoted prices.

Derivatives classified as Level 3 consist of interest rate lock agreements related to mortgage loan commitments. The determination of fair value includes assumptions related to the likelihood that a commitment will ultimately result in a closed loan, which is a significant unobservable assumption. A significant increase or decrease in the external market price would result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement.

Assets and Liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2017 and 2016 are summarized below:



	Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using						Netting Adjustments (1)			December 31, 2017
(dollar amounts in millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Assets
Loans held for sale	$	—	$	413	$	—	$	—		$	413
Loans held for investment	—		55		38		—			93
Trading account securities:
Other securities	83		3		—		—			86
	83		3		—		—			86
Available-for-sale and other securities:
U.S. Treasury securities	5		—		—		—			5
Residential CMOs	—		6,484		—		—			6,484
Residential MBS			1,367							1,367
Commercial MBS			2,487							2,487
Other agencies	—		70		—		—			70
Municipal securities	—		711		3,167		—			3,878
Asset-backed securities	—		443		24		—			467
Corporate debt	—		109		—		—			109
Other securities	20		1		—		—			21
	25		11,672		3,191		—			14,888
MSRs	—		—		11		—			11
Derivative assets	—		316		6		(190		)	132
Liabilities
Derivative liabilities	—		326		5		(245		)	86
Short-term borrowings	—		—		—		—			—

142

Table of Contents



	Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using						Netting Adjustments (1)			December 31, 2016
(dollar amounts in millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Assets
Loans held for sale	$	—	$	438	$	—	$	—		$	438
Loans held for investment	—		34		48		—			82
Trading account securities:
Municipal securities	—		1		—		—			1
Other securities	132		—		—		—			132
	132		1		—		—			133
Available-for-sale and other securities:
U.S. Treasury securities	6		—		—		—			6
Residential CMOs	—		6,810		—		—			6,810
Residential MBS			200							200
Commercial MBS			3,663							3,663
Other agencies	—		73		—		—			73
Municipal securities	—		452		2,798		—			3,250
Asset-backed securities	—		718		76		—			794
Corporate debt	—		199		—		—			199
Other securities	16		4		—		—			20
	22		12,119		2,874		—			15,015
MSRs	—		—		14		—			14
Derivative assets	—		414		6		(182		)	238
Liabilities
Derivative liabilities	—		363		8		(272		)	99
Short-term borrowings	—		—		—		—			—


(1)	Amounts represent the impact of legally enforceable master netting agreements that allow the Company to settle positive and negative positions and cash collateral held or placed with the same counterparties.

The tables below present a rollforward of the balance sheet amounts for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 for financial instruments measured on a recurring basis and classified as Level 3. The classification of an item as Level 3 is based on the significance of the unobservable inputs to the overall fair value measurement. However, Level 3 measurements may also include observable components of value that can be validated externally. Accordingly, the gains and losses in the table below include changes in fair value due in part to observable factors that are part of the valuation methodology.



	Level 3 Fair Value Measurements Year Ended December 31, 2017
							Available-for-sale securities
(dollar amounts in millions)	MSRs			Derivative instruments			Municipal securities			Asset- backed securities			Loans held for investment
Opening balance	$	14		$	(2	)	$	2,798		$	76		$	48
Transfers into Level 3	—			—			—			—			—
Transfers out of Level 3 (1)	—			(15		)	—			—			—
Total gains/losses for the period:
Included in earnings	(3		)	16			(2		)	(5		)	1
Included in OCI	—			—			(8		)	14			—
Purchases/originations	—			—			787			—			—
Sales	—			—			—			(60		)	—
Repayments	—			—			—			—			(11		)
Settlements	—			—			(408		)	(1		)	—
Closing balance	$	11		$	(1	)	$	3,167		$	24		$	38
Change in unrealized gains or losses for the period included in earnings for assets held at end of the reporting date	$	(3	)	$	—		$	—		$	(4	)	$	—


(1)	Transfers out of Level 3 represent the settlement value of the derivative instruments (i.e. interest rate lock agreements) that is transferred to loans held for sale, which is classified as Level 2.

143

Table of Contents



	Level 3 Fair Value Measurements Year Ended December 31, 2016
							Available-for-sale securities
(dollar amounts in millions)	MSRs			Derivative instruments			Municipal securities			Asset- backed securities			Loans held for investment
Opening balance	$	18		$	6		$	2,095		$	100		$	2
Transfers into Level 3	—			—			—			—			—
Transfers out of Level 3 (1)	—			(7		)	—			—			—
Total gains/losses for the period:
Included in earnings	(4		)	(1		)	7			(2		)	(2		)
Included in OCI	—			—			(28		)	6			—
Purchases/originations	—			—			1,399			—			56
Sales	—			—			(37		)	(25		)	—
Repayments	—			—			—			—			(8		)
Settlements	—			—			(638		)	(3		)	—
Closing balance	$	14		$	(2	)	$	2,798		$	76		$	48
Change in unrealized gains or losses for the period included in earnings (or changes in net assets) for assets held at end of the reporting date	$	(4	)	$	(1	)	$	(33	)	$	4		$	—


(1)	Transfers out of Level 3 represent the settlement value of the derivative instruments (i.e. interest rate lock agreements) that is transferred to loans held for sale, which is classified as Level 2.



	Level 3 Fair Value Measurements Year Ended December 31, 2015
							Available-for-sale securities
(dollar amounts in millions)	MSRs			Derivative instruments			Municipal securities			Private label CMO			Asset- backed securities			Loans held for investment
Balance, beginning of year	$	23		$	3		$	1,418		$	30		$	83		$	10
Transfers into Level 3	—			—			—			—			—			—
Transfers out of Level 3 (1)	—			(2		)	—			—			—			—
Total gains/losses for the period:
Included in earnings	(5		)	5			—			—			(3		)	—
Included in OCI	—			—			(4		)	2			25			—
Purchases/originations	—			—			1,002			—			—			—
Sales	—			—			(10		)	(30		)	—			—
Repayments	—			—			—			—			—			(8		)
Settlements	—			—			(311		)	(2		)	(5		)	—
Balance, end of year	$	18		$	6		$	2,095		$	—		$	100		$	2
Change in unrealized gains or losses for the period included in earnings (or changes in net assets) for assets held at end of the reporting date	$	(5	)	$	5		$	—		$	—		$	(3	)	$	—


(1)	Transfers out of Level 3 represent the settlement value of the derivative instruments (i.e. interest rate lock agreements) that is transferred to loans held for sale, which is classified as Level 2.

The tables below summarize the classification of gains and losses due to changes in fair value, recorded in earnings for Level 3 assets and liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015:



	Level 3 Fair Value Measurements Year Ended December 31, 2017
						Available-for-sale securities
(dollar amounts in millions)	MSRs			Derivative instruments		Municipal securities			Asset- backed securities			Loans held for investment
Classification of gains and losses in earnings:
Mortgage banking income	$	(3	)	$	16	$	—		$	—		$	—
Securities gains (losses)	—			—		—			(5		)	—
Interest and fee income	—			—		(2		)	—			—
Noninterest income	—			—		—			—			1
Total	$	(3	)	$	16	$	(2	)	$	(5	)	$	1

144

Table of Contents



	Level 3 Fair Value Measurements Year Ended December 31, 2016
							Available-for-sale securities
(dollar amounts in millions)	MSRs			Derivative instruments			Municipal securities		Asset- backed securities			Loans held for investment
Classification of gains and losses in earnings:
Mortgage banking income	$	(4	)	$	(1	)	$	—	$	—		$	—
Securities gains (losses)	—			—			1		(2		)	—
Interest and fee income	—			—			—		—			—
Noninterest income	—			—			6		—			(2		)
Total	$	(4	)	$	(1	)	$	7	$	(2	)	$	(2	)



	Level 3 Fair Value Measurements Year Ended December 31, 2015
						Available-for-sale securities
(dollar amounts in millions)	MSRs			Derivative instruments		Municipal securities		Asset- backed securities			Loans held for investment
Classification of gains and losses in earnings:
Mortgage banking income (loss)	$	(5	)	$	5	$	—	$	—		$	—
Securities gains (losses)	—			—		—		(3		)	—
Interest and fee income	—			—		—		—			—
Noninterest income	—			—		—		—			—
Total	$	(5	)	$	5	$	—	$	(3	)	$	—

Assets and liabilities under the fair value option

The following table presents the fair value and aggregate principal balance of certain assets and liabilities under the fair value option:



	December 31, 2017
	Total Loans							Loans that are 90 or more days past due
(dollar amounts in millions)	Fair value carrying amount		Aggregate unpaid principal		Difference			Fair value carrying amount		Aggregate unpaid principal		Difference
Assets
Loans held for sale	$	413	$	400	$	13		$	1	$	1	$	—
Loans held for investment	93		102		(9		)	10		11		(1		)



	December 31, 2016
	Total Loans							Loans that are 90 or more days past due
(dollar amounts in millions)	Fair value carrying amount		Aggregate unpaid principal		Difference			Fair value carrying amount		Aggregate unpaid principal		Difference
Assets
Loans held for sale	$	438	$	434	$	4		$	—	$	—	$	—
Loans held for investment	82		92		$	(10	)	8		11		$	(3	)

The following tables present the net gains (losses) from fair value changes, including net gains (losses) associated with instrument specific credit risk for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015:



	Net gains (losses) from fair value changes Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017		2016		2015
Assets
Loans held for sale	$	8	$	7	$	(2	)
Loans held for investment	—		—		(1		)

145

Table of Contents

Assets and Liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis

Certain assets and liabilities may be required to be measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in periods subsequent to their initial recognition. These assets and liabilities are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis; however, they are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances, such as when there is evidence of impairment. For the year ended December 31, 2017, assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis were as follows:



			Fair Value Measurements Using
(dollar amounts in millions)	Fair Value		Quoted Prices In Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Other Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Total Gains/(Losses) Year ended December 31, 2017
MSRs	$	190	$	—	$	—	$	190	$	1
Impaired loans	36		—		—		36		(5		)
Other real estate owned	33		—		—		33		(2		)

MSRs accounted for under the amortization method are subject to nonrecurring fair value measurement when the fair value is lower than the carrying amount.

Periodically, Huntington records nonrecurring adjustments of collateral-dependent loans measured for impairment when establishing the ALLL. Such amounts are generally based on the fair value of the underlying collateral supporting the loan. Appraisals are generally obtained to support the fair value of the collateral and incorporate measures such as recent sales prices for comparable properties and cost of construction. In cases where the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the collateral less cost to sell, an impairment charge is recognized.

Other real estate owned properties are included in accrued income and other assets and valued based on appraisals and third-party price opinions.

The appraisals supporting the fair value of the collateral to recognize loan impairment or unrealized loss on other real estate owned properties may not have been obtained as of December 31, 2017.

146

Table of Contents

Significant unobservable inputs for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis

The table below presents quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2017:



	Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2017
(dollar amounts in millions)	Fair Value		Valuation Technique	Significant Unobservable Input	Range (Weighted Average)
Measured at fair value on a recurring basis:
MSRs	$	11	Discounted cash flow	Constant prepayment rate	8% - 33% (12%)
				Spread over forward interest rate swap rates	8% - 10% (8%)
Derivative assets	6		Consensus Pricing	Net market price	-5% - 20% (2%)
				Estimated Pull through %	3% - 100% (75%)
Derivative liabilities	5		Discounted cash flow	Estimated conversion factor	165%
				Estimated growth rate of Visa Class A shares	7%
				Discount rate	3%
				Timing of the resolution of the litigation	12/31/2017 - 06/30/2020
Municipal securities	3,167		Discounted cash flow	Discount rate	0% - 10% (4%)
				Cumulative default	0% - 64% (3%)
				Loss given default	5% - 90% (24%)
Asset-backed securities	24		Discounted cash flow	Discount rate	7% - 7% (7%)
				Cumulative prepayment rate	0% - 72% (7%)
				Cumulative default	3% - 53% (7%)
				Loss given default	90% - 100% (98%)
				Cure given deferral	50% - 50% (50%)
Loans held for investment	38		Discounted cash flow	Discount rate	7% - 18% (8%)
				Constant prepayment rate	2% - 22% (9%)
Measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis:
MSRs	190		Discounted cash flow	Constant prepayment rate	6% - 21% (8%)
				Spread over forward interest rate swap rates	2% - 20% (10%)
Impaired loans	36		Appraisal value	NA	NA
Other real estate owned	33		Appraisal value	NA	NA

The following provides a general description of the impact of a change in an unobservable input on the fair value measurement and the interrelationship between unobservable inputs, where relevant/significant. Interrelationships may also exist between observable and unobservable inputs. Such relationships have not been included in the discussion below.

A significant change in the unobservable inputs may result in a significant change in the ending fair value measurement of Level 3 instruments. In general, prepayment rates increase when market interest rates decline and decrease when market interest rates rise and higher prepayment rates generally resulting in lower fair values for MSR assets asset-backed securities.

Credit loss estimates, such as probability of default, constant default, cumulative default, loss given default, cure given deferral, and loss severity, are driven by the ability of the borrowers to pay their loans and the value of the underlying collateral and are impacted by changes in macroeconomic conditions, typically increasing when economic conditions worsen and decreasing when conditions improve. An increase in the estimated prepayment rate typically results in a decrease in estimated credit losses and vice versa. Higher credit loss estimates generally result in lower fair values. Credit spreads generally increase when liquidity risks and market volatility increase and decrease when liquidity conditions and market volatility improve.

Discount rates and spread over forward interest rate swap rates typically increase when market interest rates increase and/or credit and liquidity risks increase and decrease when market interest rates decline and/or credit and liquidity conditions improve. Higher discount rates and credit spreads generally result in lower fair market values.

Net market price and pull through percentages generally increase when market interest rates increase and decline when market interest rates decline. Higher net market price and pull through percentages generally result in higher fair values.

147

Table of Contents

Fair values of financial instruments

The following table provides the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of Huntington’s financial instruments that are carried either at fair value or cost at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016:



	December 31, 2017				December 31, 2016
	Carrying		Fair		Carrying		Fair
(dollar amounts in millions)	Amount		Value		Amount		Value
Financial Assets:
Cash and short-term assets	$	1,567	$	1,567	$	1,443	$	1,443
Trading account securities	86		86		133		133
Loans held for sale	488		491		513		516
Available-for-sale and other securities	15,469		15,469		15,563		15,563
Held-to-maturity securities	9,091		8,971		7,807		7,787
Net loans and direct financing leases	69,426		69,146		66,324		66,295
Derivatives	132		132		238		238
Financial Liabilities:
Deposits	77,041		77,010		75,608		76,161
Short-term borrowings	5,056		5,056		3,693		3,693
Long-term debt	9,206		9,402		8,309		8,387
Derivatives	86		86		98		98

The following table presents the level in the fair value hierarchy for the estimated fair values of Huntington’s financial instruments at fair value at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016:



	Estimated Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using					December 31, 2017
(dollar amounts in millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3	December 31, 2017
Financial Assets:
Trading account securities	$	83	$	3		$	86
Loans held for sale	—		413		78	491
Available-for-sale and other securities	25		11,672		3,191	14,888
Held-to-maturity securities	—		8,971		—	8,971
Net loans and direct financing leases	—		—		69,146	69,146
Financial Liabilities:
Deposits	—		73,975		3,035	77,010
Short-term borrowings	—		—		5,056	5,056
Long-term debt	—		8,944		458	9,402



	Estimated Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using						December 31, 2016
(dollar amounts in millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		December 31, 2016
Financial Assets:
Held-to-maturity securities	$	—	$	7,787	$	—	$	7,787
Net loans and direct financing leases	—		—		66,295		66,295
Financial Liabilities:
Deposits	—		72,319		3,842		76,161
Short-term borrowings	1		—		3,692		3,693
Long-term debt	—		7,980		407		8,387

The short-term nature of certain assets and liabilities result in their carrying value approximating fair value. These include trading account securities, customers’ acceptance liabilities, short-term borrowings, bank acceptances outstanding, FHLB advances, and cash and short-term assets, which include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in banks, and federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements. Loan commitments and letters-of-credit generally have short-term, variable-rate features and contain clauses that limit Huntington’s exposure to changes in customer credit quality. Accordingly, their carrying values, which are immaterial at the respective balance sheet dates, are reasonable estimates of fair value.

Certain assets, the most significant being operating lease assets, bank owned life insurance, and premises and equipment, do not meet the definition of a financial instrument and are excluded from this disclosure. Similarly, mortgage and nonmortgage servicing rights, deposit base, and other customer relationship intangibles are not considered financial instruments and are not included above. Accordingly, this fair value information is not intended to, and does not, represent Huntington’s underlying value.

148

Table of Contents

Many of the assets and liabilities subject to the disclosure requirements are not actively traded, requiring fair values to be estimated by Management. These estimations necessarily involve the use of judgment about a wide variety of factors, including but not limited to, relevancy of market prices of comparable instruments, expected future cash flows, and appropriate discount rates.

The following methods and assumptions were used by Huntington to estimate the fair value of the remaining classes of financial instruments:

Held-to-maturity securities

Fair values are determined by using models that are based on security-specific details, as well as relevant industry and economic factors. The most significant of these inputs are quoted market prices, and interest rate spreads on relevant benchmark securities.

Loans and Direct Financing Leases

Variable-rate loans that reprice frequently are based on carrying amounts, as adjusted for estimated credit losses. The fair values for other loans and leases are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses and employ discount rates based on current interest rates offered for loans and leases for similar terms. The rates take into account the position of the yield curve, as well as an adjustment for prepayment risk, operating costs, and profit. This value is also reduced by an estimate of expected losses and the credit risk associated in the loan and lease portfolio. The valuation of the loan portfolio reflected discounts that Huntington believed are consistent with transactions occurring in the marketplace.

Deposits

Demand deposits, savings accounts, and money market deposits are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand. The fair values of fixed-rate time deposits are estimated by discounting cash flows using interest rates currently being offered on certificates with similar maturities.

Debt

Long-term debt is based upon quoted market prices, which are inclusive of Huntington’s credit risk. In the absence of quoted market prices, discounted cash flows using market rates for similar debt with the same maturities are used in the determination of fair value.

19. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Derivative financial instruments can be designated as accounting hedges under GAAP. Designating a derivative as an accounting hedge allows Huntington to recognize gains and losses, less any ineffectiveness, in the income statement within the same period that the hedged item affects earnings. Gains and losses on derivatives that are not designated to an effective hedge relationship under GAAP immediately impact earnings within the period they occur.

The following table presents the fair values of all derivative instruments included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016. Amounts in the table below are presented gross without the impact of any net collateral arrangements.



	December 31, 2017				December 31, 2016
(dollar amounts in millions)	Asset		Liability		Asset		Liability
Derivatives designated as Hedging Instruments
Interest rate contracts	$	22	$	121	$	46	$	100
Derivatives not designated as Hedging Instruments
Interest rate contracts (1)	187		100		233		141
Foreign exchange contracts	18		18		23		20
Commodities contracts	92		87		108		104
Equity contracts	3		5		10		6
Total Contracts	$	322	$	331	$	420	$	371


(1)	Includes derivative assets and liabilities used in mortgage banking activities.

149

Table of Contents

Derivatives used in Asset and Liability Management Activities

Huntington engages in balance sheet hedging activity, principally for asset liability management purposes, to convert fixed rate assets or liabilities into floating rate or vice versa. Balance sheet hedging activity is arranged to receive hedge accounting treatment and is classified as either fair value or cash flow hedges. Fair value hedges are purchased to convert deposits and subordinated and other long-term debt from fixed-rate obligations to floating rate. Cash flow hedges are also used to convert floating rate loans made to customers into fixed rate loans.

The following table presents the gross notional values of derivatives used in Huntington’s asset and liability management activities at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, identified by the underlying interest rate-sensitive instruments:



	December 31, 2017
(dollar amounts in millions)	Fair Value Hedges		Cash Flow Hedges		Total
Instruments associated with:
Loans	$	—	$	—	$	—
Subordinated notes	950		—		950
Long-term debt	7,425		—		7,425
Total notional value at December 31, 2017	$	8,375	$	—	$	8,375

	December 31, 2016
(dollar amounts in millions)	Fair Value Hedges		Cash Flow Hedges		Total
Instruments associated with:
Loans	$	—	$	3,325	$	3,325
Subordinated notes	950		—		950
Long-term debt	6,525		—		6,525
Total notional value at December 31, 2016	$	7,475	$	3,325	$	10,800

The following table presents additional information about the interest rate swaps used in Huntington’s asset and liability management activities at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016:



	December 31, 2017
							Weighted-Average Rate
(dollar amounts in millions)	Notional Value		Average Maturity (years)	Fair Value			Receive		Pay
Asset conversion swaps
Receive fixed—generic	$	—	0	$	—		—	%	—	%
Liability conversion swaps
Receive fixed—generic	8,375		2.5	(99		)	1.56		1.44
Total swap portfolio at December 31, 2017	$	8,375	2.5	$	(99	)	1.56	%	1.44	%

	December 31, 2016
							Weighted-Average Rate
(dollar amounts in millions)	Notional Value		Average Maturity (years)	Fair Value			Receive		Pay
Asset conversion swaps
Receive fixed—generic	$	3,325	0.6	$	(2	)	1.04	%	0.91	%
Liability conversion swaps
Receive fixed—generic	7,475		3.1	(52		)	1.49		0.88
Total swap portfolio at December 31, 2016	$	10,800	2.3	$	(54	)	1.35	%	0.89	%

These derivative financial instruments were entered into for the purpose of managing the interest rate risk of assets and liabilities. Consequently, net amounts receivable or payable on contracts hedging either interest earning assets or interest bearing liabilities were accrued as an adjustment to either interest income or interest expense. The net amounts resulted in an increase to net interest income of $23 million, $72 million, and $108 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

Fair Value Hedges

The changes in fair value of the fair value hedges are, to the extent that the hedging relationship is effective, recorded through earnings and offset against changes in the fair value of the hedged item.

150

Table of Contents

The following table presents the change in fair value for derivatives designated as fair value hedges as well as the offsetting change in fair value on the hedged item:



	Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017			2016			2015
Interest rate contracts
Change in fair value of interest rate swaps hedging deposits (1)	$	—		$	—		$	(1	)
Change in fair value of hedged deposits (1)	—			—			1
Change in fair value of interest rate swaps hedging subordinated notes (2)	(14		)	(48		)	(8		)
Change in fair value of hedged subordinated notes (2)	17			45			8
Change in fair value of interest rate swaps hedging long-term debt (2)	(39		)	(74		)	4
Change in fair value of hedged other long-term debt (2)	37			67			(4		)


(1)	Effective portion of the hedging relationship is recognized in Interest expense—deposits in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Any resulting ineffective portion of the hedging relationship is recognized in noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.


(2)	Effective portion of the hedging relationship is recognized in Interest expense—subordinated notes and other long-term debt in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Any resulting ineffective portion of the hedging relationship is recognized in noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Cash Flow Hedges

The following table presents the gains and (losses) recognized in OCI and the location in the Consolidated Statements of Income of gains and (losses) reclassified from OCI into earnings for derivatives designated as effective cash flow hedges:



Derivatives in cash flow hedging relationships	Amount of gain or (loss) recognized in OCI on derivatives (effective portion)						Location of gain or (loss) reclassified from accumulated OCI into earnings (effective portion)	Amount of (gain) or loss reclassified from accumulated OCI into earnings (effective portion) (pre-tax)
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017		2016		2015			2017		2016		2015
Interest rate contracts
Loans	$	2	$	1	$	9	Interest and fee income—loans and leases	$	1	$	—	$	(1	)
Total	$	2	$	1	$	9		$	1	$	—	$	(1	)

Gains and losses on swaps related to loans are recorded in interest income and interest expense, respectively.

To the extent these derivatives are effective in offsetting the variability of the hedged cash flows, changes in the derivatives’ fair value will not be included in current earnings but are reported as a component of OCI in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity. These changes in fair value will be included in earnings of future periods when earnings are also affected by the changes in the hedged cash flows. To the extent these derivatives are not effective, changes in their fair values are immediately included in noninterest income.

Derivatives used in mortgage banking activities

Mortgage loan origination hedging activity

Huntington’s mortgage origination hedging activity is related to the hedging of the mortgage pricing commitments to customers and the secondary sale to third parties. The value of a newly originated mortgage is not firm until the interest rate is committed or locked. The interest rate lock commitments are derivative positions offset by forward commitments to sell loans.

Huntington uses two types of mortgage-backed securities in its forward commitments to sell loans. The first type of forward commitment is a “To Be Announced” (or TBA), the second is a “Specified Pool” mortgage-backed security. Huntington uses these derivatives to hedge the value of mortgage-backed securities until they are sold.

The following table summarizes the derivative assets and liabilities used in mortgage banking activities:



Derivatives used in mortgage banking activities	December 31, 2017				December 31, 2016
(dollar amounts in millions)	Asset		Liability		Asset		Liability
Interest rate lock agreements	$	6	$	—	$	6	$	2
Forward trades and options	1		—		13		1
Total derivatives used in mortgage banking activities	$	7	$	—	$	19	$	3

MSR hedging activity

Huntington’s MSR economic hedging activity uses derivatives to manage the value of the MSR asset and to mitigate the various types of risk inherent in the MSR asset, including risks related to duration, basis, convexity, volatility, and yield curve. The hedging instruments include forward commitments, interest rate swaps, and options on interest rate swaps.

151

Table of Contents

The total notional value of these derivative financial instruments at December 31, 2017 and 2016, was $188 million and $308 million, respectively. The total notional amount at December 31, 2017 corresponds to trading liabilities with a fair value of $3 million. Net trading gains (losses) related to MSR hedging for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, were less than $1 million, $(1) million, and $(2) million, respectively. These amounts are included in mortgage banking income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Derivatives used in customer related activities

Various derivative financial instruments are offered to enable customers to meet their financing and investing objectives and for their risk management purposes. Derivative financial instruments used in trading activities consisted of commodity, interest rate, and foreign exchange contracts. The derivative contracts grant the option holder the right to buy or sell an underlying financial instrument for a predetermined price before the contract expires. Huntington may enter into offsetting third-party contracts with approved, reputable counterparties with substantially matching terms and currencies in order to economically hedge significant exposure related to derivatives used in trading activities.

The interest rate risk of customer derivatives is mitigated by entering into similar derivatives having offsetting terms with other counterparties. The credit risk to these customers is evaluated and included in the calculation of fair value. Foreign currency derivatives help the customer hedge risk and reduce exposure to fluctuations in exchange rates. Transactions are primarily in liquid currencies with Canadian dollars and Euros comprising a majority of all transactions.

The net fair values of these derivative financial instruments, for which the gross amounts are included in accrued income and other assets or accrued expenses and other liabilities at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, were $88 million and $80 million, respectively. The total notional values of derivative financial instruments used by Huntington on behalf of customers, including offsetting derivatives, were $22 billion and $21 billion at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. Huntington’s credit risks from interest rate swaps used for trading purposes were $119 million and $196 million at the same dates, respectively.

Visa^®related Swap

In connection with the sale of Huntington’s Class B Visa^® shares, Huntington entered into a swap agreement with the purchaser of the shares. The swap agreement adjusts for dilution in the conversion ratio of Class B shares resulting from changes in the Visa^® litigation. In connection with the FirstMerit acquisition, Huntington acquired an additional Visa^®related swap agreement. At December 31, 2017, the combined fair value of the swap liabilities of $5 million is an estimate of the exposure liability based upon Huntington’s assessment of the potential Visa^® litigation losses and timing of the litigation settlement.

Financial assets and liabilities that are offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets

All derivatives are carried on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. Derivative balances are presented on a net basis taking into consideration the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements. Collateral agreements are regularly entered into as part of the underlying derivative agreements with Huntington’s counterparties to mitigate counterparty credit risk. Cash collateral exchanged with counterparties is also netted against the applicable derivative fair values. Huntington enters into derivative transactions with two primary groups: broker-dealers and banks, and Huntington’s customers. Different methods are utilized for managing counterparty credit exposure and credit risk for each of these groups.

Huntington enters into transactions with broker-dealers and banks for various risk management purposes. These types of transactions generally are high dollar volume. Huntington enters into bilateral collateral and master netting agreements with these counterparties, and routinely exchange cash and high quality securities collateral with these counterparties. Huntington enters into transactions with customers to meet their financing, investing, payment and risk management needs. These types of transactions generally are low dollar volume. Huntington generally enters into master netting agreements with customer counterparties, however collateral is generally not exchanged with customer counterparties.

At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, aggregate credit risk associated with these derivatives, net of collateral that has been pledged by the counterparty, was $30 million and $26 million, respectively. The credit risk associated with interest rate swaps is calculated after considering master netting agreements with broker-dealers and banks.

At December 31, 2017, Huntington pledged $122 million of investment securities and cash collateral to counterparties, while other counterparties pledged $75 million of investment securities and cash collateral to Huntington to satisfy collateral netting agreements. In the event of credit downgrades, Huntington could be required to provide additional collateral.

The following tables present the gross amounts of these assets and liabilities with any offsets to arrive at the net amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016:

152

Table of Contents



Offsetting of Financial Assets and Derivative Assets
				Gross amounts offset in the consolidated balance sheets			Net amounts of assets presented in the consolidated balance sheets		Gross amounts not offset in the consolidated balance sheets
(dollar amounts in millions)		Gross amounts of recognized assets		Gross amounts offset in the consolidated balance sheets					Financial instruments			Cash collateral received			Net amount
December 31, 2017	Derivatives	$	322	$	(190	)	$	132	$	(11	)	$	(18	)	$	103
December 31, 2016	Derivatives	420		(182		)	238		(34		)	(5		)	199



Offsetting of Financial Liabilities and Derivative Liabilities
				Gross amounts offset in the consolidated balance sheets			Net amounts of assets presented in the consolidated balance sheets		Gross amounts not offset in the consolidated balance sheets
(dollar amounts in millions)		Gross amounts of recognized liabilities		Gross amounts offset in the consolidated balance sheets					Financial instruments			Cash collateral delivered			Net amount
December 31, 2017	Derivatives	$	331	$	(245	)	$	86	$	—		$	(21	)	$	65
December 31, 2016	Derivatives	371		(272		)	99		(8		)	(24		)	67

20. VIEs

Consolidated VIEs

Certain loan and lease securitization trusts are consolidated at December 31, 2016. During the 2017 fourth quarter, Huntington canceled the Series 2014A Trust. As a result, any remaining assets at the time of the cancellation were no longer part of the trust.

The following table present the carrying amount and classification of the consolidated trusts’ assets and liabilities that were included in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2016:



	December 31, 2016
		Huntington Technology Funding Trust		Other Consolidated VIEs		Total
(dollar amounts in millions)		Series 2014A		Other Consolidated VIEs		Total
Assets:
Cash		$	2	$	—	$	2
Net loans and leases		70		—		70
Accrued income and other assets		—		—		—
Total assets		$	72	$	—	$	72
Liabilities:
Other long-term debt		$	57	$	—	$	57
Accrued interest and other liabilities		—		—		—
Total liabilities		57		—		57
Equity:
Beneficial Interest owned by third party		$	14	—		14
Total liabilities and equity		$	71	$	—	$	71

The loans and leases were designated to repay the securitized notes. Huntington services the loans and leases and uses the proceeds from principal and interest payments to pay the securitized notes during the amortization period. Huntington has not provided financial or other support that was not previously contractually required.

153

Table of Contents

Unconsolidated VIEs

The following tables provide a summary of the assets and liabilities included in Huntington’s Consolidated Financial Statements, as well as the maximum exposure to losses, associated with its interests related to unconsolidated VIEs for which Huntington holds an interest, but is not the primary beneficiary, to the VIE at December 31, 2017, and 2016:



	December 31, 2017
(dollar amounts in millions)	Total Assets		Total Liabilities		Maximum Exposure to Loss
2016-1 Automobile Trust	$	7	$	—	$	7
2015-1 Automobile Trust	1		—		1
Trust Preferred Securities	14		252		—
Affordable Housing Tax Credit Partnerships	636		335		636
Other Investments	117		53		117
Total	$	775	$	640	$	761



	December 31, 2016
(dollar amounts in millions)	Total Assets		Total Liabilities		Maximum Exposure to Loss
2016-1 Automobile Trust	$	15	$	—	$	15
2015-1 Automobile Trust	2		—		2
Trust Preferred Securities	14		253		—
Affordable Housing Tax Credit Partnerships	577		293		577
Other Investments	79		42		79
Total	$	687	$	588	$	673

Automobile Securitizations

The following table provides a summary of automobile transfers to trusts in separate securitization transactions.

The securitizations and the resulting sale of all underlying securities qualified for sale accounting. Huntington has concluded that it is not the primary beneficiary of these trusts because it has neither the obligation to absorb losses of the entities that could potentially be significant to the VIEs nor the right to receive benefits from the entities that could potentially be significant to the VIEs. Huntington is not required and does not currently intend to provide any additional financial support to the trusts. Investors and creditors only have recourse to the assets held by the trusts. The interest Huntington holds in the VIEs relates to servicing rights which are included within accrued income and other assets of Huntington’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The maximum exposure to loss is equal to the carrying value of the servicing asset. See Note 7 for more information.

Trust-Preferred Securities

Huntington has certain wholly-owned trusts whose assets, liabilities, equity, income, and expenses are not included within Huntington’s Consolidated Financial Statements. These trusts have been formed for the sole purpose of issuing trust-preferred securities, from which the proceeds are then invested in Huntington junior subordinated debentures, which are reflected in Huntington’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as subordinated notes. The trust securities are the obligations of the trusts, and as such, are not consolidated within Huntington’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

154

Table of Contents

A list of trust-preferred securities outstanding at December 31, 2017 follows:



(dollar amounts in millions)	Rate			Principal amount of subordinated note/ debenture issued to trust (1)		Investment in unconsolidated subsidiary
Huntington Capital I	2.39	%	(2)	$	70	$	6
Huntington Capital II	2.32		(3)	32		3
Sky Financial Capital Trust III	3.09		(4)	72		2
Sky Financial Capital Trust IV	3.09		(4)	74		2
Camco Financial Trust	3.02		(5)	4		1
Total				$	252	$	14


(1)	Represents the principal amount of debentures issued to each trust, including unamortized original issue discount.


(2)	Variable effective rate at December 31, 2017, based on three-month LIBOR + 0.70%.


(3)	Variable effective rate at December 31, 2017, based on three-month LIBOR + 0.625%.


(4)	Variable effective rate at December 31, 2017, based on three-month LIBOR + 1.40%.


(5)	Variable effective rate at December 31, 2017, based on three month LIBOR + 1.33%.

Each issue of the junior subordinated debentures has an interest rate equal to the corresponding trust securities distribution rate. Huntington has the right to defer payment of interest on the debentures at any time, or from time-to-time for a period not exceeding five years provided that no extension period may extend beyond the stated maturity of the related debentures. During any such extension period, distributions to the trust securities will also be deferred and Huntington’s ability to pay dividends on its common stock will be restricted. Periodic cash payments and payments upon liquidation or redemption with respect to trust securities are guaranteed by Huntington to the extent of funds held by the trusts. The guarantee ranks subordinate and junior in right of payment to all indebtedness of the Company to the same extent as the junior subordinated debt. The guarantee does not place a limitation on the amount of additional indebtedness that may be incurred by Huntington.

Affordable Housing Tax Credit Partnerships

Huntington makes certain equity investments in various limited partnerships that sponsor affordable housing projects utilizing the Low Income Housing Tax Credit (LIHTC) pursuant to Section 42 of the Internal Revenue Code. The purpose of these investments is to achieve a satisfactory return on capital, to facilitate the sale of additional affordable housing product offerings, and to assist in achieving goals associated with the Community Reinvestment Act. The primary activities of the limited partnerships include the identification, development, and operation of multi-family housing that is leased to qualifying residential tenants. Generally, these types of investments are funded through a combination of debt and equity.

Huntington uses the proportional amortization method to account for a majority of its investments in these entities. These investments are included in accrued income and other assets. Investments that do not meet the requirements of the proportional amortization method are recognized using the equity method. Investment losses related to these investments are included in noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

The following table presents the balances of Huntington’s affordable housing tax credit investments and related unfunded commitments at December 31, 2017 and 2016.



(dollar amounts in millions)	December 31, 2017			December 31, 2016
Affordable housing tax credit investments	$	996		$	877
Less: amortization	(360		)	(300		)
Net affordable housing tax credit investments	$	636		$	577
Unfunded commitments	$	335		$	293

The following table presents other information relating to Huntington’s affordable housing tax credit investments for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015:



	Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017		2016		2015
Tax credits and other tax benefits recognized	$	91	$	80	$	60
Proportional amortization method
Tax credit amortization expense included in provision for income taxes (1)	70		53		43
Equity method
Tax credit investment losses included in noninterest income	—		1		—


(1)	Includes an adjustment of $4 million tax related to the TCJA for the year ended December 31, 2017.

There were no material sales of affordable housing tax credit investments in 2017, 2016 or 2015. Huntington recognized immaterial impairment losses for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015. The impairment losses recognized related to the fair value of the tax credit investments that were less than carrying value.

155

Table of Contents

Other Investments

Other investments determined to be VIE’s include investments in New Market Tax Credit Investments, Historic Tax Credit Investments, Small Business Investment Companies, Rural Business Investment Companies, certain equity method investments and other miscellaneous investments.

21. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

Commitments to extend credit

In the ordinary course of business, Huntington makes various commitments to extend credit that are not reflected in the Consolidated Financial Statements. The contract amounts of these financial agreements at December 31, 2017, and December 31, 2016 were as follows:



	At December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017		2016
Contract amount represents credit risk
Commitments to extend credit:
Commercial	$	16,219	$	15,190
Consumer	13,384		12,236
Commercial real estate	1,366		1,698
Standby letters of credit	510		637
Commercial letters-of-credit	21		5

Commercial letters-of-credit represent short-term, self-liquidating instruments that facilitate customer trade transactions and generally have maturities of no longer than 90 days. The goods or cargo being traded normally secures these instruments.

Commitments to sell loans

Activity related to our mortgage origination activity supports the hedging of the mortgage pricing commitments to customers and the secondary sale to third parties. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, Huntington had commitments to sell residential real estate loans of $0.7 billion and $0.8 billion, respectively. These contracts mature in less than one year.

Litigation and Regulatory Matters

In the ordinary course of business, Huntington is routinely a defendant in or party to pending and threatened legal and regulatory actions and proceedings.

In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such matters, particularly where the claimants seek very large or indeterminate damages or where the matters present novel legal theories or involve a large number of parties, Huntington generally cannot predict what the eventual outcome of the pending matters will be, what the timing of the ultimate resolution of these matters will be, or what the eventual loss, fines or penalties related to each matter may be.

Huntington establishes an accrued liability when those matters present loss contingencies that are both probable and estimable. In such cases, there may be an exposure to loss in excess of any amounts accrued. Huntington thereafter continues to monitor the matter for further developments that could affect the amount of the accrued liability that has been previously established.

For certain matters, Huntington is able to estimate a range of possible loss. In cases in which Huntington possesses information to estimate a range of possible loss, that estimate is aggregated and disclosed below. There may be other matters for which a loss is probable or reasonably possible but such an estimate of the range of possible loss may not be possible. For those matters where an estimate of the range of possible loss is possible, management currently estimates the aggregate range of possible loss is $0 to $55 million at December 31, 2017 in excess of the accrued liability (if any) related to those matters. This estimated range of possible loss is based upon currently available information and is subject to significant judgment and a variety of assumptions, and known and

156

Table of Contents

unknown uncertainties. The matters underlying the estimated range will change from time to time, and actual results may vary significantly from the current estimate. The estimated range of possible loss does not represent Huntington’s maximum loss exposure.

Information is provided below regarding the nature of all of these contingencies and, where specified, the amount of the claim associated with these loss contingencies. Based on current knowledge, management does not believe that loss contingencies arising from pending matters, including the matters described herein, will have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position of Huntington. Further, management believes that amounts previously accrued are adequate to address Huntington’s contingent liabilities. However, in light of the inherent uncertainties involved in these matters, some of which are beyond Huntington’s control, and the large or indeterminate damages sought in some of these matters, an adverse outcome in one or more of these matters could be material to Huntington’s results of operations for any particular reporting period.

Meoli v. The Huntington National Bank (Cyberco Litigation). The Bank has been named a defendant in a lawsuit arising from the Bank’s commercial lending, depository, and equipment leasing relationships with Cyberco Holdings, Inc. (Cyberco). Cyberco allegedly defrauded equipment lessors and financial institutions, including Huntington, in financing the purchase of computer equipment from Teleservices Group, Inc. (Teleservices), which itself later proved to be a shell corporation. Bankruptcy proceedings for both Cyberco and Teleservices ensued.

In an adversary proceeding brought by the bankruptcy trustee for Teleservices in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Michigan on September 28, 2015, judgment was rendered against Huntington in the amount of $72 million plus costs and pre- and post-judgment interest. Huntington appealed the judgment to the U.S. Sixth Circuit Court of Appeals, which, on February 8, 2017, reversed the judgment in part and remanded the case for further proceedings. After further briefing in the bankruptcy court on liability and the appropriate calculation of damages, the parties have reached an agreement in principle with the bankruptcy trustee on January 31, 2018 to settle the matter. Notice of the settlement must be provided to all parties-in-interest to the bankruptcy proceedings. A hearing in the bankruptcy court is scheduled for March, 19, 2018 to address any objections to the settlement and obtain bankruptcy court approval.

Powell v. The Huntington National Bank. The Bank is a defendant in a putative class action filed on October 15, 2013 alleging Huntington charged late fees on mortgage loans in a method that violated West Virginia law and the loan documents. Plaintiffs seek statutory civil penalties, compensatory damages and attorney’s fees. Huntington filed a motion for summary judgment on the plaintiffs’ claims, which was granted by the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of West Virginia on December 28, 2016. Plaintiffs appealed to the U.S. Fourth Circuit Court of Appeals. Oral arguments were held on October 25, 2017. The parties reached an agreement in principle on February 1, 2018 to settle the matter. The parties are in the process of finalizing a written settlement agreement.

Commitments under Operating Lease Obligations

At December 31, 2017, Huntington and its subsidiaries were obligated under noncancelable leases for land, buildings, and equipment. Many of these leases contain renewal options and certain leases provide options to purchase the leased property during or at the expiration of the lease period at specified prices. Some leases contain escalation clauses calling for rentals to be adjusted for increased real estate taxes and other operating expenses or proportionately adjusted for increases in the consumer or other price indices.

The future minimum rental payments required under operating leases that have initial or remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2017, were as follows: $59 million in 2018, $55 million in 2019, $53 million in 2020, $38 million in 2021, $34 million in 2022, and $135 million thereafter. At December 31, 2017, total minimum lease payments have not been reduced by minimum sublease rentals of $6 million due in the future under noncancelable subleases. At December 31, 2017, the future minimum sublease rental payments that Huntington expects to receive were as follows: $2 million in 2018, $2 million in 2019, $1 million in 2020, $0 million 2021, $0 million in 2022, and $0 million thereafter. The rental expense for all operating leases was $76 million, $65 million, and $58 million for 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. Huntington had no material obligations under capital leases.

22. OTHER REGULATORY MATTERS

Huntington and the Bank are subject to certain risk-based capital and leverage ratio requirements adopted by the Federal Reserve, for Huntington, and the OCC, for the Bank, to implement the U.S. Basel III capital rules. These quantitative calculations are minimums, and the Federal Reserve and OCC may determine that a banking organization, based on its size, complexity or risk profile, must maintain a higher level of capital in order to operate in a safe and sound manner.


•	Tier 1 Leverage Ratio, equal to the ratio of Tier 1 capital to quarterly average assets (net of goodwill, certain other intangible assets and certain other deductions). The Bank’s minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio requirement is 4%.


•	CET1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio, equal to the ratio of CET1 capital to risk-weighted assets. CET1 capital primarily includes common shareholders’ equity subject to certain regulatory adjustments and deductions, including with respect to goodwill,

157

Table of Contents

intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets and AOCI. Certain of these adjustments and deductions are subject to phase-in periods that began on January 1, 2015 and ended on January 1, 2018. Together with the FDIC, the Federal Reserve and OCC have issued proposed rules that would simplify the capital treatment of certain capital deductions and adjustments. The final phase-in period for these capital deductions and adjustments has been indefinitely delayed. The minimum CET1 risk-based capital ratio requirement for Huntington and the Bank is 4.5%.


•	Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio, equal to the ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets. Tier 1 capital is primarily comprised of CET1 capital, perpetual preferred stock and certain qualifying capital instruments. The minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio requirement for Huntington and the Bank is 6%.

•

Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio, equal to the ratio of total capital, including CET1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital, to risk-weighted assets. Tier 2 capital primarily includes qualifying subordinated debt and qualifying ALLL. Tier 2 capital also includes, among other things, certain trust preferred securities. The minimum total risk-based capital ratio requirement for Huntington and the Bank is 8%.

To be well-capitalized, the Bank must maintain the following capital ratios: CET1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 6.5% or greater; Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 8.0% or greater; Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 10.0% or greater; and Tier 1 Leverage Ratio of 5.0% or greater.

Failure to be well-capitalized or to meet minimum capital requirements could result in certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have an adverse material effect on our operations or financial condition. Failure to be well-capitalized or to meet minimum capital requirements could also result in restrictions on Huntington’s or the Bank’s ability to pay dividends or otherwise distribute capital or to receive regulatory approval of applications. In addition to meeting the minimum capital requirements, under the U.S. Basel III capital rules Huntington and the Bank must also maintain the required Capital Conservation Buffer to avoid becoming subject to restrictions on capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments to management. The Capital Conservation Buffer is calculated as a ratio of CET1 capital to risk-weighted assets, and it effectively increases the required minimum risk-based capital ratios. The Capital Conservation Buffer requirement is being phased in over a three-year period that began on January 1, 2016. When the phase-in period is complete on January 1, 2019, the Capital Conservation Buffer will be 2.5%. Throughout 2017, the required Capital Conservation Buffer was 1.25%, and the required Capital Conservation Buffer throughout 2018 will be 1.875%.

As of December 31, 2017, Huntington’s and the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios were above the well-capitalized standards and met the then-applicable Capital Conservation Buffer. Please refer to the table below for a summary of Huntington’s and the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios as of December 31, 2017, calculated using the regulatory capital methodology applicable to us during 2017.



		Minimum		Minimum				December 31,
		Regulatory		Ratio+Capital		Well-		2017				2016
		Capital		Conservation		Capitalized		Basel III
(dollar amounts in millions)		Ratios		Buffer		Minimums		Ratio		Amount		Ratio		Amount
Tier 1 leverage	Consolidated	4.00	%	N/A		N/A		9.09	%	$	9,110	8.70	%	$	8,547
	Bank	4.00		N/A		5.00	%	9.70		9,727		9.29		9,086
CET 1 risk-based capital	Consolidated	4.50		5.75	%	N/A		10.01		8,041		9.56		7,486
	Bank	4.50		5.75		6.50		11.02		8,856		10.42		8,153
Tier 1 risk-based capital	Consolidated	6.00		7.25		6.00		11.34		9,110		10.92		8,547
	Bank	6.00		7.25		8.00		12.10		9,727		11.61		9,086
Total risk-based capital	Consolidated	8.00		9.25		10.00		13.39		10,757		13.05		10,215
	Bank	8.00		9.25		10.00		14.33		11,517		13.83		10,818

Huntington and its subsidiaries are also subject to various regulatory requirements that impose restrictions on cash, debt, and dividends. The Bank is required to maintain cash reserves based on the level of certain of its deposits. This reserve requirement may be met by holding cash in banking offices or on deposit at the FRB. During 2017 and 2016, the average balances of these deposits were $0.4 billion and $0.3 billion, respectively.

Under current Federal Reserve regulations, the Bank is limited as to the amount and type of loans it may make to the parent company and nonbank subsidiaries. At December 31, 2017, the Bank could lend $1.1 billion to a single affiliate, subject to the qualifying collateral requirements defined in the regulations.

Dividends from the Bank are one of the major sources of funds for the Company. These funds aid the Company in the payment of dividends to shareholders, expenses, and other obligations. Payment of dividends and/or return of capital to the parent company is subject to various legal and regulatory limitations. During 2017, the Bank paid dividends and returned capital of $723.7 million to the holding company. Also, there are statutory and regulatory limitations on the ability of national banks to pay dividends or make other capital distributions.

158

Table of Contents

23. PARENT-ONLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The parent-only financial statements, which include transactions with subsidiaries, are as follows:



Balance Sheets	December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017		2016
Assets
Cash and due from banks	$	1,618	$	1,753
Due from The Huntington National Bank	798		730
Due from non-bank subsidiaries	58		45
Investment in The Huntington National Bank	11,696		10,668
Investment in non-bank subsidiaries	111		500
Accrued interest receivable and other assets	252		321
Total assets	$	14,533	$	14,017
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
Long-term borrowings	$	3,128	$	3,145
Dividends payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities	591		564
Total liabilities	3,719		3,709
Shareholders’ equity (1)	10,814		10,308
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	14,533	$	14,017


(1)	See Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity.



Statements of Income	Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017			2016			2015
Income
Dividends from
The Huntington National Bank	$	298		$	188		$	822
Non-bank subsidiaries	14			11			39
Interest from
The Huntington National Bank	20			14			6
Non-bank subsidiaries	2			3			2
Other	4			—			5
Total income	338			216			874
Expense
Personnel costs	19			12			5
Interest on borrowings	91			59			17
Other	115			123			93
Total expense	225			194			115
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries	113			22			759
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	(56		)	(56		)	(110		)
Income (loss) before equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries	169			78			869
Increase (decrease) in undistributed net income (loss) of:
The Huntington National Bank	1,015			629			(161		)
Non-bank subsidiaries	2			5			(15		)
Net income	$	1,186		$	712		$	693
Other comprehensive income (loss) (1)	(34		)	(175		)	(4		)
Comprehensive income	$	1,152		$	537		$	689


(1)	See Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for other comprehensive income (loss) detail.

159

Table of Contents



Statements of Cash Flows	Year Ended December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017			2016			2015
Operating activities
Net income	$	1,186		$	712		$	693
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries	(997		)	(634		)	176
Depreciation and amortization	4			(1		)	1
Loss on sales of securities available-for-sale	—			—			—
Other, net	(37		)	(24		)	(45		)
Net cash (used for) provided by operating activities	156			53			825
Investing activities
Repayments from subsidiaries	442			464			495
Advances to subsidiaries	(29		)	(1,758		)	(612		)
Proceeds from sale of securities available-for-sale	1			(2		)	—
Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash received	—			(133		)	—
Proceeds from business divestitures	—			—			9
Net cash (used for) provided by investing activities	414			(1,429		)	(108		)
Financing activities
Proceeds from issuance of long-term borrowings	—			1,990			—
Payment of borrowings	—			(65		)	—
Dividends paid on stock	(425		)	(299		)	(225		)
Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock	—			585			—
Repurchases of common stock	(260		)	—			(252		)
Other, net	(20		)	1			14
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities	(705		)	2,212			(463		)
Increase (decrease) in cash and due from banks	(135		)	836			254
Cash and due from banks at beginning of year	1,753			917			663
Cash and due from banks at end of year	$	1,618		$	1,753		$	917
Supplemental disclosure:
Interest paid	$	90		$	36		$	17

24. SEGMENT REPORTING

Huntington's business segments are based on the internally-aligned segment leadership structure, which is how management monitors results and assesses performance. The Company has four major business segments: Consumer and Business Banking, Commercial Banking, Vehicle Finance, Regional Banking and The Huntington Private Client Group (RBHPCG). The Treasury / Other function includes technology and operations, other unallocated assets, liabilities, revenue, and expense.

Business segment results are determined based upon Huntington's management reporting system, which assigns balance sheet and income statement items to each of the business segments. The process is designed around the organizational and management structure and, accordingly, the results derived are not necessarily comparable with similar information published by other financial institutions. Additionally, because of the interrelationships of the various segments, the information presented is not indicative of how the segments would perform if they operated as independent entities.

The management accounting process that develops the business segment reporting utilizes various estimates and allocation methodologies to measure the performance of the business segments. Expenses are allocated to business segments using a two-phase approach. The first phase consists of measuring and assigning unit costs (activity-based costs) to activities related to product origination and servicing. These activity-based costs are then extended, based on volumes, with the resulting amount allocated to business segments that own the related products. The second phase consists of the allocation of overhead costs to all four business segments from Treasury / Other. Huntington utilizes a full-allocation methodology, where all Treasury / Other expenses, except reported Significant Items, and a small amount of other residual unallocated expenses, are allocated to the four business segments.

The management accounting policies and processes utilized in compiling segment financial information are highly subjective and, unlike financial accounting, are not based on authoritative guidance similar to GAAP. As a result, reported segment results are not necessarily comparable with similar information reported by other financial institutions. Furthermore, changes in management

160

Table of Contents

structure or allocation methodologies and procedures result in changes in reported segment financial data. Accordingly, certain amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

Huntington uses an active and centralized FTP methodology to attribute appropriate net interest income to the business segments. The intent of the FTP methodology is to transfer interest rate risk from the business segments by providing matched duration funding of assets and liabilities. The result is to centralize the financial impact, management, and reporting of interest rate risk in the Treasury / Other function where it can be centrally monitored and managed. The Treasury / Other function charges (credits) an internal cost of funds for assets held in (or pays for funding provided by) each business segment. The FTP rate is based on prevailing market interest rates for comparable duration assets (or liabilities). A new methodology for establishing FTP rates was adopted in 2017, therefore, prior period amounts have been restated to reflect the new methodology.

Huntington announced a change in the executive leadership team, which became effective at the end of 2017. As a result, Commercial Real Estate is now included as an operating unit in the Commercial Banking segment. During the 2017 second quarter, the previously reported Home Lending segment was included as an operating unit in the Consumer and Business Banking segment. Additionally, the Insurance operating unit previously included in Commercial Banking was realigned to RBHPCG during the second quarter. Prior period results have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

Consumer and Business Banking - The Consumer and Business Banking segment, including Home Lending, provides a wide array of financial products and services to consumer and small business customers including but not limited to checking accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts, certificates of deposit, mortgage loans, consumer loans, credit cards, and small business loans and investment products. Other financial services available to consumer and small business customers include insurance, interest rate risk protection, foreign exchange, and treasury management. Business Banking is defined as serving companies with revenues up to $20 million. Home Lending supports origination and servicing of consumer loans and mortgages for customers who are generally located in our primary banking markets across all segments.

Commercial Banking - Through a relationship banking model, this segment provides a wide array of products and services to the middle market, large corporate, real estate and government public sector customers located primarily within our geographic footprint. The segment is divided into six business units: Middle Market, Specialty Banking, Asset Finance, Capital Markets/ Institutional Corporate Banking, Commercial Real Estate and Treasury Management.

Vehicle Finance - Our products and services include providing financing to consumers for the purchase of automobiles, light-duty trucks, recreational vehicles and marine craft at franchised and other select dealerships, and providing financing to franchised dealerships for the acquisition of new and used inventory. Products and services are delivered through highly specialized relationship-focused bankers and product partners.

Regional Banking and The Huntington Private Client Group - The core business of The Huntington Private Client Group is The Huntington Private Bank, which consists of Private Banking, Wealth & Investment Management, and Retirement Plan Services. The Huntington Private Bank provides high net-worth customers with deposit, lending (including specialized lending options), and banking services. The Huntington Private Bank also delivers wealth management and legacy planning through investment and portfolio management, fiduciary administration, and trust services. This group also provides retirement plan services to corporate businesses. The Huntington Private Client Group provides corporate trust services and institutional and mutual fund custody services.

161

Table of Contents

Listed below is certain financial information reconciled to Huntington’s December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016, and December 31, 2015, reported results by business segment:



Income Statements (dollar amounts in millions)	Consumer & Business Banking		Commercial Banking		Vehicle Finance		RBHPCG			Treasury / Other			Huntington Consolidated
2017
Net interest income	$	1,555	$	899	$	424	$	184		$	(60	)	$	3,002
Provision (benefit) for credit losses	110		28		63		—			—			201
Noninterest income	735		278		14		188			92			1,307
Noninterest expense	1,647		474		150		243			200			2,714
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	187		236		79		45			(339		)	208
Net income (loss)	$	346	$	439	$	146	$	84		$	171		$	1,186
2016
Net interest income	$	1,224	$	725	$	345	$	152		$	(77	)	$	2,369
Provision (benefit) for credit losses	68		79		47		(3		)	—			191
Noninterest income	650		244		14		177			65			1,150
Noninterest expense	1,338		398		118		229			325			2,408
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	164		172		68		36			(232		)	208
Net income (loss)	$	304	$	320	$	126	$	67		$	(105	)	$	712
2015
Net interest income	$	995	$	560	$	262	$	125		$	9		$	1,951
Provision (benefit) for credit losses	45		16		39		—			—			100
Noninterest income	566		214		13		174			72			1,039
Noninterest expense	1,192		343		93		241			107			1,976
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	113		145		50		21			(108		)	221
Net income (loss)	$	211	$	270	$	93	$	37		$	82		$	693



	Assets at December 31,				Deposits at December 31,
(dollar amounts in millions)	2017		2016		2017		2016
Consumer & Business Banking	$	26,220	$	25,333	$	45,643	$	45,356
Commercial Banking	32,118		31,566		21,235		19,597
Vehicle Finance	17,865		16,132		358		349
RBHPCG	5,821		5,328		6,057		6,214
Treasury / Other	22,161		21,355		3,748		4,092
Total	$	104,185	$	99,714	$	77,041	$	75,608

162

Table of Contents

25. QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)

The following is a summary of the quarterly results of operations, for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:



	Three Months Ended
	December 31,			September 30,		June 30,		March 31,
(dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)	2017			2017		2017		2017
Interest income	$	894		$	873	$	846	$	820
Interest expense	124			115		101		91
Net interest income	770			758		745		729
Provision for credit losses	65			43		25		68
Noninterest income	340			330		325		312
Noninterest expense	633			680		694		707
Income before income taxes	412			365		351		266
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	(20		)	90		79		59
Net income	432			275		272		207
Dividends on preferred shares	19			19		19		19
Net income applicable to common shares	$	413		$	256	$	253	$	188
Net income per common share — Basic	$	0.38		$	0.24	$	0.23	$	0.17
Net income per common share — Diluted	0.37			0.23		0.23		0.17



	Three Months Ended
	December 31,		September 30,		June 30,		March 31,
(dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)	2016		2016		2016		2016
Interest income	$	815	$	694	$	566	$	557
Interest expense	80		69		60		54
Net interest income	735		625		506		503
Provision for credit losses	75		63		25		28
Noninterest income	334		303		271		242
Noninterest expense	681		713		523		491
Income before income taxes	313		152		229		226
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	74		25		54		55
Net income	239		127		175		171
Dividends on preferred shares	19		18		20		8
Net income applicable to common shares	$	220	$	109	$	155	$	163
Net income per common share — Basic	$	0.20	$	0.12	$	0.19	$	0.21
Net income per common share — Diluted	0.20		0.11		0.19		0.20

163

Table of Contents

Item 9: Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A: Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Huntington maintains disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensure that the information required to be disclosed in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), are recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by an issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the issuer’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Huntington’s Management, with the participation of its Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of Huntington’s disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2017. Based upon such evaluation, Huntington’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of December 31, 2017, Huntington’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Information required by this item is set forth in the Report of Management's Assessment of Internal Control over Financial Reporting and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have not been any changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the quarter ended December 31, 2017, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B: Other Information

Not applicable.

PART III

We refer in Part III of this report to relevant sections of our 2018 Proxy Statement for the 2018 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days of the close of our 2017 fiscal year. Portions of our 2018 Proxy Statement, including the sections we refer to in this report, are incorporated by reference into this report.

Item 10: Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information required by this item is set forth under the captions Election of Directors, Corporate Governance, Our Executive Officers, Board Meetings and Committee Information, Report of the Audit Committee, and Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance of our 2018 Proxy Statement, which is incorporated by reference into this item.

Item 11: Executive Compensation

Information required by this item is set forth under the captions Compensation of Executive Officers of our 2018 Proxy Statement, which is incorporated by reference into this item.

Item 12: Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Information required by this item is set forth under the captions Compensation of Executive Officers of our 2018 Proxy Statement, which is incorporated by reference into this item.

Item 13: Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Information required by this item is set forth under the captions Indebtedness of Management and Certain other Transactions of our 2018 Proxy Statement, which is incorporated by reference into this item.

164

Table of Contents

Item 14: Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Information required by this item is set forth under the caption Proposal to Ratify the Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm of our 2018 Proxy Statement which is incorporated by reference into this item.

PART IV

Item 15: Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules

Our consolidated financial statements required in response to this Item are incorporated by reference from Item 8 of this Report.

Exhibits

Our exhibits listed on the Exhibit Index of this Form 10-K are filed with this Report or are incorporated herein by reference.

165

Table of Contents

Item 16: 10-K Summary

Not applicable.

166

Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

This report incorporates by reference the documents listed below that we have previously filed with the SEC. The SEC allows us to incorporate by reference information in this document. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be a part of this document, except for any information that is superseded by information that is included directly in this document.

This information may be read and copied at the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The SEC also maintains an Internet web site that contains reports, proxy statements, and other information about issuers, like us, who file electronically with the SEC. The address of the site is http://www.sec.gov. The reports and other information filed by us with the SEC are also available free of charge at our Internet web site. The address of the site is http://www.huntington.com. Except as specifically incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K, information on those web sites is not part of this report. You also should be able to inspect reports, proxy statements, and other information about us at the offices of the NASDAQ National Market at 33 Whitehall Street, New York, New York 10004.



Exhibit Number	Document Description	Report or Registration Statement	SEC File or Registration Number	Exhibit Reference
2.1	Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 25, 2016, by and among Huntington Bancshares Incorporated, FirstMerit Corporation, and West Subsidiary Corporation.	Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 28, 2016.	001-34073	2.1
3.1(P)	Articles of Restatement of Charter.	Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993.	000-02525	3(i)
3.2	Articles of Amendment to Articles of Restatement of Charter.	Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 31, 2007.	000-02525	3.1
3.3	Articles of Amendment to Articles of Restatement of Charter.	Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 7, 2008.	000-02525	3.1
3.4	Articles of Amendment to Articles of Restatement of Charter.	Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 27, 2010.	001-34073	3.1
3.5	Articles Supplementary of Huntington Bancshares Incorporated, as of April 22, 2008.	Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 22, 2008.	000-02525	3.1
3.6	Articles Supplementary of Huntington Bancshares Incorporated, as of April 22, 2008.	Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 22, 2008.	000-02525	3.2
3.7	Articles Supplementary of Huntington Bancshares Incorporated, as of November 12, 2008.	Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 12, 2008.	001-34073	3.1
3.8	Articles Supplementary of Huntington Bancshares Incorporated, as of December 31, 2006.	Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006.	000-02525	3.4
3.9	Articles Supplementary of Huntington Bancshares Incorporated, as of December 28, 2011.	Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 28, 2011.	001-34073	3.1
3.13	Bylaws of Huntington Bancshares Incorporated, as amended and restated, as of July 19, 2017.	Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 21, 2017.	001-34073	3.1
4.1(P)	Instruments defining the Rights of Security Holders — reference is made to Articles Fifth, Eighth, and Tenth of Articles of Restatement of Charter, as amended and supplemented. Instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt will be furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.
10.1	* Form of Executive Agreement for certain executive officers.	Current Report on Form 8-K, dated November 28, 2012.	001-34073	10.3
10.2	* Management Incentive Plan for Covered Officers as amended and restated effective for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2016.	Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.	001-34073	A
10.3	* Huntington Supplemental Retirement Income Plan, amended and restated, effective December 31, 2013.	Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.	001-34073	10.3
10.4(P)	* Deferred Compensation Plan and Trust for Directors	Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on January 28, 1991.	33-10546	4(a)
10.7	* Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated on January 1, 2012.	Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.	001-34073	10.8
10.8	* The Huntington Supplemental Stock Purchase and Tax Savings Plan and Trust, amended and restated, effective January 1, 2014.	Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.	001-34073	10.8
10.9	* Form of Employment Agreement between Stephen D. Steinour and Huntington Bancshares Incorporated effective December 1, 2012.	Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 28, 2012.	001-34073	10.1
10.10	* Form of Executive Agreement between Stephen D. Steinour and Huntington Bancshares Incorporated effective December 1, 2012.	Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 28, 2012.	001-34073	10.2
10.11	* Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice with three year vesting.	Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 24, 2006.	000-02525	99.1
10.12	* Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice with six month vesting.	Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 24, 2006.	000-02525	99.2

167

Table of Contents



10.13	* Restricted Stock Unit Deferral Agreement.	Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 24, 2006.	000-02525	99.3
10.14	* Director Deferred Stock Award Notice.	Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 24, 2006.	000-02525	99.4
10.15	* Huntington Bancshares Incorporated 2007 Stock and Long-Term Incentive Plan.	Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.	000-02525	G
10.16	* First Amendment to the 2007 Stock and Long-Term Incentive Plan.	Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007.	000-02525	10.7
10.17	* Second Amendment to the 2007 Stock and Long-Term Incentive Plan.	Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.	001-34073	A
10.18	* 2009 Stock Option Grant Notice to Stephen D. Steinour.	Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009.	001-34073	10.1
10.19	* Form of Consolidated 2012 Stock Grant Agreement for Executive Officers Pursuant to Huntington’s 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan.	Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012.	001-34073	10.2
10.20	* Form of 2014 Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement for Executive Officers.	Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2014.	001-34073	10.1
10.21	* Form of 2014 Stock Option Grant Agreement for Executive Officers.	Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2014.	001-34073	10.2
10.22	* Form of 2014 Performance Stock Unit Grant Agreement for Executive Officers.	Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2014.	001-34073	10.3
10.23	* Form of 2014 Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement for Executive Officers Version II.	Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2014.	001-34073	10.4
10.24	* Form of 2014 Stock Option Grant Agreement for Executive Officers Version II.	Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2014.	001-34073	10.5
10.25	*Form of 2014 Performance Stock Unit Grant Agreement for Executive Officers Version II.	Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2014.	001-34073	10.6
10.26	*Huntington Bancshares Incorporated 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan.	Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.	001-34073	A
10.27	*Huntington Bancshares Incorporated 2015 Long-Term Incentive Plan.	Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.	001-34073	A
10.28	*Form of 2015 Stock Option Grant Agreement.	Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2015.	001-34073	10.2
10.29	*Form of 2015 Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement.	Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2015.	001-34073	10.3
10.30	*Form of 2015 Performance Share Unit Grant Agreement.	Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2015.	001-34073	10.4
10.31	*Huntington Bancshares Incorporated Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement.	Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2015.	001-34073	10.1
10.32	* Deferred Compensation Plan and Trust for Directors
10.33	* Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan and Trust for Huntington Bancshares Incorporated Directors
10.34	* First Amendment to the 2015 Long-Term Incentive Plan	Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2017.	001-34073	10.1
12.1	Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
12.2	Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends.
14.1 (P)	Code of Business Conduct and Ethics dated January 14, 2003 and revised on January 24, 2018 and Financial Code of Ethics for Chief Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers, adopted January 18, 2003 and revised on October 20, 2015, are available on our website at http://www.huntington.com/About-Us/corporate-governance
21.1	Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
24.1	Power of Attorney
31.1	Rule 13a-14(a) Certification – Chief Executive Officer.
31.2	Rule 13a-14(a) Certification – Chief Financial Officer.
32.1	Section 1350 Certification – Chief Executive Officer.
32.2	Section 1350 Certification – Chief Financial Officer.
101	The following material from Huntington’s Form 10-K Report for the year ended December 31, 2017, formatted in XBRL: (1) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (2) Consolidated Statements of Income, (3), Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (4) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity, (5) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (6) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
	* Denotes management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

Signatures

168

Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the 16th day of February, 2018.

HUNTINGTON BANCSHARES INCORPORATED

(Registrant)




By:	/s/ Stephen D. Steinour	By:	/s/ Howell D. McCullough III
	Stephen D. Steinour		Howell D. McCullough III
	Chairman, President, Chief Executive		Chief Financial Officer
	Officer, and Director (Principal Executive Officer)		(Principal Financial Officer)

		By:	/s/ Nancy E. Maloney
			Nancy E. Maloney
			Executive Vice President, Controller
			(Principal Accounting Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on the 16th day of February, 2018.



Lizabeth Ardisana *
Lizabeth Ardisana
Director

Ann B. Crane *
Ann B. Crane
Director

Robert S. Cubbin *
Robert S. Cubbin
Director

Steven G. Elliott *
Steven G. Elliott
Director

Michael J. Endres *
Michael J. Endres
Director

Gina D. France *
Gina D. France
Director

J. Michael Hochschwender *
J. Michael Hochschwender
Director

John C. Inglis *

169

Table of Contents



John C. Inglis
Director

Peter J. Kight *
Peter J. Kight
Director

Jonathan A. Levy *
Jonathan A. Levy
Director

Eddie R. Munson *
Eddie R. Munson
Director

Richard W. Neu *
Richard W. Neu
Director

David L. Porteous *
David L. Porteous
Director

Kathleen H. Ransier *
Kathleen H. Ransier
Director

*/s/ Jana J. Litsey
Jana J. Litsey
Attorney-in-fact for each of the persons indicated

170

(dollar amounts in millions)

Amount Transferred

2016-1 Automobile Trust

2015-1 Automobile Trust



Part III.
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	164
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	164
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	164
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	164
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	165
Part IV.
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	165
Item 16.	Form 10-K Summary	166
Signatures